Compare commits

..

93 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
leif%netscape.com
16856c4f62 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@18195 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-21 21:02:28 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
f8a9452cdd *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17905 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-16 00:41:13 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
d622e1d1be *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17649 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-13 08:02:49 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
761608a918 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17516 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-11 21:38:34 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
3b0350a3c2 Added IF statements around all ldap_value_free() calls.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17515 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-11 21:38:20 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
2f29866b89 - Attempt to bug-fix the missing attributes problem. The idea is to keep
the case on the attribute type when calling ldap_get_values_len().


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17310 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-07 07:50:44 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
14aa6d1d7f *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17170 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 13:02:44 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
23eb6deeae First version.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17169 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 12:41:20 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
247a62ea80 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17168 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 12:30:32 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
222a64d8e0 - Tons of small bug fixes.
- New method: newEntry(), to return an empty (tied) entry.
- Bug fix in getRes(), we didn't return the right value... Doh!
- Changed all tests for LDAP_SUCCESS to always return 0/1.
- Added support for the FIRSTKEY/NEXTKEY feature of Entry.pm.
- Updated documentation.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17167 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 12:30:16 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
b32ee27525 - Tons of small fixes.
- Bug fix for deleting attributes.
- Bug fix for NEXTKEY, when last attribute is a non-valid attribute.
- Added the unRemove() method.
- Added suport for normalizing DNs for removeValue(), addValue(),
  hasValue() and matchValue().
- New methods (wrappers): removeDNValue(), addDNValue(), hasDNValue() and
  matchDNValue().
- Added support for DN normalization for setDN() and getDN().
- Updated documentation.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17166 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 12:26:35 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
e549a4d889 Added test for modifyRDN()
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17165 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 12:00:40 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
f300e4d615 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17164 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 12:00:25 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
f70f33f14a *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17163 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 11:35:06 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
2bab9e91f6 - Bug fix in delAttr, forgot the my statement for $entry.. :(
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17162 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 11:33:46 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
4385937f70 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17161 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 10:48:31 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
f571293d2a *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17150 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 07:44:05 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
2c47ee203e - Don't try to delete an attribute unless it's in the Entry.
- Handle the event where an "add" is done without a value.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17149 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 07:41:46 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
d593b27afb *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17148 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 07:30:42 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
93fd86b9ef *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@17147 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-01-05 07:17:31 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
53f28ba0e0 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16658 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-18 09:42:33 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
4bfffe0426 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16655 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-18 08:34:44 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
08d578a729 - Bug fix for ldap_msgfree() not undef'ing the Perl data, but #1964.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16654 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-18 08:34:28 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
6dc8e96e85 - Added internals for keeping track of keys()/each() info.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16554 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-17 06:01:31 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
05187c7198 - each()/keys() now honors oc_order
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16553 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-17 06:00:51 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
37ab0ae25b *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16550 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-17 01:37:02 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
f69f63827f *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16516 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-16 09:54:36 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
8847071ccb - Added EXISTS, FIRSTKEY and NEXTKEY.
- Added isDeleted().
- Added isAttr().
- Updated documentation accordingly.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16515 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-16 09:54:28 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
613af3a6fe Updated docs.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16512 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-16 09:29:31 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
466ec860b3 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16440 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-15 12:53:07 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
de4dfd5b24 - Fixed the problem with "-s 0".
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16439 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-15 12:01:33 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
345a79ec0a - Bug fix where RET_CPP and RET_BVPP could crash when passed a NULL pointer.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16438 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-15 11:52:32 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
45d75b4547 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16437 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-15 09:07:50 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
b31318ff0f - Added support for ReadKey::
- Added option for askPassword(), to do a default prompt mechanism.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16436 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-15 09:07:24 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
48ce23f99b - Added getRes().
- Make sure {binddn} and {bindpasswd} are initialized to "" at least.
- Added default "auth" mechanism, to LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, in the rebind proc.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16435 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-15 09:06:20 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
f9779ef52f *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16324 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-12 23:01:02 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
bd41ef3fa1 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@16240 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-11 10:05:37 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
eed65c06f3 - Bug fix #1386, to empty the %new array in each "loop".
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@15779 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-04 11:35:39 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
7b9d1277f8 Update for PerLDAP v1.1
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@15778 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-04 11:34:29 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
1c99e1fa8a Updated for PerLDAP v1.1
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@15777 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-04 11:34:10 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
ac2cde1fd4 - Modified silent install, so it will work.
- Silent install will also echo the parameters it's using.
- We croak() if the LDAP SDK directory specified doesn't exist.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@15776 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-04 11:17:37 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
3a11ee12b4 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@15775 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-04 11:15:30 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
9f64475589 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@15774 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-04 10:35:54 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
874e9001b4 - Fixed the problems with handling library extensions.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@15773 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-04 10:35:14 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
b20ef0a68d - Fix for nolinenumbers (bug #1329)
- Fix for .sl and .dll (bug #1344)


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@15772 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-04 10:09:16 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
95d3ce66fe *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@15688 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-12-03 09:24:02 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
cbbd88e107 Remove extraneous \n's.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@13439 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-10-26 03:44:54 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
107142d599 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@13431 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-10-25 22:10:23 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
1dc3216bc5 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@13429 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-10-25 21:56:57 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
061a652d69 Remove the trailing crud in some changes.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@13428 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-10-25 21:53:59 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
a0b8a91b7a *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@13427 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-10-25 21:49:39 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
7e160d7c41 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@13426 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-10-25 21:38:12 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
ee29da71ff *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@12048 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-10-06 18:18:08 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
31f80c4abc Fixed port handling routine in stdArgs().
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@11343 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-29 07:40:05 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
10c1a293fe *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@11342 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-29 07:33:09 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
89d11f3b58 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@11340 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-29 07:20:29 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
b756feff49 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@11178 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-27 05:55:06 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
1aacc06074 Added setValue() method.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@11177 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-27 05:49:47 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
fee116ade7 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@11176 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-27 05:47:37 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
c256aa8a22 - Cleaned out some error codes.
- Changed the call to ldapssl_client_init() to use a NULL pointer (0).


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@11175 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-27 04:37:42 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
068a28dc2b *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@11170 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-27 00:08:09 +00:00
donley%tekka.wwa.com
02540932fd Project.html: Made a few changes related to work I was doing.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10948 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-24 20:48:41 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
c5d8e92354 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10783 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-23 07:38:32 +00:00
donley%tekka.wwa.com
45d4ebae22 Made big changes to Makefile.PL to make it autoidentify libraries better.
Haven't tested on Win32...someone please do before we commit to the main
tree.  My NT development environment is somewhat broken at the moment.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10693 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-22 17:28:52 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
e81f16261a *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10532 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-20 05:21:27 +00:00
donley%tekka.wwa.com
5c55fe7192 Fixed a few problems with API.xs and made a few additional tests in api.pl.
API.xs: Resolved problem with out of memory/dump core when passing numbers as
        the actual modification.
API.xs: Fixed a non-reported bug that I stumbled on.  When freeing ber's in
        Perl, if ($ber) will return true even when $ber is NULL.  I therefore
        had to make the check for this stuff in Perl.  Also changed this for
        ldap_msgfree.  There's probably a few other functions I'll want to
        do this with.
api.pl: Made the telephoneNumber attribute numeric just for fun.  Added a bit
        of text explaining that later tests are dependent on earlier ones.  I
        had people running it without ROOT and expecting the search tests to
        fail.  This should make it absolutely clear that this is a self-
        contained test.  The basic search test is in 'make test'.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10529 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-20 03:21:58 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
a736f5e5ea *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10377 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-18 10:02:27 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
eea271608b *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10371 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-18 07:24:01 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
7e8d8bee24 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10367 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-18 07:13:02 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
171b95145c - Bug fix with port 636.
- Cleaned up tests of "" to use defined().


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10366 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-18 07:08:36 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
b6354d1f65 Cleaned up tests of "" to use defined().
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10365 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-18 07:07:30 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
4d073df23f - Cleaned up some of the tests on "".
- Cleaned up code around DN handling and normalization.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10364 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-18 07:06:38 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
10321d16bd *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@10363 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-18 07:04:47 +00:00
donley%tekka.wwa.com
5442ae88d7 Fixed a number of issues w/ Makefile.PL:
- Applied ActiveState patch
- Made the Library Name finding more intelligent
- Fixed Issue w/ LDAPv3 DEFINE


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9972 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-14 16:40:06 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
133e07bae9 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9942 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-12 09:40:48 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
7bb094678f *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9941 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-12 09:20:01 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
f298e70737 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9940 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-12 07:40:07 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
ead462688c *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9939 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-12 07:19:07 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
b4990fcc50 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9938 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-12 07:17:41 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
f3df0d070b *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9841 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-11 11:11:06 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
1c1b1ba3fd modifyRDN now preserves case, but comparisons are still CIS.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9840 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-11 11:09:36 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
aa150c2134 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9613 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-09 10:35:30 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
8306896c4a *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9612 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-09 10:20:31 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
8169a7ad8b *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9482 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-08 08:05:42 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
f6dbe72480 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9481 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-08 07:58:18 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
214d64f861 Removed ununsed array (ATTRS).
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9480 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-08 06:37:33 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
0b94c5dd91 *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9479 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-08 06:37:14 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
96c612c5da Added an anchor in one of the test for internal data fields in an Entry.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9478 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-08 06:30:48 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
bd9d00c613 Changed the READLINE from <> to <STDIN>, since we couldn't support command
line arguments to MakeMaker otherwise.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9477 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-08 06:27:55 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
4c65925950 Fixed bug with case sensitivity in searches where attributes are specified.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@9326 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-09-04 05:49:47 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
aef3654d10 More docs...
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@8254 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-08-20 08:45:26 +00:00
leif%netscape.com
4e7805ecde *** empty log message ***
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@8253 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-08-20 08:37:39 +00:00
(no author)
2b3a0702ab This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'devel-branch-1_1'.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_1@8151 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1998-08-18 22:35:58 +00:00
301 changed files with 12261 additions and 104276 deletions

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
1999-01-06 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Fixed (tried to fix...) the bug with
missing attributes. I hope this will work, at a minimum I'm sure
it won't hurt. The idea is to keep the case on the attribute type
when requesting the values_len().
1999-01-11 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* API.xs: Added IF statements around all ldap_value_free() calls.
1999-01-05 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (getRes): Ooops, didn't return the appropriate
value... :(
(init): Changed test for LDAP_SUCCESS, to always return 0 or 1.
(close): Dito.
(delete): Dito.
(add): Dito.
(modifyRDN): Dito.
(update): Dito.
(simpleAuth): Dito.
* Entry.pm (NEXTKEY): Don't return the last $key if it's one that
should be hidden.
* Conn.pm (newEntry): New method, to create an empty LDAP::Entry
object. It is properly "tied" into the appropriate object.
1999-01-04 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Entry.pm (setDN): Added third optional argument, to enfoce DN
normalization.
(getDN): Dito.
(hasDNValue): Dito.
(matchDNValue): Dito.
* Entry.pm (removeValue): Added support for DN normalization
(optional argument).
(addValue): Dito
(getDN): Dito.
1998-12-31 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Entry.pm (DESTROY): Added this method, don't know if it actually
makes any sense at all... :(
* Conn.pm (add): Use _oc_order_ to find a list of attributes, to
avoide calling the TIEHASH methods.
(update): Dito.
(ALL): Clean out some "my" definitions.
* Entry.pm (unRemove): New function, to undo remove opertaions on
an attribute.
(DELETE): Bug-fix, don't undef the attribute, it would prevent us
from updating it properly in the Conn::update() method.
(remove): Dito.
* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Return $obj instead of blessing the %entry
(again).
1998-12-25 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (POD): Changed examples from $conn -> $entry.
1998-12-17 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (DESTROY): undef the Perl data after doing a
ldap_msgfree(), bug #1964.
(search): Dito.
(searchURL): Dito.
(nextEntry): Changed the order of setting numattr, to make sure
it's zero if we don't find anything.
1998-12-16 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Entry.pm (FIRSTKEY): Modified to honor the oc_order.
(NEXTKEY): Dito.
(markModified): Made as an alias for attrModified().
* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Added code to handle internal counters for
number of attributes in oc_order. This is used/needed for the
FIRSTKEY and NEXTKEY methods in the Entry/Tie::Hash object.
* Entry.pm (isAttr): New method, to make sure an attribute name
really is a valid LDAP attribute.
(FIRSTKEY): Now we'll handle each() and keys() properly, whooohoo!
(NEXTKEY): Dito.
1998-12-15 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Entry.pm (isDeleted): Added new method, almost identical to isModified().
(EXISTS): New method, to implement the EXISTS functionality.
* API.xs (RET_CPP): Test for NULL pointers, bug #1387.
(RET_BVPP): Dito.
* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Fixed bug where "-s 0" would not be honored
(I'm an idiot, OK?).
1998-12-14 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (getRes): New method, to return the internal result message.
(getLD): Use defined() around test for existence.
1998-12-11 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (new): Make sure binddn and bindpasswd are set to the
empty string unless specified.
(init): Make sure certdb is defined before trying to use it.
(setDefaultRebindProc): Added default auth method, unless
explicitly specified.
* Utils.pm (askPassword): Added support for Term::ReadKey.
(askPassword): Moved the eval "use ..." here.
(userCredentials): Removed verbose print statement.
(askPassword): Added an optional argument to print a prompt;
* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): Added a default "auth" value, if
not provided in the call.
1998-12-04 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Makefile.PL: Modified so that "silent" install will actually
echo what options it's setting.
It will now croak() if the SDK dir specified doesn't exist.
* INSTALL: Updated to reflect new v1.1 stuff. Added links to the
FAQ.
* README: Dito. Also changed some of the binary install
information, which might not be useful anyways...
* Makefile.PL: Added "filters" to remove .dll and .sl from shared
libraries when creating link options. I also replaced the code to
put the valid library extensions into a variable (bug #1344).
* Makefile.PL: Fixed some crap with the config parsing, and ENV
handling (for silent installs).
1998-12-03 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (update): Bug fix, now we empty the hash array before
examining changed attributes (bug #1385).
* Makefile.PL: Added the "-nolinenumbers" XSUBS options (bug #1329).
1998-09-26 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (init): Cleaned out _perror() calls.
(delete): Added support for calling delete() with an Entry::
object as paramter.
(new): Cleaned out some dead code for $ref.
* Entry.pm (setValue): New method, to avoid having to use Perl
assignment statements to set an entire attribute value.
1998-09-18 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (init): Changed call to ldapssl_client_init() to pass a
0 value as the handle pointer. This avoids a Perl compiler warning.
1998-09-12 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* LDIF.pm (readEntries): Changed tests for empty arguments, to use
defined().
* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Bug fix, we used the wrong option for the
certificate (-P) when checking to set the LDAP port.
(normalizeDN): Chagned tests for empty arguments, to use use defined().
* Entry.pm (STORE): Changed tests for empty arguments, to use
defined().
(DELETE): Dito.
(attrModified): Dito.
(isModified): Dito.
(remove): Dito.
(removeValue): Dito.
(addValue): Dito.
(hasValue): Dito.
(matchValue): Dito.
(setDN): Dito.
(size): Dito.
(exists): Dito.
* Conn.pm (printError): Changed test for $str to see if it's defined.
(delete): Cleaned up code around $dn.
(modifyRDN): Cleaned up testes around $dn and $del.
1998-09-11 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): We now preserve the case of the DN/RDN, but
still treat RDNs as CIS when comparing strings.
1998-09-08 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): Bug fix, it had the Ldapc:: crap
stil in there... :-(.
(simpleAuth): New method, to do simple authentication rebind.
1998-09-07 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Makefile.PL: Changed all <> to <STDIN>, to support command line
arguments for MakeMaker.
1998-09-03 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Fixed bug with case sensitivity.
1998-08-18 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): It's back!
Officially released PerLDAP v1.0.
1998-08-13 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Makefile.PL: Fixed so that automated installs works.
* Conn.pm (update): Fixed narly bug with ldap_modify()...
* All: Cleaned up some hash indexes, to make sure they are
properly quoted, and there are no conflicts to resolve.
* Entry.pm (STORE): Fixed a bug with attribute names not being
properly added to _oc_order_.
(addValue): Dito, added the same code as for STORE.
1998-08-06 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Entry.pm (printLDIF): Copied/modified from the Utils.pm library.
(isModified): Added this function, thought it might be useful.
1998-08-03 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): Fixed! It also has an option to take an
"external" DN as an argument, if supplied.
1998-08-02 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (getErrorCode): Now takes two optional arguments, to
return the match string, and extra error string. Note that these
two arguments are pointers to strings!
* API.xs(ldap_get_lderrno): Fixed this function, at least it seems
to work now...
* Conn.pm (getLD): Added this function, convenient way to get the
LD from the OO layer.
1998-07-30 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): New method, to rename the RDN of the entry.
* Utils.pm (answer): New function, from LdapUtils.pm.
* Conn.pm (delete): Fixed references to normalizeDN.
* Utils.pm (userCredentials): Added this function, to make it easy
to get credentials when binding as a user.
(normalizeDN): Fixed bugs, because of calling convention...
* Conn.pm (getError): Fixed bug with passing read-only argument.
1998-07-29 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* Utils.pm (unixCrypt): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm module.
Added askPassword to the export tag.
* Conn.pm (new): Added support for passing a hash array of all the
parameters, as returned by the ldapArgs() function.
* Utils.pm (str2Scope): New function, for converting strings
(subtree) to a numerical scope value (2).
(askPassword): Dito, ask for a password, interactively.
(ldapArgs): Dito, handle common LDAP command line arguments.
* Makefile.PL: Minor change, to do regex match on OS version for
MSWin.
* Entry.pm: Changed all _XXX hash values to also end with a _,
hence making it easier to isolate them (/^_.*_$/).
* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Changed to accept that the attributes are
now arrays, not pointers to arrays. We still consider them as
pointers internally though, it's cleaner API.
* API.pm: Changed to use the native Exporter function to export
tags into EXPORT_OK.
1998-07-22 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* LDIF.pm (readEntry): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm package.
* Utils.pm (printEntry): Moved from the ::Connection class, and
marked it as "obsolete".
(encodeBase64): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm package.
(decodeBase64): Dito.

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,949 @@
#############################################################################
# $Id: Entry.pm,v 1.9.2.5 1999-01-05 12:26:35 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# This package defines an object class to manage one single LDAP
# entry. This entry can either be a newly created one, or one
# retrieved from an LDAP server, using the Mozilla::LDAP::Conn class.
#
#############################################################################
package Mozilla::LDAP::Entry;
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils qw(normalizeDN);
require Tie::Hash;
@ISA = (Tie::StdHash);
#############################################################################
# Creator, make a new tie hash instance, which will keep track of all
# changes made to the hash array. This is needed so we only update modified
# attributes.
#
sub TIEHASH
{
my $class = shift;
my $self = {};
return bless $self, $class;
}
#############################################################################
# Destructor.
#
#sub DESTROY
#{
#}
#############################################################################
# Store method, to keep track of changes.
#
sub STORE
{
my ($self, $attr, $val) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1], $_[$[ + 2]);
return unless (defined($val) && ($val ne ""));
return unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
if (defined($self->{$attr}))
{
@{$self->{"_${attr}_save_"}} = @{$self->{$attr}}
unless $self->{"_${attr}_save_"};
}
$self->{$attr} = $val;
$self->{"_${attr}_modified_"} = 1;
# Potentially add the attribute to the OC order list.
if (($attr ne "dn") && !grep(/^$attr$/i, @{$self->{"_oc_order_"}}))
{
push(@{$self->{"_oc_order_"}}, $attr);
$self->{"_oc_numattr_"}++;
}
}
#############################################################################
# Fetch method, this is case insensitive (since LDAP is...).
#
sub FETCH
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
return unless defined($self->{$attr});
return if $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
return $self->{$attr};
}
#############################################################################
# Delete method, to keep track of changes. Note that we actually don't
# delete the attribute, just mark it as deleted.
#
sub DELETE
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
return unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return unless defined($self->{$attr});
$self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"} = 1;
}
#############################################################################
# See if an attribute/key exists in the entry (could still be undefined).
#
sub EXISTS
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 if $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
return exists $self->{$attr};
}
#############################################################################
# Reset the each()/key() session, and return the first key. This honors
# the oc_order, i.e. the order the attributes were returned in.
#
sub FIRSTKEY
{
my ($self, $idx) = ($_[$[], 0);
my @attrs = @{$self->{"_oc_order_"}};
my $key;
while ($idx < $self->{"_oc_numattr_"})
{
$key = $attrs[$idx++];
next if ($key =~ /^_.+_$/);
next if $self->{"_${key}_deleted_"};
last;
}
$self->{"_oc_keyidx_"} = $idx;
return $key;
}
#############################################################################
# Get the next key, if appropriate.
#
sub NEXTKEY
{
my $self = $_[$[];
my $idx = $self->{"_oc_keyidx_"};
my @attrs = @{$self->{"_oc_order_"}};
my $key;
while ($idx < $self->{"_oc_numattr_"})
{
$key = $attrs[$idx++];
next if ($key =~ /^_.+_$/);
next if $self->{"_${key}_deleted_"};
last;
}
$self->{"_oc_keyidx_"} = $idx;
return if ($key =~ /^_.+_$/);
return if $self->{"_${key}_deleted_"};
return $key;
}
#############################################################################
# Mark an attribute as changed. Normally you shouldn't have to use this,
# unless you're doing something really weird...
#
sub attrModified
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
return 0 if $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
@{$self->{"_${attr}_save_"}} = @{$self->{$attr}}
unless $self->{"_${attr}_save_"};
$self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_modified_"} = 1;
return 1;
}
*markModified = \*attrModified;
#############################################################################
# Ask if a particular attribute has been modified already. Return True or
# false depending on the internal status of the attribute.
#
sub isModified
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
return $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_modified_"};
}
#############################################################################
# Ask if a particular attribute has been deleted already. Return True or
# false depending on the internal status of the attribute.
#
sub isDeleted
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
return $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
}
#############################################################################
# Test if a attribute name is actually a real attribute, and not part of
# the internal structures.
#
sub isAttr
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
return 0 if $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
return ($attr !~ /^_.+_$/);
}
#############################################################################
# Remove an attribute from the entry, basically the same as the DELETE
# method. We also make an alias for "delete" here, just in case (and to be
# somewhat backward compatible).
#
sub remove
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
$self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_deleted_"} = 1;
return 1;
}
*delete = \*remove;
#############################################################################
# Undo a remove(), or set of removeValues() fairly useless, to restore an
# attribute to it's original state. This is fairly useless, but hey...
#
sub unRemove
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
undef $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
if (defined $self->{"_${attr}_save_"})
{
@{$self->{$attr}} = @{$self->{"_${attr}_save_"}};
undef @{$selfl->{"_${key}_save_"}};
}
return 1;
}
*unDelete = \*unRemove;
#############################################################################
# Delete a value from an attribute, if it exists. NOTE: If it was the last
# value, we'll actually remove the entire attribute! We should then also
# remove it from the _oc_order_ list...
#
sub removeValue
{
my ($self, $attr, $val, $norm) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1], $_[$[ + 2],
$_[$[ + 3]);
my $i = 0;
local $_;
return 0 unless (defined($val) && ($val ne ""));
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
$val = normalizeDN($val) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
@{$self->{"_${attr}_save_"}} = @{$self->{$attr}} unless
defined $self->{"_${attr}_save_"};
foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
{
$_ = normalizeDN($_) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
if ($_ eq $val)
{
splice(@{$self->{$attr}}, $i, 1);
if ($self->size($attr) > 0)
{
$self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_modified_"} = 1;
}
else
{
$self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_deleted_"} = 1;
}
return 1;
}
$i++;
}
return 0;
}
*deleteValue = \*removeValue;
#############################################################################
# Just like removeValue(), but force the DN normalization of the value.
#
sub removeDNValue
{
my ($self, $attr, $val) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1], $_[$[ + 2]);
return $self->removeValue($attr, $val, 1);
}
*deleteDNValue = \*removeDNValue;
#############################################################################
# Add a value to an attribute. The optional third argument indicates that
# we should not enforce the uniqueness on this attibute, thus bypassing
# the test and always add the value.
#
sub addValue
{
my $self = shift;
my ($attr, $val, $force, $norm) = (lc $_[$[], $_[$[ + 1], $_[$[ + 2],
$_[$[ + 3]);
local $_;
return 0 unless (defined($val) && ($val ne ""));
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
if (!defined($force) || !$force)
{
my $nval = $val;
$nval = normalizeDN($val) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
{
$_ = normalizeDN($_) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
return 0 if ($_ eq $nval);
}
}
if (defined($self->{$attr}))
{
@{$self->{"_${attr}_save_"}} = @{$self->{$attr}}
unless $self->{"_${attr}_save_"};
}
$self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_modified_"} = 1;
push(@{$self->{$attr}}, $val);
# Potentially add the attribute to the OC order list.
if (($attr ne "dn") && !grep(/^$attr$/i, @{$self->{"_oc_order_"}}))
{
push(@{$self->{"_oc_order_"}}, $attr);
$self->{"_oc_numattr_"}++;
}
return 1;
}
#############################################################################
# Just like addValue(), but force the DN normalization of the value. Note
# that we also have an $norm argument here, to normalize the DN value
# before we add it.
#
sub addDNValue
{
my $self = shift;
my ($attr, $val, $force, $norm) = (lc $_[$[], $_[$[ + 1], $_[$[ + 2],
$_[$[ + 2]);
$val = normalizeDN($val) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
return $self->addValue($attr, $val, $force, 1);
}
#############################################################################
# Set the entire value of an attribute, removing whatever was already set.
# The arguments are the name of the attribute, and then one or more values,
# passed as scalar or an array (not pointer).
#
sub setValue
{
my ($self, $attr) = (shift, lc shift);
my (@vals) = @_;
local $_;
return 0 unless (defined(@vals) && ($#vals >= $[));
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
$self->{$attr} = [@vals];
return 1;
}
#############################################################################
# Return TRUE or FALSE, if the attribute has the specified value. The
# optional third argument says we should do case insensitive search.
#
sub hasValue
{
my($self, $attr, $val, $nocase, $norm) = @_;
return 0 unless (defined($val) && ($val ne ""));
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
$val = normalizeDN($val) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
if ($nocase)
{
foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
{
$_ = normalizeDN($_) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
return 1 if /^\Q$val\E$/i;
}
}
else
{
foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
{
$_ = normalizeDN($_) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
return 1 if /^\Q$val\E$/;
}
}
return 0;
}
#############################################################################
# Just like hasValue(), but force the DN normalization of the value.
#
sub hasDNValue
{
my($self, $attr, $val, $nocase) = @_;
return $self->hasValue($attr, $val, $nocase, 1);
}
#############################################################################
# Return TRUE or FALSE, if the attribute matches the specified regexp. The
# optional third argument says we should do case insensitive search.
#
sub matchValue
{
my($self, $attr, $reg, $nocase) = @_;
return 0 unless (defined($reg) && ($reg ne ""));
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
if ($nocase)
{
foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
{
$_ = normalizeDN($_);
return 1 if /$reg/i;
}
}
else
{
foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
{
$_ = normalizeDN($_);
return 1 if /$reg/;
}
}
return 0;
}
#############################################################################
# Just like matchValue(), but force the DN normalization of the values.
#
sub matchDNValue
{
my($self, $attr, $reg, $nocase) = @_;
return $self->matchValue($attr, $reg, $nocase, 1);
}
#############################################################################
# Set the DN of this entry.
#
sub setDN
{
my ($self, $val, $norm) = @_;
return 0 unless (defined($val) && ($val ne ""));
$val = normalizeDN($val) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
$self->{"dn"} = $val;
return 1;
}
#############################################################################
# Get the DN of this entry.
#
sub getDN
{
my ($self, $norm) = @_;
return normalizeDN($self->{"dn"}) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
return $self->{"dn"};
}
#############################################################################
#
# Return the number of elements in an attribute.
#
sub size
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
my @val;
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
@val = @{$self->{$attr}};
return $#val + 1;
}
#############################################################################
#
# Return TRUE if the attribute name is in the LDAP entry.
#
sub exists
{
my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
return defined($self->{$attr});
}
#############################################################################
# Print an entry, in LDIF format. This is idential to the Utils::printEntry
# function, but this is sort of neat... Note that the support for Base64
# encoding isn't finished.
#
sub printLDIF
{
my ($self, $base64) = @_;
my $attr;
print "dn: ", $self->getDN(),"\n";
foreach $attr (@{$self->{"_oc_order_"}})
{
next if ($attr =~ /^_.+_$/);
next if $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
grep((print "$attr: $_\n"), @{$self->{$attr}});
}
print "\n";
}
#############################################################################
# Mandatory TRUE return value.
#
1;
#############################################################################
# POD documentation...
#
__END__
=head1 NAME
Mozilla::LDAP::Entry.pm - Object class to hold one LDAP entry.
=head1 SYNOPSIS
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;
use Mozilla::LDAP::Entry;
=head1 ABSTRACT
The LDAP::Conn object is used to perform LDAP searches, updates, adds and
deletes. All such functions works on LDAP::Entry objects only. All
modifications and additions you'll do to an LDAP entry, will be done
through this object class.
=head1 DESCRIPTION
The LDAP::Entry object class is built on top of the Tie::Hash standard
object class. This gives us several powerful features, the main one being
to keep track of what is changing in the LDAP entry. This makes it very
easy to write LDAP clients that needs to update/modify entries, since
you'll just do the changes, and this object class will take care of the
rest.
We define local functions for STORE, FETCH, DELETE, EXISTS, FIRSTKEY and
NEXTKEY in this object class, and inherit the rest from the super
class. Overloading these specific functions is how we can keep track of
what is changing in the entry, which turns out to be very convenient. We
can also easily "loop" over the attribute types, ignoring internal data,
or deleted attributes.
Most of the methods here either return the requested LDAP value, or a
status code. The status code (either 0 or 1) indicates the failure or
success of a certain operation. 0 (False) meaning the operation failed,
and a return code of 1 (True) means complete success.
One thing to remember is that in LDAP, attribute names are case
insensitive. All methods in this class are aware of this, and will convert
all attribute name arguments to lower case before performing any
operations. This does not mean that the values are case insensitive. On
the contrary, all values are considered case sensitive by this module,
even if the LDAP server itself treats it as a CIS attribute.
=head1 OBJECT CLASS METHODS
The LDAP::Entry class implements many methods you can use to access and
modify LDAP entries. It is strongly recommended that you use this API as
much as possible, and avoid using the internals of the class
directly. Failing to do so may actually break the functionality.
=head2 Creating a new entry
To create a completely new entry, use the B<new> method, for instance
$entry = new Mozilla::LDAP::Entry()
$entry->setDN("uid=leif,ou=people,dc=netscape,dc=com");
$entry->{objectclass} = [ "top", "person", "inetOrgPerson" ];
$entry->addValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom");
$entry->addValue("sn", "Hedstrom");
$entry->addValue("givenName", "Leif");
$entry->addValue("mail", "leif@netscape.com);
$conn->add($entry);
This is the minimum requirements for an LDAP entry. It must have a DN, and
it must have at least one objectclass. As it turns out, by adding the
I<person> and I<inetOrgPerson> classes, we also must provide some more
attributes, like I<CN> and I<SN>. This is because the object classes have
these attributes marked as "required", and we'd get a schema violation
without those values.
In the example above we use both native API methods to add values, and
setting an attribute entire value set directly. Note that the value set is
a pointer to an array, and not the array itself. In the example above, the
object classes are set using an anonymous array, which the API handles
properly. It's important to be aware that the attribute value list is
indeed a pointer.
Finally, as you can see there's only only one way to add new LDAP entries,
and it's called add(). It normally takes an LDAP::Entry object instance as
argument, but it can also be called with a regular hash array if so
desired.
=head2 Adding and removing attributes and values
This is the main functionality of this module. Use these methods to do any
modifications and updates to your LDAP entries.
=over 13
=item B<attrModified>
This is an internal function, that can be used to force the API to
consider an attribute (value) to have been modified. The only argument is
the name of the attribute. In almost all situation, you never, ever,
should call this. If you do, please contact the developers, and as us to
fix the API. Example
$entry->attrModified("cn");
=item B<isModified>
This is a somewhat more useful method, which will return the internal
modification status of a particular attribute. The argument is the name of
the attribute, and the return value is True or False. If the attribute has
been modified, in any way, we return True (1), otherwise we return False
(0). For example:
if ($entry->isModified("cn")) { # do something }
=item B<isDeleted>
This is almost identical to B<isModified>, except it tests if an attribute
has been deleted. You use it the same way as above, like
if (! $entry->isDeleted("cn")) { # do something }
=item B<isAttr>
This method can be used to decide if an attribute name really is a valid
LDAP attribute in the current entry. Use of this method is fairly limited,
but could potentially be useful. Usage is like previous examples, like
if ($entry->isAttr("cn")) { # do something }
The code section will only be executed if these criterias are true:
1. The name of the attribute is a non-empty string.
2. The name of the attribute does not begin, and end, with an
underscore character (_).
2. The attribute has one or more values in the entry.
=item B<remove>
This will remove the entire attribute, including all it's values, from the
entry. The only argument is the name of the attribute to remove. Let's say
you want to nuke all I<mailAlternateAddress> values (i.e. the entire
attribute should be removed from the entry):
$entry->remove("mailAlternateAddress");
=item B<removeValue>
Remove a value from an attribute, if it exists. Of course, if the
attribute has no such value, we won't try to remove it, and instead return
a False (0) status code. The arguments are the name of the attribute, and
the particular value to remove. Note that values are considered case
sensitive, so make sure you preserve case properly. An example is:
$entry->removeValue("objectclass", "nscpPerson");
=item B<removeDNValue>
This is almost identical to B<removeValue>, except it will normalize the
attribute values before trying to remove them. This is useful if you know
that the attribute is a DN value, but perhaps the values are not cosistent
in all LDAP entries. For example
$dn = "uid=Leif, dc=Netscape, dc=COM";
$entry->removeDNValue("owner", $dn);
will remove the owner "uid=leif,dc=netscape,dc=com", no matter how it's
capitalized and formatted in the entry.
=item B<addValue>
Add a value to an attribute. If the attribute value already exists, or we
couldn't add the value for any other reason, we'll return FALSE (0),
otherwise we return TRUE (1). The first two arguments are the attribute
name, and the value to add.
The optional third argument is a flag, indicating that we want to add the
attribute without checking for duplicates. This is useful if you know the
values are unique already, or if you perhaps want to allow duplicates for
a particular attribute. To add a CN to an existing entry/attribute, do:
$entry->addValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom");
=item B<addDNValue>
Just like B<addValue>, except this method assume the value is a DN
attribute. For instance
$dn = "uid=Leif, dc=Netscape, dc=COM";
$entry->addDNValue("uniqueMember", $dn);
will only add the DN for "uid=leif" if it does not exist as a DN in the
uniqueMember attribute.
=item B<setValue>
Set the specified attribute to the new value (or values), overwriting
whatever old values it had before. This is a little dangerous, since you
can lose attribute values you didn't intend to remove. Therefore, it's
usually recommended to use B<removeValue()> and B<setValue()>. If you know
exactly what the new values should be like, you can use this method like
$entry->setValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom", "The Swede");
$entry->setValue("mail", @mailAddresses);
or if it's a single value attribute,
$entry->setValue("uidNumber", "12345");
=item B<hasValue>
Return TRUE or FALSE if the attribute has the specified value. A typical
usage is to see if an entry is of a certain object class, e.g.
if ($entry->hasValue("objectclass", "person", 1)) { # do something }
The (optional) third argument indicates if the string comparison should be
case insensitive or not. The first two arguments are the name and value of
the attribute, as usual.
=item B<hasDNValue>
Exactly like B<hasValue>, except we assume the attribute values are DN
attributes.
=item B<matchValue>
This is very similar to B<hasValue>, except it does a regular expression
match instead of a full string match. It takes the same arguments,
including the optional third argument to specify case insensitive
matching. The usage is identical to the example for hasValue, e.g.
if ($entry->matchValue("objectclass", "pers", 1)) { # do something }
=item B<matchDNValue>
Like B<matchValue>, except the attribute values are considered being DNs.
=item B<setDN>
Set the DN to the specified value. Only do this on new entries, it will
not work well if you try to do this on an existing entry. If you wish to
renamed an entry, use the Mozilla::Conn::modifyRDN method instead.
Eventually we'll provide a complete "rename" method. To set the DN for a
newly created entry, we can do
$entry->setDN("uid=leif,ou=people,dc=netscape,dc=com");
There is an optional third argument, a boolean flag, indicating that we
should normalize the DN before setting it. This will assure a consistent
format of your DNs.
=item B<getDN>
Return the DN for the entry. For instance
print "The DN is: ", $entry->getDN(), "\n";
Just like B<setDN>, this method also has an optional argument, which
indicates we should normalize the DN before returning it to the caller.
=item B<size>
Return the number of values for a particular attribute. For instance
$entry->{cn} = [ "Leif Hedstrom", "The Swede" ];
$numVals = $entry->size("cn");
This will set C<$numVals> to two (2). The only argument is the name of the
attribute, and the return value is the size of the value array.
=item B<exists>
Return TRUE if the specified attribute is defined in the LDAP entry. This
is useful to know if an entry has a particular attribute, regardless of
the value. For instance:
if ($entry->exists("jpegphoto")) { # do something special }
=item B<printLDIF>
Print the entry (on STDOUT) in a format called LDIF (LDAP Data Interchange
Format, RFC xxxx). An example of an LDIF entry is:
dn: uid=leif,ou=people,dc=netscape,dc=com
objectclass: top
objectclass: person
objectclass: inetOrgPerson
uid: leif
cn: Leif Hedstrom
mail: leif@netscape.com
The above would be the result of
$entry->printLDIF();
If you need to write to a file, close STDOUT, and open up a file with that
file handle instead. For more useful LDIF functionality, check out the
Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF.pm module.
=back
=head2 Deleting entries
To delete an LDAP entry from the LDAP server, you have to use the
B<delete> method from the Mozilla::LDAP::Conn module. It will actually
delete any entry, if you provide an legitimate DN.
=head2 Renaming entries
Again, there's no functionality in this object class to rename the entry
(i.e. changing it's DN). For now, there is a way to modify the RDN
component of a DN through the Mozilla::LDAP::Conn module, with
B<modifyRDN>. Eventually we hope to have a complete B<rename> method,
which should be capable of renaming any entry, in any way, including
moving it to a different part of the DIT (Directory Information Tree).
=head1 EXAMPLES
There are plenty of examples to look at, in the examples directory. We are
adding more examples every day (almost).
=head1 INSTALLATION
Installing this package is part of the Makefile supplied in the
package. See the installation procedures which are part of this package.
=head1 AVAILABILITY
This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
Your local CPAN server
=head1 CREDITS
Most of this code was developed by Leif Hedstrom, Netscape Communications
Corporation.
=head1 BUGS
None. :)
=head1 SEE ALSO
L<Mozilla::LDAP::Conn>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::API>, and of course L<Perl>.
=cut

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
PerLDAP installation instructions
==================================
Building this package is fairly straight forward, but requires some
knowledge about using compilers and compiler tools on your system. If you
are uncomfortable using these tools, we recommend you get one of the
prebuilt binary distributions instead.
Prerequisites
=============
In order to build the module, you'll need
- Perl, version 5.003 or later. We definitely recommend you to use
v5.004 or later.
- An ANSI-C compiler, e.g. gcc-2.x, or Visual C++ 5.0.
- The LDAP client libraries and include files, e.g. the SDK from
Netscape Communications. See the README file for information on
retrieving binaries.
You can download (or CVS checkout) the Directory SDK source, see further
information available on
http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
and the FAQ at
http://www.mozilla.org/directory/faq/perldap-faq.html
Building
========
This package uses the normal Perl5 MakeMaker installation system. To
generate a Makefile appropriate for your platform, run perl on the
provided Makefile.PL script, e.g.
% perl Makefile.PL
You might have to use the command `perl5' or `perl-5.004', depending on
how you installed Perl-5. The script will now ask you a few questions to
find the necessary library and include files. A typical configuration
session is
data 195% perl5 Makefile.PL
PerLDAP - Perl 5 Module for LDAP
================================
Directory containing 'include' and 'lib' directory of the Netscape
LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: /usr): /opt/ldapsdk3
Using LDAPv3 Developer Kit (default: yes)?
Include SSL Support (default: yes)?
Libraries to link with (default: -L/opt/pkg/ldapsdk3/lib -lldapssl30):
Checking if your kit is complete...
Looks good
Writing Makefile for Mozilla::LDAP::API
The important question is where your LDAP SDK is installed, in the example
above the base directory is /opt/ldapsdk3. This directory should have two
subdirectories, named "lib" and "include". If you installed the SDK in the
standard /usr hierarchy, use the default value as provided by the install
script.
Assuming you get no errors or warning, proceed with the build and install:
% make
% make install
That should be it!
Automated Configuration and Installs
====================================
The Makefile.PL script also honors a set of environment variables to make
it possible to do configuration and installs non-interactively. The
variables are
LDAPSDKDIR - Full path to the C SDK base directory
LDAPV3ON - Set to "N" to diable LDAP v3 (on by default)
LDAPSDKSSL - Set to "N" to disable SSL (SSL is default)
With these variables set, you will not be asked any of the questions above
(but it will echo the paramaters). Just run the Makefile.PL script, and
finish the build, e.g.
% perl5 Makefile.PL
% make
% make install

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
#############################################################################
# $Id: LDIF.pm,v 1.5.2.3 1998-09-27 00:08:09 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Simple routines to read and write LDIF style files. You should open
# the input/output file manually, or use STDIN/STDOUT.
#
#############################################################################
package Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF;
use Mozilla::LDAP::Entry;
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils(qw(decodeBase64));
#############################################################################
# Creator, the argument (optional) is the file handle.
#
sub new
{
my ($class, $fh) = @_;
my $self = {};
if ($fh)
{
$self->{"_fh_"} = $fh;
$self->{"_canRead_"} = 1;
$self->{"_canWrite_"} = 1;
}
else
{
$self->{"_fh_"} = STDIN;
$self->{"_canRead_"} = 1;
$self->{"_canWrite_"} = 0;
}
return bless $self, $class;
}
#############################################################################
# Destructor, close file descriptors etc. (???)
#
#sub DESTROY
#{
# my $self = shift;
#}
#############################################################################
# Read the next $entry from an ::LDIF object. No arguments
#
sub readOneEntry
{
my ($self) = @_;
my ($attr, $val, $entry, $base64, $fh);
local $_;
return unless $self->{"_canRead_"};
return unless defined($self->{"_fh_"});
# Skip leading empty lines.
$fh = $self->{"_fh_"};
while (<$fh>)
{
chop;
last unless /^\s*$/;
}
return if /^$/; # EOF
$self->{"_canWrite_"} = 0 if $self->{"_canWrite_"};
$entry = new Mozilla::LDAP::Entry();
do
{
# See if it's a continuation line.
if (/^ /o)
{
$val .= substr($_, 1);
}
else
{
if ($val && $attr)
{
if ($attr eq "dn")
{
$entry->setDN($val);
}
else
{
$val = decodeBase64($val) if $base64;
$entry->addValue($attr, "$val", 1);
}
}
($attr, $val) = split(/:\s+/, $_, 2);
$attr = lc $attr;
# Handle base64'ed data.
if ($attr =~ /:$/o)
{
$base64 = 1;
chop($attr);
}
else
{
$base64 = 0;
}
}
$_ = <$fh>;
chop;
} until /^\s*$/;
# Do the last attribute...
if ($attr && ($attr ne "dn"))
{
$val = decodeBase64($val) if $base64;
$entry->addValue($attr, "$val", 1);
}
return $entry;
}
*readEntry = \readOneEntry;
#############################################################################
# Print one entry, to the file handle. Note that we actually use some
# internals from the ::Entry object here, which is a no-no... Also, we need
# to support Base64 encoding of Binary attributes here.
#
sub writeOneEntry
{
my ($self, $entry) = @_;
my ($fh, $attr);
return unless $self->{"_canWrite_"};
$self->{"_canRead_"} = 0 if $self->{"_canRead_"};
$fh = $self->{"_fh_"};
print $fh "dn: ", $entry->getDN(),"\n";
foreach $attr (@{$entry->{"_oc_order_"}})
{
next if ($attr =~ /^_.+_$/);
next if $entry->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
# TODO: Add support for Binary attributes.
grep((print $fh "$attr: $_\n"), @{$entry->{$attr}});
}
print $fh "\n";
}
*writeEntry = \writeOneEntry;
#############################################################################
# Read multiple entries, and return an array of Entry objects. The argument
# is the number to read, or read them all if not specified.
#
sub readEntries
{
my ($self, $num) = @_;
my $entry;
my (@entries);
return if (defined($num) && ($num ne "") && ($num <= 0));
$num = (-1) unless defined($num);
do
{
$entry = $self->readOneEntry();
push(@entries, $entry) if ($entry);
$num--;
} until (! $entry || $num == 0);
return @entries;
}
#############################################################################
# Write multiple entries, the argument is the array of Entry objects.
#
sub writeEntries
{
my ($self, @entries) = @_;
local $_;
foreach (@entries)
{
$self->writeOneEntry($_);
}
}
#############################################################################
# Mandatory TRUE return value.
#
1;
#############################################################################
# POD documentation...
#
__END__
=head1 NAME
Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF - Read, write and modify LDIF files.
=head1 SYNOPSIS
use Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF;
=head1 ABSTRACT
This package is used to read and write LDIF information from files
(actually, file handles). It can also be used to generate LDIF modify
files from changes made to an entry.
=head1 DESCRIPTION
The LDIF format is a simple, yet useful, text representation of an LDAP
database. The goal of this package is to make it as easy as possible to
read, parse and use LDIF data, possible generated from other information
sources.
=head1 EXAMPLES
There are plenty of examples to look at, in the examples directory. We are
adding more examples every day (almost).
=head1 INSTALLATION
Installing this package is part of the Makefile supplied in the
package. See the installation procedures which are part of this package.
=head1 AVAILABILITY
This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
Your local CPAN server
=head1 CREDITS
Most of this code was developed by Leif Hedstrom, Netscape Communications
Corporation.
=head1 BUGS
None. :)
=head1 SEE ALSO
L<Mozilla::LDAP::Conn>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::Entry>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::API>,
and of course L<Perl>.
=cut

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
ChangeLog
API.pm
API.xs
MANIFEST
Makefile.PL
constant.h
test.pl
typemap
Entry.pm
Conn.pm
LDIF.pm
Utils.pm
README
INSTALL
MPL-1.0.txt
test_api/search.pl
test_api/write.pl
test_api/api.pl
t/conn.pl
t/entry.pl
t/ChangeLog
examples/ChangeLog
examples/lfinger.pl
examples/qsearch.pl
examples/monitor.pl
examples/ldappasswd.pl
examples/rmentry.pl
examples/tabdump.pl
examples/modattr.pl
examples/rename.pl
examples/psoftsync.pl
examples/changes2ldif.pl
install-bin

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
MOZILLA PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 1.0
----------------
1. Definitions.
1.1. ``Contributor'' means each entity that creates or contributes to
the creation of Modifications.
1.2. ``Contributor Version'' means the combination of the Original
Code, prior Modifications used by a Contributor, and the Modifications
made by that particular Contributor.
1.3. ``Covered Code'' means the Original Code or Modifications or the
combination of the Original Code and Modifications, in each case
including portions thereof.
1.4. ``Electronic Distribution Mechanism'' means a mechanism generally
accepted in the software development community for the electronic
transfer of data.
1.5. ``Executable'' means Covered Code in any form other than Source
Code.
1.6. ``Initial Developer'' means the individual or entity identified as
the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A.
1.7. ``Larger Work'' means a work which combines Covered Code or
portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License.
1.8. ``License'' means this document.
1.9. ``Modifications'' means any addition to or deletion from the
substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous
Modifications. When Covered Code is released as a series of files, a
Modification is:
A. Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file
containing Original Code or previous Modifications.
B. Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or
previous Modifications.
1.10. ``Original Code'' means Source Code of computer software code
which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as
Original Code, and which, at the time of its release under this License
is not already Covered Code governed by this License.
1.11. ``Source Code'' means the preferred form of the Covered Code for
making modifications to it, including all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, scripts used to control
compilation and installation of an Executable, or a list of source code
differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another
well known, available Covered Code of the Contributor's choice. The
Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form, provided the
appropriate decompression or de-archiving software is widely available
for no charge.
1.12. ``You'' means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights
under, and complying with all of the terms of, this License or a future
version of this License issued under Section 6.1. For legal entities,
``You'' includes any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is
under common control with You. For purposes of this definition,
``control'' means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. Source Code License.
2.1. The Initial Developer Grant.
The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license, subject to third party intellectual property
claims:
(a) to use, reproduce, modify, display, perform, sublicense and
distribute the Original Code (or portions thereof) with or without
Modifications, or as part of a Larger Work; and
(b) under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by Initial
Developer, to make, have made, use and sell (``Utilize'') the
Original Code (or portions thereof), but solely to the extent that
any such patent is reasonably necessary to enable You to Utilize
the Original Code (or portions thereof) and not to any greater
extent that may be necessary to Utilize further Modifications or
combinations.
2.2. Contributor Grant.
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license, subject to third party intellectual property
claims:
(a) to use, reproduce, modify, display, perform, sublicense and
distribute the Modifications created by such Contributor (or
portions thereof) either on an unmodified basis, with other
Modifications, as Covered Code or as part of a Larger Work; and
(b) under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by
Contributor, to Utilize the Contributor Version (or portions
thereof), but solely to the extent that any such patent is
reasonably necessary to enable You to Utilize the Contributor
Version (or portions thereof), and not to any greater extent that
may be necessary to Utilize further Modifications or combinations.
3. Distribution Obligations.
3.1. Application of License.
The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are
governed by the terms of this License, including without limitation
Section 2.2. The Source Code version of Covered Code may be distributed
only under the terms of this License or a future version of this
License released under Section 6.1, and You must include a copy of this
License with every copy of the Source Code You distribute. You may not
offer or impose any terms on any Source Code version that alters or
restricts the applicable version of this License or the recipients'
rights hereunder. However, You may include an additional document
offering the additional rights described in Section 3.5.
3.2. Availability of Source Code.
Any Modification which You create or to which You contribute must be
made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License
either on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted
Electronic Distribution Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an
Executable version available; and if made available via Electronic
Distribution Mechanism, must remain available for at least twelve (12)
months after the date it initially became available, or at least six
(6) months after a subsequent version of that particular Modification
has been made available to such recipients. You are responsible for
ensuring that the Source Code version remains available even if the
Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained by a third party.
3.3. Description of Modifications.
You must cause all Covered Code to which you contribute to contain a
file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and
the date of any change. You must include a prominent statement that the
Modification is derived, directly or indirectly, from Original Code
provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial
Developer in (a) the Source Code, and (b) in any notice in an
Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the
origin or ownership of the Covered Code.
3.4. Intellectual Property Matters
(a) Third Party Claims.
If You have knowledge that a party claims an intellectual property
right in particular functionality or code (or its utilization
under this License), you must include a text file with the source
code distribution titled ``LEGAL'' which describes the claim and
the party making the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient
will know whom to contact. If you obtain such knowledge after You
make Your Modification available as described in Section 3.2, You
shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies You make
available thereafter and shall take other steps (such as notifying
appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups) reasonably calculated to
inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has
been obtained.
(b) Contributor APIs.
If Your Modification is an application programming interface and
You own or control patents which are reasonably necessary to
implement that API, you must also include this information in the
LEGAL file.
3.5. Required Notices.
You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source
Code, and this License in any documentation for the Source Code, where
You describe recipients' rights relating to Covered Code. If You
created one or more Modification(s), You may add your name as a
Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A. If it is not possible
to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its
structure, then you must include such notice in a location (such as a
relevant directory file) where a user would be likely to look for such
a notice. You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty,
support, indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients
of Covered Code. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and
not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor. You must
make it absolutely clear than any such warranty, support, indemnity or
liability obligation is offered by You alone, and You hereby agree to
indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability
incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of
warranty, support, indemnity or liability terms You offer.
3.6. Distribution of Executable Versions.
You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the
requirements of Section 3.1-3.5 have been met for that Covered Code,
and if You include a notice stating that the Source Code version of the
Covered Code is available under the terms of this License, including a
description of how and where You have fulfilled the obligations of
Section 3.2. The notice must be conspicuously included in any notice in
an Executable version, related documentation or collateral in which You
describe recipients' rights relating to the Covered Code. You may
distribute the Executable version of Covered Code under a license of
Your choice, which may contain terms different from this License,
provided that You are in compliance with the terms of this License and
that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit
or alter the recipient's rights in the Source Code version from the
rights set forth in this License. If You distribute the Executable
version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear
that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone,
not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor. You hereby agree to
indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability
incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of
any such terms You offer.
3.7. Larger Works.
You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code
not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger
Work as a single product. In such a case, You must make sure the
requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation.
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this
License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute
or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and
the code they affect. Such description must be included in the LEGAL
file described in Section 3.4 and must be included with all
distributions of the Source Code. Except to the extent prohibited by
statute or regulation, such description must be sufficiently detailed
for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it.
5. Application of this License.
This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has
attached the notice in Exhibit A, and to related Covered Code.
6. Versions of the License.
6.1. New Versions.
Netscape Communications Corporation (``Netscape'') may publish revised
and/or new versions of the License from time to time. Each version will
be given a distinguishing version number.
6.2. Effect of New Versions.
Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the
License, You may always continue to use it under the terms of that
version. You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms
of any subsequent version of the License published by Netscape. No one
other than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to
Covered Code created under this License.
6.3. Derivative Works.
If you create or use a modified version of this License (which you may
only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code
governed by this License), you must (a) rename Your license so that the
phrases ``Mozilla'', ``MOZILLAPL'', ``MOZPL'', ``Netscape'', ``NPL'' or
any confusingly similar phrase do not appear anywhere in your license
and (b) otherwise make it clear that your version of the license
contains terms which differ from the Mozilla Public License and
Netscape Public License. (Filling in the name of the Initial Developer,
Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall
not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License.)
7. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY.
COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN ``AS IS'' BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF
DEFECTS, MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING.
THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED CODE
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
YOU (NOT THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE
COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF
ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER.
8. TERMINATION.
This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate
automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure
such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach. All
sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall
survive any termination of this License. Provisions which, by their
nature, must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License
shall survive.
9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE INITIAL
DEVELOPER, ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE,
OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY OTHER
PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND
ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE
BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THIS LIMITATION OF
LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY
RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY'S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW
PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THAT
EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
10. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS.
The Covered Code is a ``commercial item,'' as that term is defined in
48 C.F.R. 2.101 (Oct. 1995), consisting of ``commercial computer
software'' and ``commercial computer software documentation,'' as such
terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (Sept. 1995). Consistent with 48
C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4 (June 1995),
all U.S. Government End Users acquire Covered Code with only those
rights set forth herein.
11. MISCELLANEOUS.
This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject
matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
necessary to make it enforceable. This License shall be governed by
California law provisions (except to the extent applicable law, if any,
provides otherwise), excluding its conflict-of-law provisions. With
respect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen of, or an
entity chartered or registered to do business in, the United States of
America: (a) unless otherwise agreed in writing, all disputes relating
to this License (excepting any dispute relating to intellectual
property rights) shall be subject to final and binding arbitration,
with the losing party paying all costs of arbitration; (b) any
arbitration relating to this Agreement shall be held in Santa Clara
County, California, under the auspices of JAMS/EndDispute; and (c) any
litigation relating to this Agreement shall be subject to the
jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the Northern District of
California, with venue lying in Santa Clara County, California, with
the losing party responsible for costs, including without limitation,
court costs and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses. The application
of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International
Sale of Goods is expressly excluded. Any law or regulation which
provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against the
drafter shall not apply to this License.
12. RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS.
Except in cases where another Contributor has failed to comply with
Section 3.4, You are responsible for damages arising, directly or
indirectly, out of Your utilization of rights under this License, based
on the number of copies of Covered Code you made available, the
revenues you received from utilizing such rights, and other relevant
factors. You agree to work with affected parties to distribute
responsibility on an equitable basis.
EXHIBIT A.
``The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
under the License.
The Original Code is ______________________________________.
The Initial Developer of the Original Code is ________________________.
Portions created by ______________________ are Copyright (C) ______
_______________________. All Rights Reserved.
Contributor(s): ______________________________________.''

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
#############################################################################
# $Id: Makefile.PL,v 1.13.2.6 1998-12-04 11:17:37 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# The Makefile "source".
#
#############################################################################
use ExtUtils::MakeMaker;
use Config;
use Carp;
$perlpath = $Config{'perlpath'};
$osname = $Config{'osname'};
$ldapsdk_loc = $ENV{"LDAPSDKDIR"}; # Full Path to C SDK Top-Level
$ldapsdk_ssl = $ENV{"LDAPSDKSSL"}; # N to exclude SSL
$ldapsdk_ver = $ENV{"LDAPV3ON"}; # N to exclude LDAP v3 features
$libexts = "so|sl|a|lib";
print "\nPerLDAP - Perl 5 Module for LDAP\n";
print "================================\n";
$silent = 1;
print "Directory containing 'include' and 'lib' directory of the Netscape\n";
print "LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: /usr): ";
if (!$ldapsdk_loc)
{
$silent = 0;
chomp ($ldapsdk_loc = <STDIN>);
$ldapsdk_loc = "/usr" unless $ldapsdk_loc =~ /\S/;
} else {
print "$ldapsdk_loc\n";
}
croak("Directory $ldapsdk_loc does not exist!") unless -d $ldapsdk_loc;
if ($osname =~ /mswin/i)
{
$dir_sep = "\\";
} else {
$dir_sep = "/";
}
$include_ldap = $ldapsdk_loc . $dir_sep . "include";
$lib_ldap = $ldapsdk_loc . $dir_sep . "lib";
print "Using LDAPv3 Developer Kit (default: yes)? ";
if (!$ldapsdk_ver)
{
$silent = 0;
chomp ($ldapsdk_ver = <STDIN>);
} else {
print "YES\n";
}
$v3_def = "-DLDAPV3" unless ($ldapsdk_ver =~ /^n/i);
print "Include SSL Support (default: yes)? ";
if (!$ldapsdk_ssl)
{
$silent = 0;
chomp ($ldapsdk_ssl = <STDIN>);
} else {
print "YES\n";
}
$ssl_def = "-DUSE_SSL" unless ($ldapsdk_ssl =~ /^n/i);
opendir(DIR,$lib_ldap);
@files = grep{/ldap|lber/} readdir(DIR);
closedir(DIR);
if (!((@ldaplib = grep{/ldapssl.*\.($libexts)$/} @files) && $ssl_def))
{
@ldaplib = grep{/ldap.*\.($libexts)$/} @files;
@lberlib = grep{/lber.*\.($libexts)$/} @files;
}
if ($#ldaplib < 0)
{
die "No LDAP libraries found.";
}
if ($#ldaplib > 0)
{
print "Located multiple libraries:\n";
foreach $alib (@ldaplib)
{
print " - $alib\n";
}
}
$lline_ldap = $ldaplib[0];
$lline_ldap =~ s/^lib//;
$lline_ldap =~ s/\.($libexts)$//;
$lline = "-L$lib_ldap -l$lline_ldap";
if ($#lberlib >= 0 && $lline =~ /ldap$/)
{
$lline_lber = $lberlib[0];
$lline_lber =~ s/^lib//;
$lline_lber =~ s/\.($libexts)$//;
$lline .= " -l$lline_lber";
}
print "Libraries to link with (default: $lline): ";
if (!$silent)
{
chomp ($lib_line = <STDIN>);
$lib_line = $lline unless $lib_line =~ /\S/;
} else {
print "\n";
}
if ($osname =~ /mswin/i)
{
$myextlib = "$lib_ldap\\$ldaplib[0]";
if ($lber_lib)
{
$myextlib .= " $lib_ldap\\$lberlib[0]";
}
} else {
$myextlib = "";
}
@extras = ();
push(@extras,
CAPI => 'TRUE')
if ($] >= 5.005 and $^O eq 'MSWin32'
and $Config{archname} =~ /-object\b/i);
push(@extras,
ABSTRACT => 'Perl methods for LDAP C API calls',
AUTHOR => 'Netscape Communications Corp., Inc. and Clayton Donley')
if ($ExtUtils::MakeMaker::Version >= 5.4301);
WriteMakefile(
'NAME' => 'Mozilla::LDAP::API',
'DISTNAME' => 'PerLDAP',
'VERSION_FROM' => 'API.pm',
($include_ldap ne "/usr/include" ? (
'INC' => "-I$include_ldap",
) : (
'INC' => "",
)),
'LIBS' => [$lib_line],
'MYEXTLIB' => $myextlib,
'DEFINE' => "$v3_def $ssl_def",
'XSOPT' => "-nolinenumbers",
@extras
);

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
#############################################################################
# #
# PerLDAP v1.0 - A Perl Developers' Kit for LDAP #
# #
#############################################################################
What is PerLDAP?
================
PerLDAP is a set of modules written in Perl and C that allow developers to
leverage their existing Perl knowledge to easily access and manage LDAP-
enabled directories. PerLDAP makes it very easy to search, add, delete,
and modify directory entries. For example, Perl developers can easily
build web applications to access information stored in a directory or
create directory sync tools between directories and other services.
PerLDAP is an open source development project, the result of a joint effort
between Netscape and Clayton Donley, an open source developer. PerLDAP
currently provides the basic functions to allow Perl users to access and
manipulate directories easily. Based on developer feedback and
involvement, PerLDAP will continue to evolve to include additional
functionality in future releases.
Installing PerLDAP Binaries
===========================
You will first need version 3.0 of the LDAP C SDK from Netscape. This is
available from the DevEdge page at:
http://developer.netscape.com/tech/directory/
You will also need Perl v5.004, available at http://www.perl.com/.
Earlier, or later, versions of Perl will NOT work with these binaries. If
you wish to use v5.005, you will need to compile PerLDAP from source.
On Unix (Solaris Only...HPUX, IRIX, AIX to follow):
1. Be sure that the libraries from the C SDK are installed in locations
referenced by the environment variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH, or one of the
default system lib directories (e.g. /usr/lib). Alternatively you can
later also copy the SDK libraries to the same "site" directory where
Perl installed the PerLDAP libraries.
2. Save the file in a temporary location
3. Unzip the file by entering the command:
gunzip <filename>.tar.gz
4. Untar the resulting tar file by entering the command:
tar xvof <filename>.tar
5. Change to the extract directory:
cd PerLDAP-1.1
6. Execute the following command in as the super-user (root):
perl install-bin
On Windows NT:
1. Put the LDAP C SDK DLL in the same directory as the perl.exe
binary. You can also set your PATH to point to the directory where you
have the C SDK installed. Alternatively, you can put the DLL in the
system32 folder, but avoid that if possible.
2. Save the file in a temporary location
3. Unzip the file by entering the command:
I don't have a tool for creating self-extracting archives...
4. Change to the extract directory:
cd PerLDAP-1.1
5. Execute the following command:
perl install-bin
Compiling the PerLDAP Sources
=============================
The source to PerLDAP is available on the Mozilla site at:
http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
You can either retrieve the .tar file with the source distribution, or use
CVS to checkout the module directly. The name of the CVS module is
PerLDAP, and it checks out the directory
mozilla/directory/perldap
Further instructions for using CVS and Mozilla is available at
http://www.mozilla.org/cvs.html
and an FAQ is at
http://www.mozilla.org/directory/faq/perldap-faq.html
Instructions for building the source can be found in the INSTALL file
in the source distribution.
Getting Started
===============
Documentation for this module is in standard Perl 'pod' format. HTML
versions of this documentation can also be found on the Netscape DevEdge
site at: http://developer.netscape.com/tech/directory/.
Additionally, many good examples can be found in the 'examples' directory.
Modules and Examples Included
=============================
Mozilla::LDAP::API - Low level interface between Perl and the LDAP C API
Mozilla::LDAP::Entry - Perl methods for manipulating entry objects
Mozilla::LDAP::Conn - Perl methods for performing LDAP operations
Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF - Perl methods for utilizing LDIF
Mozilla::LDAP::Utils - Some convenient LDAP related utilities
test_api/search.pl - Tests low level API search calls
test_api/write.pl - Tests low level API write calls
test_api/api.pl - Tests ALL low level LDAPv2 calls
examples/lfinger.pl - LDAP version of the regular Unix finger command.
examples/qsearch.pl - Simple ldapsearch replacement.
examples/monitor.pl - Retrieve status information from an LDAP server.
examples/ldappasswd.pl - Change the LDAP password for a user.
examples/rmentry.pl - Remove an entire entry from the database.
examples/rename.pl - Rename (modRDN) an entry.
examples/tabdump.pl - Dump LDAP information into a tab separated file.
examples/psoftsync.pl - Synchronize LDAP with a PeopleSoft "dump" file.
All examples support the "standard" LDAP command line options, which are
-h hostname LDAP server name
-p port # LDAP port, default is 389 (or 636 for SSL)
-b base DN LDAP Base-DN
-D bind DN LDAP bind DN (connect to server as this "user")
-w bind pswd Password to bind to the server
-P certfile Use SSL, with the publick keys from this file
Note that the examples currently only support Simple Authentication
(passwords), the Client Authentication features (using certificates) will
be used in the next release. All examples also honors the environment
variable LDAP_BASEDN, set it to your systems base DN, e.g.
% setenv LDAP_BASEDN 'dc=netscape,dc=com'
or for Bourne shell
# LDAP_BASEDN='dc=netscape,dc=com'; export LDAP_BASEDN
Reporting problems and bugs
===========================
Address all bug reports and comments to the Mozilla newsgroups at:
news://news.mozilla.org/netscape.public.mozilla.directory
License/Copyright
=================
Portions by Netscape (c) Copyright 1998 Netscape Communications Corp, Inc.
Portions by Clayton Donley (c) Copyright 1998 Clayton Donley
Please read the MPL-1.0.txt file included for information on the Mozilla
Public License, which covers all files in this distribution.
Known Bugs
==========
There are a number of issues still outstanding at the time of release. Most
of these are already in the process of being resolved.
- There is a possible memory leak in the search routines. The OO layer
is also more memory than it should.
- The Rebind operation on NT does NOT work properly when set to a Perl
function. This is being investigated.
- Some of the documentation is incomplete.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
#############################################################################
# $Id: Utils.pm,v 1.10.2.4 1998-12-15 12:01:33 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Lots of Useful Little Utilities, for LDAP related operations.
#
#############################################################################
package Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;
use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:constant);
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;
use vars qw(@ISA %EXPORT_TAGS);
require Exporter;
@ISA = qw(Exporter);
%EXPORT_TAGS = (
all => [qw(normalizeDN
isUrl
printEntry
printentry
encodeBase64
decodeBase64
str2Scope
askPassword
ldapArgs
unixCrypt
userCredentials
answer)]
);
# Add Everything in %EXPORT_TAGS to @EXPORT_OK
Exporter::export_ok_tags('all');
#############################################################################
# Normalize the DN string (first argument), and return the new, normalized,
# string (DN). This is useful to make sure that two syntactically
# identical DNs compare (eq) as the same string.
#
sub normalizeDN
{
my ($dn) = @_;
my (@vals);
return "" unless (defined($dn) && ($dn ne ""));
@vals = Mozilla::LDAP::API::ldap_explode_dn(lc $dn, 0);
return join(",", @vals);
}
#############################################################################
# Checks if a string is a properly formed LDAP URL.
#
sub isURL
{
return ldap_is_ldap_url($_[0]);
}
#############################################################################
# Print an entry, in LDIF format. This is sort of obsolete, we encourage
# you to use the :;LDAP::LDIF class instead.
#
sub printEntry
{
my $entry = $_[0];
my $attr;
local $_;
print "dn: ", $entry->{"dn"},"\n";
foreach $attr (@{$entry->{"_oc_order_"}})
{
next if ($attr =~ /^_.+_$/);
next if $entry->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
foreach (@{$entry->{$attr}})
{
print "$attr: $_\n";
}
}
print "\n";
}
*printentry = \*printEntry;
#############################################################################
# Perform Base64 encoding, this is based on MIME::Base64.pm, written
# by Gisle Aas <gisle@aas.no>. If possible, use the MIME:: package instead.
#
sub encodeBase64
{
my $res = "";
my $eol = "$_[1]";
my $padding;
pos($_[0]) = 0; # ensure start at the beginning
while ($_[0] =~ /(.{1,45})/gs) {
$res .= substr(pack('u', $1), 1);
chop($res);
}
$res =~ tr|` -_|AA-Za-z0-9+/|; # `# help emacs
$padding = (3 - length($_[0]) % 3) % 3;
$res =~ s/.{$padding}$/'=' x $padding/e if $padding;
if (length $eol) {
$res =~ s/(.{1,76})/$1$eol/g;
}
return $res;
}
#############################################################################
# Perform Base64 decoding, this is based on MIME::Base64.pm, written
# by Gisle Aas <gisle@aas.no>. If possible, use the MIME:: package instead.
#
sub decodeBase64
{
my $str = shift;
my $res = "";
my $len;
$str =~ tr|A-Za-z0-9+=/||cd;
Carp::croak("Base64 decoder requires string length to be a multiple of 4")
if length($str) % 4;
$str =~ s/=+$//; # remove padding
$str =~ tr|A-Za-z0-9+/| -_|; # convert to uuencoded format
while ($str =~ /(.{1,60})/gs)
{
$len = chr(32 + length($1)*3/4);
$res .= unpack("u", $len . $1 ); # uudecode
}
return $res;
}
#############################################################################
# Convert a "human" readable string to an LDAP scope value
#
sub str2Scope
{
my $str = $_[0];
return $str if ($str =~ /^[0-9]+$/);
if ($str =~ /^sub/i)
{
return LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
}
elsif ($str =~ /^base/i)
{
return LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
}
elsif ($str =~ /^one/i)
{
return LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
}
# Default...
return LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
}
#############################################################################
# Ask for a password, without displaying it on the TTY.
#
sub askPassword
{
my $prompt = $_[0];
my $hasReadKey = 0;
eval "use Term::ReadKey";
$hasReadKey=1 unless ($@);
print "LDAP password: " if $prompt;
if ($hasReadKey)
{
ReadMode(2);
chop($_ = ReadLine(0));
ReadMode(0);
}
else
{
system('/bin/stty -echo');
chop($_ = <STDIN>);
system('/bin/stty echo');
}
print "\n";
return $_;
}
#############################################################################
# Handle some standard LDAP options, and construct a nice little structure
# that we can use later on. We really should have some appropriate defaults,
# perhaps from an Mozilla::LDAP::Config module.
#
sub ldapArgs
{
my ($bind, $base) = @_;
my %ld;
$main::opt_v = $main::opt_n if defined($main::opt_n);
$main::opt_p = LDAPS_PORT if (!defined($main::opt_p) &&
defined($main::opt_P) &&
($main::opt_P ne ""));
$ld{"host"} = $main::opt_h || "ldap";
$ld{"port"} = $main::opt_p || LDAP_PORT;
$ld{"root"} = $main::opt_b || $base || $ENV{'LDAP_BASEDN'};
$ld{"bind"} = $main::opt_D || $bind || "";
$ld{"pswd"} = $main::opt_w || "";
$ld{"cert"} = $main::opt_P || "";
$ld{"scope"} = (defined($main::opt_s) ? $main::opt_s : LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE);
if (($ld{"bind"} ne "") && ($ld{"pswd"} eq ""))
{
$ld{pswd} = askPassword(1);
}
return %ld;
}
#############################################################################
# Create a Unix-type password, using the "crypt" function. A random salt
# is always generated, perhaps it should be an optional argument?
#
sub unixCrypt
{
my $ascii =
"./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
my $salt = substr($ascii, rand(62), 1) . substr($ascii, rand(62), 1);
srand(time ^ $$);
crypt($_[0], $salt);
}
#############################################################################
# Try to find a user to bind as, and possibly ask for the password. Pass
# a pointer to the hash array with LDAP parameters to this function.
#
sub userCredentials
{
my ($ld) = @_;
my ($conn, $entry, $pswd);
if ($ld->{"bind"} eq "")
{
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn($ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server " . $ld->{"host"} unless $conn;
$search = "(&(objectclass=inetOrgPerson)(uid=$ENV{USER}))";
$entry = $conn->search($ld->{"root"}, "subtree", $search, 0, ("uid"));
return 0 if (!$entry || $conn->nextEntry());
$conn->close();
$ld->{"bind"} = $entry->getDN();
}
if ($ld->{"pswd"} eq "")
{
$ld->{"pswd"} = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword(1);
}
}
#############################################################################
# Ask a Y/N question, return "Y" or "N".
#
sub answer
{
die "Default string must be Y or N."
unless (($_[0] eq "Y") || ($_[0] eq "N"));
chop($_ = <STDIN>);
return $_[0] if /^$/;
return "Y" if /^[yY]/;
return "N" if /^[nN]/;
}
#############################################################################
# Mandatory TRUE return value.
#
1;
#############################################################################
# POD documentation...
#
__END__
=head1 NAME
Mozilla::LDAP::Utils.pm - Collection of useful little utilities.
=head1 SYNOPSIS
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;
=head1 ABSTRACT
=head1 DESCRIPTION
=head1 OBJECT CLASS METHODS
=over 13
=item B<normalizeDN>
This function will remove all extraneous white spaces in the DN, and also
change all upper case characters to lower case. The only argument is the
DN string to normalize, and the return value is the new, clean DN.
=back
=head1 EXAMPLES
There are plenty of examples to look at, in the examples directory. We are
adding more examples every day (almost).
=head1 INSTALLATION
Installing this package is part of the Makefile supplied in the
package. See the installation procedures which are part of this package.
=head1 AVAILABILITY
This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
Your local CPAN server
=head1 CREDITS
Most of this code was developed by Leif Hedstrom, Netscape Communications
Corporation.
=head1 BUGS
None. :)
=head1 SEE ALSO
L<Mozilla::LDAP::Conn>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::Entry>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::API>, and
of course L<Perl>.
=cut

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,954 @@
/*
*******************************************************************************
* $Id: constant.h,v 1.7 1998-08-13 09:14:14 leif Exp $
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
* basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
* License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
* under the License.
*
* The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
* Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
* created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
* Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
* Donley. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* DESCRIPTION
* Constants.
*
*******************************************************************************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "EXTERN.h"
#include "perl.h"
#include "XSUB.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include <ldap.h>
static int
not_here(s)
char *s;
{
croak("%s not implemented on this architecture", s);
return -1;
}
double
constant(name, arg)
char *name;
int arg;
{
errno = 0;
if (name[0] == 'L' && name[1] == 'D' && name[2] == 'A' && name[3] == 'P'
&& name[4] == '_')
{
switch (name[5]) {
case 'A':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED"))
#ifdef LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED
return LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS"))
#ifdef LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS
return LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM"))
#ifdef LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM
return LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM"))
#ifdef LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM
return LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS"))
#ifdef LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS
return LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED"))
#ifdef LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED
return LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AUTH_NONE"))
#ifdef LDAP_AUTH_NONE
return LDAP_AUTH_NONE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AUTH_SASL"))
#ifdef LDAP_AUTH_SASL
return LDAP_AUTH_SASL;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE"))
#ifdef LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE
return LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN"))
#ifdef LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN
return LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'B':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_BUSY"))
#ifdef LDAP_BUSY
return LDAP_BUSY;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'C':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CACHE_CHECK"))
#ifdef LDAP_CACHE_CHECK
return LDAP_CACHE_CHECK;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CACHE_LOCALDB"))
#ifdef LDAP_CACHE_LOCALDB
return LDAP_CACHE_LOCALDB;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CACHE_POPULATE"))
#ifdef LDAP_CACHE_POPULATE
return LDAP_CACHE_POPULATE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ADD"))
#ifdef LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ADD
return LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ADD;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ANY"))
#ifdef LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ANY
return LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ANY;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CHANGETYPE_DELETE"))
#ifdef LDAP_CHANGETYPE_DELETE
return LDAP_CHANGETYPE_DELETE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODDN"))
#ifdef LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODDN
return LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODDN;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODIFY"))
#ifdef LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODIFY
return LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODIFY;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP"))
#ifdef LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP
return LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE"))
#ifdef LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE
return LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE"))
#ifdef LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE
return LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED"))
#ifdef LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED
return LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR"))
#ifdef LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR
return LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION"))
#ifdef LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION
return LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_DECODING_ERROR"))
#ifdef LDAP_DECODING_ERROR
return LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'D':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS"))
#ifdef LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS
return LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_DEREF_FINDING"))
#ifdef LDAP_DEREF_FINDING
return LDAP_DEREF_FINDING;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_DEREF_NEVER"))
#ifdef LDAP_DEREF_NEVER
return LDAP_DEREF_NEVER;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING"))
#ifdef LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING
return LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'E':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR"))
#ifdef LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR
return LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'F':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_FILTER_ERROR"))
#ifdef LDAP_FILTER_ERROR
return LDAP_FILTER_ERROR;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_FILT_MAXSIZ"))
#ifdef LDAP_FILT_MAXSIZ
return LDAP_FILT_MAXSIZ;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'I':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH"))
#ifdef LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH
return LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING"))
#ifdef LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING
return LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS"))
#ifdef LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS
return LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS"))
#ifdef LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS
return LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX"))
#ifdef LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX
return LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX"))
#ifdef LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX
return LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_IS_LEAF"))
#ifdef LDAP_IS_LEAF
return LDAP_IS_LEAF;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'L':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR"))
#ifdef LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR
return LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_LOOP_DETECT"))
#ifdef LDAP_LOOP_DETECT
return LDAP_LOOP_DETECT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'M':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MOD_ADD"))
#ifdef LDAP_MOD_ADD
return LDAP_MOD_ADD;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MOD_BVALUES"))
#ifdef LDAP_MOD_BVALUES
return LDAP_MOD_BVALUES;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MOD_DELETE"))
#ifdef LDAP_MOD_DELETE
return LDAP_MOD_DELETE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MOD_REPLACE"))
#ifdef LDAP_MOD_REPLACE
return LDAP_MOD_REPLACE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN"))
#ifdef LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN
return LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MSG_ALL"))
#ifdef LDAP_MSG_ALL
return LDAP_MSG_ALL;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MSG_ONE"))
#ifdef LDAP_MSG_ONE
return LDAP_MSG_ONE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MSG_RECEIVED"))
#ifdef LDAP_MSG_RECEIVED
return LDAP_MSG_RECEIVED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'N':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION"))
#ifdef LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION
return LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF"))
#ifdef LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF
return LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN"))
#ifdef LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN
return LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED"))
#ifdef LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED
return LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_LIMIT"))
#ifdef LDAP_NO_LIMIT
return LDAP_NO_LIMIT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_MEMORY"))
#ifdef LDAP_NO_MEMORY
return LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS"))
#ifdef LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS
return LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED"))
#ifdef LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED
return LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE"))
#ifdef LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE
return LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT"))
#ifdef LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT
return LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'O':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION"))
#ifdef LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION
return LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR
return LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_CACHE_ENABLE"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_CACHE_ENABLE
return LDAP_OPT_CACHE_ENABLE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_CACHE_FN_PTRS"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_CACHE_FN_PTRS
return LDAP_OPT_CACHE_FN_PTRS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_CACHE_STRATEGY"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_CACHE_STRATEGY
return LDAP_OPT_CACHE_STRATEGY;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_CLIENT_CONTROLS"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_CLIENT_CONTROLS
return LDAP_OPT_CLIENT_CONTROLS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_DEREF"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_DEREF
return LDAP_OPT_DEREF;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_DESC"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_DESC
return LDAP_OPT_DESC;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_DNS"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_DNS
return LDAP_OPT_DNS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS
return LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER
return LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_ERROR_STRING"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_ERROR_STRING
return LDAP_OPT_ERROR_STRING;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME
return LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_IO_FN_PTRS"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_IO_FN_PTRS
return LDAP_OPT_IO_FN_PTRS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS
return LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE
return LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION
return LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_REBIND_ARG"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_REBIND_ARG
return LDAP_OPT_REBIND_ARG;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_REBIND_FN"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_REBIND_FN
return LDAP_OPT_REBIND_FN;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT
return LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS
return LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_REFERRAL_HOP_LIMIT"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_REFERRAL_HOP_LIMIT
return LDAP_OPT_REFERRAL_HOP_LIMIT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_RESTART"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_RESTART
return LDAP_OPT_RESTART;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_RETURN_REFERRALS"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_RETURN_REFERRALS
return LDAP_OPT_RETURN_REFERRALS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS
return LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT
return LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_SSL"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_SSL
return LDAP_OPT_SSL;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS
return LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT"))
#ifdef LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT
return LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OTHER"))
#ifdef LDAP_OTHER
return LDAP_OTHER;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'P':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_PARAM_ERROR"))
#ifdef LDAP_PARAM_ERROR
return LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS"))
#ifdef LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS
return LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_PORT"))
#ifdef LDAP_PORT
return LDAP_PORT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_PORT_MAX"))
#ifdef LDAP_PORT_MAX
return LDAP_PORT_MAX;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR"))
#ifdef LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR
return LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'R':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_REFERRAL"))
#ifdef LDAP_REFERRAL
return LDAP_REFERRAL;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED"))
#ifdef LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED
return LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE"))
#ifdef LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE
return LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_ADD"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_ADD
return LDAP_RES_ADD;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_ANY"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_ANY
return LDAP_RES_ANY;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_BIND"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_BIND
return LDAP_RES_BIND;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_COMPARE"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_COMPARE
return LDAP_RES_COMPARE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_DELETE"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_DELETE
return LDAP_RES_DELETE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_EXTENDED"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_EXTENDED
return LDAP_RES_EXTENDED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_MODIFY"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_MODIFY
return LDAP_RES_MODIFY;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_MODRDN"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_MODRDN
return LDAP_RES_MODRDN;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_RENAME"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_RENAME
return LDAP_RES_RENAME;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY
return LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE
return LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT"))
#ifdef LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT
return LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'S':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS"))
#ifdef LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS
return LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SASL_SIMPLE"))
#ifdef LDAP_SASL_SIMPLE
return LDAP_SASL_SIMPLE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SCOPE_BASE"))
#ifdef LDAP_SCOPE_BASE
return LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL"))
#ifdef LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL
return LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE"))
#ifdef LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE
return LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SECURITY_NONE"))
#ifdef LDAP_SECURITY_NONE
return LDAP_SECURITY_NONE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SERVER_DOWN"))
#ifdef LDAP_SERVER_DOWN
return LDAP_SERVER_DOWN;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED"))
#ifdef LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED
return LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SORT_CONTROL_MISSING"))
#ifdef LDAP_SORT_CONTROL_MISSING
return LDAP_SORT_CONTROL_MISSING;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED"))
#ifdef LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED
return LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED"))
#ifdef LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED
return LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SUCCESS"))
#ifdef LDAP_SUCCESS
return LDAP_SUCCESS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'T':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED"))
#ifdef LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED
return LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_TIMEOUT"))
#ifdef LDAP_TIMEOUT
return LDAP_TIMEOUT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS"))
#ifdef LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS
return LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'U':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_UNAVAILABLE"))
#ifdef LDAP_UNAVAILABLE
return LDAP_UNAVAILABLE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION"))
#ifdef LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION
return LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE"))
#ifdef LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE
return LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM"))
#ifdef LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM
return LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE"))
#ifdef LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE
return LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM"))
#ifdef LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM
return LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_ERR_NODN"))
#ifdef LDAP_URL_ERR_NODN
return LDAP_URL_ERR_NODN;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_ERR_NOTLDAP"))
#ifdef LDAP_URL_ERR_NOTLDAP
return LDAP_URL_ERR_NOTLDAP;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM"))
#ifdef LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM
return LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE"))
#ifdef LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE
return LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_USER_CANCELLED"))
#ifdef LDAP_USER_CANCELLED
return LDAP_USER_CANCELLED;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
case 'V':
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_VERSION"))
#ifdef LDAP_VERSION
return LDAP_VERSION;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_VERSION1"))
#ifdef LDAP_VERSION1
return LDAP_VERSION1;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_VERSION2"))
#ifdef LDAP_VERSION2
return LDAP_VERSION2;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_VERSION3"))
#ifdef LDAP_VERSION3
return LDAP_VERSION3;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_VERSION_MAX"))
#ifdef LDAP_VERSION_MAX
return LDAP_VERSION_MAX;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
break;
}
} else {
if (strEQ(name, "LDAPS_PORT"))
#ifdef LDAPS_PORT
return LDAPS_PORT;
#else
goto not_there;
#endif
}
errno = EINVAL;
return 0;
not_there:
errno = ENOENT;
return 0;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
1999-01-05 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* psoftsync.pl (delAttr): Fixed annoying bug where I missed to
"my" $entry.
1999-01-04 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* modattr.pl: Bug fixes for handling bad cases better (like
missing attribute, adding empty values etc).
1998-12-11 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* modattr.pl: Modified slightly to enable the rebind proc.
1998-08-03 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* psoftsync.pl: New file, also merged in some modules from
LdapUtils.pm, to make sure this works. NOTE: This script currently
doesn't work, since all "modify" operations are horked.
1998-07-30 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* tabdump.pl: Actually works!
* ldappasswd.pl: Cleaned out some code, and moved it over to the
::Utils module.
1998-07-29 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* qsearch.pl: First working version.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: changes2ldif.pl,v 1.1.2.6 1998-10-26 03:44:54 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Search the changelog, and produce an LDIF file suitable for ldapmodify
# for instance. This should be merged into LDIF.pm eventually.
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
use strict;
no strict "vars";
#################################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "changes2ldif";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert [min [max]]";
#################################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('nvb:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
$ld{root} = "cn=changelog" if (!defined($ld{root}) || $ld{root} eq "");
#################################################################################
# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
#
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
#################################################################################
# Create the search filter.
#
$min = $ARGV[$[];
$max = $ARGV[$[ + 1];
if ($min ne "")
{
if ($max ne "")
{
$search = "(&(changenumber>=$min)(changenumber<=$max))";
}
else
{
$search = "(changenumber>=$min)";
}
}
else
{
$search = "(changenumber=*)";
}
#################################################################################
# Do the searches, and print the results.
#
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "ONE", "$search");
while ($entry)
{
print "dn: ", $entry->{targetdn}[0], "\n";
$type = $entry->{changetype}[0];
print "changetype: $type\n";
if ($type =~ /modify/i)
{
# Should we filter out modifiersname and modifytimestamp ? We do chop
# off the trailing \0 though.
chop($entry->{changes}[0]);
print $entry->{changes}[0], "\n";
}
elsif ($type =~ /add/i)
{
print $entry->{changes}[0], "\n";
}
else
{
print "\n";
}
$entry = $conn->nextEntry;
}
#################################################################################
# Close the connection.
#
$ld{conn}->close if $ld{conn};

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: ldappasswd.pl,v 1.6 1998-08-13 09:13:23 leif Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# This is an LDAP version of the normal passwd/yppasswd command found
# on most Unix systems. Note that this will only use the {crypt}
# encryption/hash algorithm (at this point).
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
#############################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "ldappasswd";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert search ...";
@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid", "userpassword");
#############################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('nvb:s:h:D:w:P:')) {
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
#############################################################################
# Ask for the new password, and confirm it's correct.
#
do
{
print "New password: ";
$new = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword();
print "New password (again): ";
$new2 = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword();
print "Passwords didn't match, try again!\n\n" if ($new ne $new2);
} until ($new eq $new2);
print "\n";
$crypted = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::unixCrypt("$new");
#############################################################################
# Now do all the searches, one by one. If there are no search criteria, we
# will change the password for the user running the script.
#
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
foreach $search ($#ARGV >= $[ ? @ARGV : $ld{bind})
{
$entry = $conn->search($search, "subtree", "ALL", 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES)
unless $entry;
print "No such user: $search\n" unless $entry;
while ($entry)
{
$entry->{userpassword} = ["{crypt}" . $crypted];
print "Changing password for: $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
if (!$opt_n)
{
$conn->update($entry);
$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
}
$entry = $conn->nextEntry();
}
}
#############################################################################
# Close the connection.
#
$conn->close if $conn;

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: lfinger.pl,v 1.10 1998-08-13 09:13:08 leif Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# "finger" version using LDAP information (using RFC 2307 objectclass).
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
#############################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these... The HIDE mechanism is a very
# Netscape internal specific feature. We use this objectclass to mark some
# entries to be "hidden", and some of our applications will honor this. With
# more recent versions of the Directory Server this can be accomplished more
# effectively with appropriate ACI/ACLs.
#
$APPNAM = "lfinger";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM -m -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert user_info";
@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid", "cn", "homedirectory", "loginshell", "pager",
"telephonenumber", "facsimiletelephonenumber", "mobile");
$HIDE = "(objectclass=nscphidethis)";
#############################################################################
# Print a "finger" entry.
#
sub printIt
{
my($entry) = @_;
print "Login name: $entry->{uid}[0]";
print " " x (39 - 11 - length($entry->{uid}[0]));
print "In real life: $entry->{cn}[0]\n";
if ($entry->{homedirectory}[0] || $entry->{loginshell}[0])
{
print "Directory: $entry->{homedirectory}[0]";
print " " x (39 - 10 - length($entry->{homedirectory}[0]));
print "Shell: $entry->{loginshell}[0]\n";
}
if ($entry->{telephonenumber}[0] || $entry->{pager}[0])
{
print "Phone: $entry->{telephonenumber}[0]";
print " " x (39 - 6 - length($entry->{telephonenumber}[0]));
print "Pager: $entry->{pager}[0]\n";
}
if ($entry->{mobile}[0] || $entry->{facsimiletelephonenumber}[0])
{
print "Mobile: $entry->{mobile}[0]";
print " " x (39 - 7 - length($entry->{mobile}[0]));
print "Fax: $entry->{facsimiletelephonenumber}[0]\n";
}
print "\n";
}
#############################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('mb:h:D:p:w:P:') || !defined($ARGV[$[]))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
$user=$ARGV[$[];
#############################################################################
# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
#
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
#############################################################################
# Ok, lets generate the filter, and do the search!
#
if ($opt_m)
{
$search = "(&(uid=$user)(!$HIDE))";
}
else
{
$search = "(&(|(cn=*$user*)(uid=*$user*)(telephonenumber=*$user*))(!$HIDE))";
}
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
while($entry)
{
printIt($entry);
$entry = $conn->nextEntry();
}
#############################################################################
# Close the connection.
#
$conn->close if $conn;

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: modattr.pl,v 1.7.2.4 1999-01-05 07:41:46 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# This script can be used to do a number of different modification
# operations on a script. Like adding/deleting values, or entire
# attributes.
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
use strict;
no strict "vars";
#############################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "modattr";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM [-dnvW] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert attr=value filter";
#############################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('adnvWb:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
#############################################################################
# Let's process the changes requested, and commit them unless the "-n"
# option was given.
#
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
$conn->setDefaultRebindProc($ld{bind}, $ld{pswd});
($change, $search) = @ARGV;
if (($change eq "") || ($search eq ""))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
($attr, $value) = split(/=/, $change, 2);
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search);
while ($entry)
{
$changed = 0;
if ($opt_d)
{
if (defined $entry->{$attr})
{
if ($value)
{
$changed = $entry->removeValue($attr, $value);
if ($changed && $opt_v)
{
print "Removed value from ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
}
}
else
{
delete $entry->{$attr};
print "Deleted attribute $attr for ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
$changed = 1;
}
}
else
{
print "No attribute values for: $attr\n";
}
}
else
{
if (!defined($value) || !$value)
{
print "No value provided for the attribute $attr\n";
}
elsif ($opt_a)
{
$changed = $entry->addValue($attr, $value);
if ($changed && $opt_v)
{
print "Added attribute to ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
}
}
else
{
$entry->setValue($attr, $value);
$changed = 1;
print "Set attribute for ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
}
}
if ($changed && ! $opt_n)
{
$conn->update($entry);
$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
}
$entry = $conn->nextEntry();
}
#############################################################################
# Close the connection.
#
$conn->close if $conn;
#############################################################################
# POD documentation...
#
__END__
=head1 NAME
modattr - Modify an attribute for one or more LDAP entries
=head1 SYNOPSIS
modattr [-adnvW] -b base -h host -D bind DN -w pwd -P cert attr=value filter
=head1 ABSTRACT
This command line utility can be used to modify one attribute for one or
more LDAP entries. As simple as this sounds, this turns out to be a very
common operation. For instance, let's say you want to change "mailHost"
for all users on a machine named I<dredd>, to be I<judge>. With this
script all you have to do is
modattr mailHost=judge '(mailHost=dredd)'
=head1 DESCRIPTION
There are four primary operations that can be made with this utility:
=over 4
=item *
Set an attribute to a (single) specified value.
=item *
Add a value to an attribute (for multi-value attributes).
=item *
Delete a value from an attribute. If it's the last value (or if it's a
single value), this will remove the entire attribute.
=item *
Delete an entire attribute, even if it has multiple values.
=back
The first three requires an option of the form B<attr=value>, while the
last one only takes the name of the attribute as the option. The last
argument is always an LDAP search filter, specifying which entries the
operation should be applied to.
=head1 OPTIONS
All but the first two command line options for this tool are standard LDAP
options, to set parameters for the LDAP connection. The two new options
are I<-a> and I<-d> to add and remove attribute values.
Without either of these two options specified (they are both optional),
the default action is to set the attribute to the specified value. That
will effectively remove any existing values for this attribute.
=over 12
=item -a
Specify that the operation is an I<add>, to add a value to the
attribute. If there is no existing value for this attribute, we'll create
a new attribute, otherwise we add the new value if it's not already there.
=item -d
Delete the attribute value, or the entire attribute if there's no value
specified. As you can see this option has two forms, and it's function
depends on the last arguments. Be careful here, if you forget to specify
the value to delete, you will remove all of them.
=item -h <host>
Name of the LDAP server to connect to.
=item -p <port>
TCP port for the LDAP connection.
=item -b <DN>
Base DN for the search
=item -D <bind>
User (DN) to bind as. We support a few convenience shortcuts here, like
I<root>, I<user> and I<repl>.
=item -w <passwd>
This specifies the password to use when connecting to the LDAP
server. This is strongly discouraged, and without this option the script
will ask for the password interactively.
=item -s <scope>
Search scope, default is I<sub>, the other possible values are I<base> and
I<one>. You can also specify the numeric scopes, I<0>, I<1> or I<2>.
=item -P
Use SSL for the LDAP connection, using the specified cert.db file for
certificate information.
=item -n
Don't do anything, only show the changes that would have been made. This
is very convenient, and can save you from embarrassing mistakes.
=item -v
Verbose output.
=back
The last two arguments are special for this script. The first
argument specifies the attribute (and possibly the value) to operate on,
and the last argument is a properly formed LDAP search filter.
=head1 EXAMPLES
We'll give one example for each of the four operations this script can
currently handle. Since the script itself is quite flexible, you'll
probably find you can use this script for a lot of other applications, or
call it from other scripts. Note that we don't specify any LDAP specific
options here, we assume you have configured your defaults properly.
To set the I<description> attribute for user "leif", you would do
modattr 'description=Company Swede' '(uid=leif)'
The examples shows how to use this command without either of the I<-a> or
the I<-d> argument. To add an e-mail alias (alternate address) to the same
user, you would do
modattr -a 'mailAlternateAddress=theSwede@netscape.com' '(uid=leif)'
To remove an object class from all entries which uses it, you could do
modattr -d 'objectclass=dummyClass' '(objectclass=dummyClass)'
This example is not great, since unless you've assured that no entries
uses any of the attributes in this class, you'll get schema
violations. But don't despair, you can use this tool to clean up all
entries first! To completely remove all usage of an attribute named
I<dummyAttr>, you'd simply do
modattr -d dummyAttr '(dummyAttr=*)'
This shows the final format of this command, notice how we don't specify a
value, to assure that the entire attribute is removed. This is potentially
dangerous, so again be careful.
=head1 INSTALLATION
In order to use this script, you'll need Perl version 5.004 or later, the
LDAP SDK, and also the LDAP Perl module (aka PerLDAP). Once you've installed
these packages, just copy this file to where you keep your admin binaries,
e.g. /usr/local/bin.
In order to get good performance, you should make sure you have indexes on
the attributes you typically use with this script. Our experience has been
that in most cases the standard indexes in the Directory Server are
sufficient, e.g. I<CN>, I<UID> and I<MAIL>.
=head1 AVAILABILITY
This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
Your local CPAN server
=head1 CREDITS
This little tool was developed internally at Netscape, by Leif Hedstrom.
=head1 BUGS
None, of course...
=head1 SEE ALSO
L<Mozilla::LDAP::API> and L<Perl>
=cut

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: monitor.pl,v 1.2 1998-08-13 09:12:05 leif Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Ask the directory server for it's monitor entry, to see some
# performance and usage stats.
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
#################################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "monitor";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert";
#################################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:w:P:'))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs("", "cn=monitor");
#################################################################################
# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server, and then
# do the simple search.
#
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "base", "objectclass=*");
Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::printEntry($entry)
if ($entry);
#################################################################################
# Close the connection.
#
$conn->close if $conn;

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,615 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: psoftsync.pl,v 1.4.2.1 1999-01-05 11:33:46 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Synchronise some LDAP info with a PeopleSoft "dump". This "dump" file
# is a "tab" separated file, as generated by an SQL utility on the
# Oracle server.
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
#############################################################################
# Local configurations, check these out . Note that SYNCS and ORDER has to
# have the same fields, this is because the hash array doesn't preserve
# the order of it's entries... :-( The "codes" are bit fields, where the
# three LSB are used as
#
# 1 Force the update, even if attribute is empty (i.e. delete it)
# 2 The attribute is the base for a DN (e.g. "manager").
# 4 The attribute should be deleted if the user is not in PeopleSoft.
# 8 Don't warn if the attribute is missing in the Psoft file (-W option).
# 16 Always delete this attribute in the PeopleSoft entry.
# 32 Delete this attribute if the account has "expired".
#
%SYNCS = (
"nscpharold" => 1 + 4,
"uid" => 0,
"" => 0,
"" => 0,
"employeenumber" => 1 + 4 + 32,
"departmentnumber" => 1 + 4,
"" => 0,
"" => 0,
"" => 0,
"manager" => 1 + 2,
"title" => 1 + 4 + 16 + 32,
"ou" => 1 + 4 + 32,
"businesscategory" => 1 + 4 + 32,
"employeetype" => 0,
"nscppersonexpdate" => 1 + 8
);
@ORDER = (
"nscpharold",
"uid",
"",
"",
"employeenumber",
"departmentnumber",
"",
"",
"",
"manager",
"title",
"ou",
"businesscategory",
"employeetype",
"nscppersonexpdate"
);
# This is used for mapping the employeeType attribute into a readable format.
%EMPCODES = (
"A" => "Applicant",
"C" => "Contractor",
"E" => "Employee",
"O" => "OEM Partner",
"T" => "Interim",
"V" => "Vendor"
);
# Expiration policy for other attributes, the EXPDELAY is a convenience
# default setting.
$EXPDELAY = 24 * 7;
%EXPIRES = (
"carlicense" => $EXPDELAY,
"mailautoreplymode" => $EXPDELAY,
"mailautoreplytext" => $EXPDELAY,
"mailforwardingaddress" => $EXPDELAY,
"facsimiletelephonenumber" => $EXPDELAY
);
$NOTYPE = "Unknown";
$DELIMITER = "%%";
$SENDMAIL = "/usr/lib/sendmail";
$SEARCH = "(&(uid=*)(!(objectclass=pseudoAccount)))";
$MAILTO = "leif\@netscape.com";
#$LDAP_DEBUG = 1;
#############################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "psoftsync";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM [-nvW] -b base -h host -D bind -w passwd -P cert PS_file";
@ATTRIBUTES = uniq(@ORDER);
push(@ATTRIBUTES, "objectclass");
$TODAY = `/usr/bin/date '+%Y%m%d'`;
chop($TODAY);
#############################################################################
# Print an error for the PeopleSoft data. Note that we use the "__XXX__" fields
# here, to avoid the problem when an attribute is "expired" or modified.
#
sub psoftError
{
my ($str, $entry) = @_;
print "Error: $str: ";
print $entry->key(), " (";
print $entry->{__employeenumber__}, ", ";
print $entry->{__employeetype__}, ", ";
print $entry->{__departmentnumber__}, ")\n";
}
#############################################################################
# Read in a PeopleSoft file, and create all the entries.
#
sub readDump
{
my ($file) = @_;
my (@info, %entries);
my $val;
if (!open(PSOFT, $file))
{
print "Error: Can't read file $file\n";
exit(1);
}
while (<PSOFT>)
{
next unless /$DELIMITER/;
@info = split(/\s*%%\s*/);
$entry = new PsoftEntry($info[$[]);
foreach $attr (@ORDER)
{
$val = shift(@info);
next if ($attr eq "");
$entry->add($attr, $val, $SYNCS{$attr});
}
#
# Perhaps we should do some sanity checks here on the PeopleSoft data?
#
# Clean up some data if the user has expired ("best before...")
if ($entry->expired($entry->{nscppersonexpdate}))
{
foreach $attr (@ORDER)
{
next unless $attr;
delete($entry->{$attr}) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 32);
}
}
if ($entry->{uid})
{
$entries{$entry->{uid}} = $entry;
}
elsif ($opt_W)
{
psoftError("No UID", $entry);
}
}
close(PSOFT);
return %entries;
}
#############################################################################
# Make a list "uniq", just like the Unix command.
#
sub uniq { # uniq(elements[])
my %tmp;
grep($tmp{$_}++, @_);
return sort(keys(%tmp));
}
#############################################################################
# Delete an attribute from an entry.
#
sub delAttr { # delAttr(ENTRY, ATTR)
my ($entry, $attr) = @_;
if (defined($entry->{$attr}))
{
$out->write("Deleted $attr for user: $entry->{uid}[0]") if $opt_v;
delete($entry->{$attr});
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
#############################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('nvMWb:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
$out = new Mail();
if ($opt_M)
{
$out->set("to", $MAILTO);
$out->set("subject", "Hoth: PeopleSoft synchronization report");
}
else
{
$out->echo();
$out->nomail();
}
#############################################################################
# Read in all the PeopleSoft entries, and then instantiate an LDAP object,
# which also binds to the LDAP server.
#
%psoft = readDump(@ARGV[$[]);
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
#############################################################################
# Now process all the users, one by one.
#
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $SEARCH, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
while ($entry)
{
$uid = $entry->{"uid"}[0];
$changed = 0;
$psent = $psoft{$uid};
if (!$psent)
{
print "Error: LDAP user $uid: No entry in PeopleSoft\n" if $opt_W;
foreach $attr (@ORDER)
{
next unless $attr;
$changed += delAttr($entry, $attr) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 4);
}
if ($entry->{employeetype}[0] ne "$NOTYPE")
{
$entry->{employeetype} = ["$NOTYPE"];
$changed = 1;
$out->write("Set employeeType to $NOTYPE for user: $uid") if $opt_v;
}
}
else
{
$psent->handled(1);
foreach $attr (@ORDER)
{
next unless $attr;
if (!defined($psent->{$attr}) || ($psent->{$attr} eq ""))
{
$changed += delAttr($entry, $attr) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 1);
}
elsif ($entry->{$attr}[0] ne $psent->{$attr})
{
$entry->{$attr} = [$psent->{$attr}];
$changed = 1;
$out->write("Set $attr to $psent->{$attr} for user: $uid") if $opt_v;
}
}
# Now handle the Expire date special case...
if ($psent->expired() ne "")
{
if ($entry->addValue("objectclass", "nscphidethis"))
{
$changed = 1;
$out->write("Expiring the user: $uid") if $opt_v;
}
# Expire other attributes, IFF the expire is over a certain
# treshhold (e.g. a week).
}
elsif ($entry->removeValue("objectclass", "nscphidethis"))
{
$changed = 1;
$out->write("Enabling the user: $uid") if $opt_v;
}
}
$conn->update($entry) if ($changed && ! $opt_n);
$entry = $conn->nextEntry();
}
#############################################################################
# Close the LDAP connection.
#
$conn->close if $conn;
#############################################################################
# Post process, figure out which PSoft entries have no entry in LDAP.
#
if ($opt_W)
{
foreach (keys(%psoft))
{
$ent=$psoft{$_};
psoftError("No LDAP entry", $ent) unless $ent->handled();
}
}
#############################################################################
# Package to an entry from the PeopleSoft database.
#
package PsoftEntry;
#############################################################################
# Creator.
#
sub new
{
my ($class, $key) = @_;
my $self = {};
bless $self, ref $class || $class;
$self->{__key__} = $key;
return $self;
}
#############################################################################
# Add an attribute/field to the entry.
#
sub add
{
my ($self, $attr, $val, $lev) = @_;
return if ($lev & 16);
$attr = lc $attr;
if ($attr eq "employeetype")
{
if (defined($main::EMPCODES{$val}))
{
$self->{$attr} = $main::EMPCODES{$val};
}
else
{
$self->{$attr} = $main::NOTYPE;
}
$self->{__employeetype__} = $val;
}
elsif (!defined($val) || ($val eq ""))
{
main::psoftError("No attribute $attr", $self)
if ($main::opt_W && ($lev & 1) && !($lev & 8));
}
else
{
$self->{$attr} = ($lev & 2) ? "uid=$val,$main::ld{root}" : $val;
$self->{"__${attr}__"} = $val;
}
}
#############################################################################
# Return the value for an attribute/field.
#
sub get
{
my ($self, $attr) = @_;
return $self->{$attr};
}
#############################################################################
# Mark the entry as "expired". If there is no "date" argument, we'll return
# the current entries expire status.
#
sub expired
{
my ($self, $date) = @_;
if ($date)
{
# Only expire entries with reasonable expire dates...
if (length($date) != 8)
{
main::psoftError("Bad expire date", $self) if $main::opt_W;
return 0;
}
if ($date lt $main::TODAY)
{
$self->{employeetype} = "$main::NOTYPE";
$self->{__expired__} = 1;
return 1;
}
}
return $self->{__expired__};
}
#############################################################################
# Mark the entry as "handled", i.e. it exists in LDAP.
#
sub handled
{
my ($self, $flag) = @_;
$self->{__handled__} = 1 if $flag;
return $self->{__handled__};
}
#############################################################################
# Return the "key" of this entry, typically the name field.
#
sub key
{
my ($self) = @_;
return $self->{__key__};
}
#################################################################################
# This sub-package will send mail to some recipients, IFF there is anything to
# send, or your force it to send. Note that the Subject doesn't qualify it to
# send a message (force it to send if you have to).
#
package Mail;
#################################################################################
# The constructor, which optionally takes the TO, FROM and SUBJECT.
#
sub new
{
my ($class, $to, $from, $subject) = @_;
my $self = {};
bless $self, ref $class || $class;
$self->{to} = $to || "root";
$self->{from} = $from || "ldap";
$self->{subject} = $subject || "Output from LDAP script\n";
@{$self->{message}} = ();
$self->{send} = 0;
$self->{nomail} = 0;
$self->{echo} = 0;
return $self;
}
#################################################################################
# Destructor, which will also send the message, if appropriate.
#
sub DESTROY
{
my ($self) = @_;
if ($self->{send} && !$self->{nomail})
{
$self->send();
$self->{send} = 0;
}
}
#################################################################################
# Set a field for this entry, e.g. From:, To: etc.
#
sub set
{
my ($self, $field, $string) = @_;
if ($field && $string)
{
$field = lc $field;
$self->{$field} = $string;
}
}
#################################################################################
# Add a line to the message, the argument is the string.
#
sub write
{
my ($self, $string) = @_;
if ($string ne "")
{
push(@{$self->{message}}, $string);
print "$string\n" if $self->{echo};
$self->{send}++;
}
}
#################################################################################
# Force the object to send the message, no matter if there's anything in the
# body or not.
#
sub force
{
my ($self) = @_;
$self->{send} = 1;
$self->{nomail} = 0;
}
#################################################################################
# Don't send the mail, this is the oppositte to "force...
#
sub nomail
{
my ($self) = @_;
$self->{send} = 0;
$self->{nomail} = 1;
}
#################################################################################
# Enable echo-mode, where we will also print everything to STDOUT.
#
sub echo
{
my ($self) = @_;
$self->{echo} = 1;
}
#################################################################################
# Actually send the message. This is automatically done by the DESTROY method,
# but we can force it to do it this way.
#
sub send
{
my ($self) = @_;
if ($self->{send} && !$self->{nomail})
{
open(MAILER, "|$main::SENDMAIL -t");
print MAILER "From: $self->{from}\n";
print MAILER "To: $self->{to}\n";
print MAILER "Subject: $self->{subject}\n\n";
foreach (@{$self->{message}})
{
print MAILER "$_\n";
}
print MAILER ".\n";
close(MAILER);
$self->{send} = 0;
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: qsearch.pl,v 1.7.2.2 1999-01-05 07:30:42 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Quick Search, like ldapsearch, but in Perl. Look how simple it is.
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
use strict;
no strict "vars";
#################################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "qsearch";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert filter [attr...]";
#################################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
#################################################################################
# Now do all the searches, one by one.
#
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
foreach (@ARGV)
{
if (/\=/)
{
push(@srch, $_);
}
else
{
push(@attr, $_);
}
}
foreach $search (@srch)
{
if ($#attr >= $[)
{
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @attr);
}
else
{
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, "$search");
}
print "Searched for `$search':\n\n";
$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
while ($entry)
{
$entry->printLDIF();
$entry = $conn->nextEntry;
}
print "\n";
}
#################################################################################
# Close the connection.
#
$conn->close if $conn;

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: rename.pl,v 1.3.2.1 1998-09-08 06:37:33 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Rename an LDAP entry, changing it's DN. Note that currently this only
# works with RDNs.
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
#############################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "rename";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM [-nvI] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert filter new_rdn";
#############################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('nvIb:h:D:w:P:'))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
($search, $rdn) = @ARGV;
if (($search eq "") || ($rdn eq ""))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
#############################################################################
# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
#
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
$key = "Y" if $opt_I;
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
if (! $entry || $conn->nextEntry())
{
print "Error: The search did not return exactly one match, abort!\n";
exit;
}
if (! $opt_I)
{
print "Rename ", $entry->getDN(), " with $rdn [N]? ";
$key = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::answer("N") unless $opt_I;
}
if ($key eq "Y")
{
# Note: I have to explicitly specify the original DN below, since the call
# to nextEntry() above blows the DN away from the ::Conn object.
if (! $opt_n)
{
$conn->modifyRDN($rdn, $entry->getDN());
$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
}
print "Renamed $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
}
#################################################################################
# Close the connection.
#
$conn->close if $conn;

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: rmentry.pl,v 1.3.2.1 1998-09-29 07:33:09 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Remove one or several LDAP objects. By default this tool is
# interactive, which can be disabled with the "-I" option (but
# please be careful...).
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
#################################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "rmentry";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM [-nvI] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert filter ...";
@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid");
#################################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('nvIb:h:D:w:P:'))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
#################################################################################
# Do the search, and process all the entries.
#
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
$key = "Y" if $opt_I;
foreach $search (@ARGV)
{
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
while ($entry)
{
if (! $opt_I)
{
print "Delete $entry->{dn} [N]? ";
$key = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::answer("N") unless $opt_I;
}
if ($key eq "Y")
{
if (! $opt_n)
{
$conn->delete($entry);
$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
}
print "Deleted $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
}
$entry = $conn->nextEntry();
}
}
#################################################################################
# Close the connection.
#
$conn->close if $conn;

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: tabdump.pl,v 1.3 1998-08-13 09:11:10 leif Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Generate a TAB separate "dump" of entries matching the search criteria,
# using the list of attributes specified.
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
#################################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "tabdump";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert attr1,attr2,.. srch";
#################################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('nvb:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
$attributes = $ARGV[$[];
$search = $ARGV[$[ + 1];
die "Need to specify a list of attributes and the search filter.\n"
unless ($attributes && $search);
#################################################################################
# Do the searches, and produce the output.
#
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
@attr = split(/,/, $attributes);
$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @attr);
$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
while ($entry)
{
foreach (@attr)
{
print $entry->{$_}[0], "\t";
}
print "\n";
$entry = $conn->nextEntry;
}
#################################################################################
# Close the connection.
#
$conn->close if $conn;

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl -w
#############################################################################
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Perl Script to Install PerLDAP Binaries without a Makefile.
# For use with the binary distribution of PerLDAP.
#
#############################################################################
use File::Path;
use File::Copy;
use Config;
print "\n##############################################\n";
print "# Installing Netscape PerLDAP v1.0 #\n";
print "##############################################\n\n";
$ARCH_LIB = $Config{'sitearchexp'} . "/auto/Mozilla/LDAP/API";
$PERL_LIB = $Config{'sitelibexp'};
print "Creating Directory '$ARCH_LIB'...\n";
File::Path::mkpath "$ARCH_LIB";
print "Creating Directory '$PERL_LIB/Mozilla/LDAP'...\n";
File::Path::mkpath "$PERL_LIB/Mozilla/LDAP";
print "Copying Architecture Dependent Files...\n";
foreach $file (glob "blib/arch/auto/Mozilla/LDAP/API/*")
{
copy($file,"$ARCH_LIB");
}
print "Copying Module Components...\n";
foreach $file (glob "blib/lib/Mozilla/LDAP/*")
{
copy($file,"$PERL_LIB/Mozilla/LDAP");
}
print "Finished!\n\n";
exit 0;

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
1999-01-05 Leif Hedstrom <leif@netscape.com>
* entry.pl: New script, to test all Entry:: methods.
* conn.pl (attributeEQ): Added test for modifyRDN().

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: conn.pl,v 1.1.2.5 1999-01-13 08:02:48 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Test most (all?) of the LDAP::Mozilla::Conn methods.
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
use Mozilla::LDAP::API;
use strict;
no strict "vars";
#################################################################################
# Configurations, modify these as needed.
#
$BIND = "uid=ldapadmin";
$BASE = "o=Netscape Communications Corp.,c=US";
$PEOPLE = "ou=people";
$GROUPS = "ou=groups";
$UID = "leif-test";
$CN = "test-group-1";
#################################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "conn.pl";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert";
#################################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs($BIND, $BASE);
#################################################################################
# Get an LDAP connection
#
sub getConn
{
my $conn;
if ($main::reuseConn)
{
if (!defined($main::mainConn))
{
$main::mainConn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%main::ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}"
unless $main::mainConn;
}
return $main::mainConn;
}
else
{
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%main::ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}" unless $conn;
}
return $conn;
}
#################################################################################
# Some small help functions...
#
sub dotPrint
{
my $str = shift;
print $str . '.' x (20 - length($str));
}
sub attributeEQ
{
my @a, @b;
my $i;
@a = @{$_[0]};
@b = @{$_[1]};
return 1 if (($#a < 0) && ($#b < 0));
return 0 unless ($#a == $#b);
@a = sort(@a);
@b = sort(@b);
for ($i = 0; $i <= $#a; $i++)
{
return 0 unless ($a[$i] eq $b[$i]);;
}
return 1; # We passed all the tests, we're ok.
}
#################################################################################
# Test adding, deleting and retrieving entries.
#
$filter = "(uid=$UID)";
$conn = getConn();
$nentry = $conn->newEntry();
$nentry->setDN("uid=$UID, $PEOPLE, $BASE");
$nentry->{objectclass} = [ "top", "person", "inetOrgPerson", "mailRecipient" ];
$nentry->addValue("uid", $UID);
$nentry->addValue("sn", "Hedstrom");
$nentry->addValue("givenName", "Leif");
$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom");
$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif P. Hedstrom");
$nentry->addValue("cn", "The Swede");
$nentry->addValue("mail", "leif\@ogre.com");
$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
$conn->delete($ent->getDN()) if $ent;
dotPrint("Conn/newEntry");
$conn->add($nentry) || print "not ";
print "ok\n";
dotPrint("Conn/delete");
$conn->delete($nentry) || print "not ";
print "ok\n";
dotPrint("Conn/add");
$conn->add($nentry) || print "not ";
print "ok\n";
dotPrint("Conn/delete(DN)");
$conn->delete($nentry->getDN()) || print "not ";
print "ok\n";
$conn->add($nentry) || die "Can't create entry again...\n";
dotPrint("Conn/search");
$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
$err = 0;
foreach (keys (%{$nentry}))
{
$err = 1 unless (defined($ent->{$_})
&& attributeEQ($nentry->{$_}, $ent->{$_}));
}
print "not " if $err;
print "ok\n";
$conn->close();
#################################################################################
# Test LDAP URL handling.
#
$conn = getConn();
$url1 = "ldap:///" . $ld{root} . "??sub?$filter";
$url2 = "ldaps:///" . $ld{root} . "??sub?$filter";
$badurl1 = "ldap:" . $ld{root} . "??sub?$filter";
$badurl2 = "http://" . $ld{root} . "??sub?$filter";
dotPrint("Conn/isURL");
print "not " unless ($conn->isURL($url1) && $conn->isURL($url2) &&
!$conn->isURL($badurl2) && !$conn->isURL($badurl1));
print "ok\n";
dotPrint("Conn/searchURL");
$ent = $conn->searchURL($url1);
$err = 0;
foreach (keys (%{$nentry}))
{
$err = 1 unless (defined($ent->{$_})
&& attributeEQ($nentry->{$_}, $ent->{$_}));
}
print "not " if $err;
print "ok\n";
$conn->close();
#################################################################################
# Test some small internal stuff.
#
$conn = getConn();
$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
print "Can't locate entry again" unless $ent;
dotPrint("Conn/getLD+getRes");
$err = 0;
$cld = $conn->getLD();
$res = $conn->getRes();
$err = 1 unless $cld;
$err = 1 unless $res;
$count = Mozilla::LDAP::API::ldap_count_entries($cld, $res);
$err = 1 unless ($count == 1);
print "not " if $err;
print "ok\n";
$conn->close();
#################################################################################
# Test the simple authentication method
#
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn($ld{host}, $ld{port});
$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
die "Can't locate entry again" unless $ent;
dotPrint("Conn/simpleAuth");
$err = 0;
$conn->simpleAuth($ld{bind}, $ld{pswd}) || ($err = 1);
$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
$err = 1 unless $ent;
print "not " if $err;
print "ok\n";
$conn->close();
#################################################################################
# Test the modifyRDN functionality
#
$conn = getConn();
$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
die "Can't locate entry again" unless $ent;
dotPrint("Conn/modifyRDN");
$err = 0;
$rdn = "uid=$UID-rdn";
$conn->modifyRDN($rdn, $ent->getDN()) || ($err = 1);
$filter = "($rdn)";
$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
$err = 1 unless $ent;
print "not " if $err;
print "ok\n";
$conn->delete($ent->getDN()) if $ent;
#################################################################################
# Test error handling (ToDo!)
#

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl5
#############################################################################
# $Id: entry.pl,v 1.1.2.2 1999-01-13 08:02:49 leif%netscape.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Test most (all?) of the LDAP::Mozilla::Conn methods.
#
#############################################################################
use Getopt::Std; # To parse command line arguments.
use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn; # Main "OO" layer for LDAP
use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils; # LULU, utilities.
use Mozilla::LDAP::API;
use strict;
no strict "vars";
#################################################################################
# Configurations, modify these as needed.
#
$BIND = "uid=ldapadmin";
$BASE = "o=Netscape Communications Corp.,c=US";
$PEOPLE = "ou=people";
$GROUPS = "ou=groups";
$UID = "leif-test";
$CN = "test-group-1";
#################################################################################
# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
#
$APPNAM = "entry.pl";
$USAGE = "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert";
#################################################################################
# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
#
if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
{
print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
exit;
}
%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs($BIND, $BASE);
#################################################################################
# Get an LDAP connection
#
sub getConn
{
my $conn;
if ($main::reuseConn)
{
if (!defined($main::mainConn))
{
$main::mainConn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%main::ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}"
unless $main::mainConn;
}
return $main::mainConn;
}
else
{
$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%main::ld);
die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}" unless $conn;
}
return $conn;
}
#################################################################################
# Some small help functions...
#
sub dotPrint
{
my $str = shift;
print $str . '.' x (20 - length($str));
}
sub attributeEQ
{
my @a, @b;
my $i;
@a = @{$_[0]};
@b = @{$_[1]};
return 1 if (($#a < 0) && ($#b < 0));
return 0 unless ($#a == $#b);
@a = sort(@a);
@b = sort(@b);
for ($i = 0; $i <= $#a; $i++)
{
return 0 unless ($a[$i] eq $b[$i]);;
}
return 1; # We passed all the tests, we're ok.
}
#################################################################################
# Setup the test entries.
#
$filter = "(uid=$UID)";
$conn = getConn();
$nentry = $conn->newEntry();
$nentry->setDN("uid=$UID, $PEOPLE, $BASE");
$nentry->{objectclass} = [ "top", "person", "inetOrgPerson", "mailRecipient" ];
$nentry->addValue("uid", $UID);
$nentry->addValue("sn", "Hedstrom");
$nentry->addValue("givenName", "Leif");
$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom");
$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif P. Hedstrom");
$nentry->addValue("cn", "The Swede");
$nentry->addValue("description", "Test1");
$nentry->addValue("description", "Test2");
$nentry->addValue("description", "Test3");
$nentry->addValue("description", "Test4");
$nentry->addValue("description", "Test5");
$nentry->addValue("mail", "leif\@ogre.com");
$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
$conn->delete($ent->getDN()) if $ent;
$conn->add($nentry);
$conn->close();

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
#############################################################################
# $Id: test.pl,v 1.6 1998-08-13 09:14:44 leif Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Before `make install' is performed this script should be runnable with
# `make test'. After `make install' it should work as `perl test.pl'
#
#############################################################################
######################### We start with some black magic to print on failure.
# Change 1..1 below to 1..last_test_to_print .
# (It may become useful if the test is moved to ./t subdirectory.)
BEGIN { $| = 1; print "1..8\n"; }
END {print "modinit - not ok\n" unless $loaded;}
use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:constant :api :ssl);
$loaded = 1;
print "modinit - ok\n";
######################### End of black magic.
$attrs = [];
$ldap_host = $ENV{"LDAPHOST"};
$filter = $ENV{"TESTFILTER"};
$BASEDN = $ENV{"LDAPBASE"};
if (!$ldap_host)
{
print "\nEnter LDAP Server: ";
chomp($ldap_host = <>);
}
if (!$filter)
{
print "Enter Search Filter (ex. uid=abc123): ";
chomp($filter = <>);
}
if (!$BASEDN)
{
print "Enter LDAP Search Base (ex. o=Org, c=US): ";
chomp($BASEDN = <>);
}
print "\n";
##
## Initialize LDAP Connection
##
if (($ld = ldap_init($ldap_host,LDAP_PORT)) == -1)
{
print "open - not ok\n";
exit -1;
}
print "open - ok\n";
##
## Bind as DN, PASSWORD (NULL,NULL) on LDAP connection $ld
##
if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,"","") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
ldap_perror($ld,"bind_s");
print "bind - not ok\n";
exit -1;
}
print "bind - ok\n";
##
## ldap_search_s - Synchronous Search
##
if (ldap_search_s($ld,$BASEDN,LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,$filter,$attrs,0,$result) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
ldap_perror($ld,"search_s");
print "search - not ok\n";
}
print "search - ok\n";
##
## ldap_count_entries - Count Matched Entries
##
if (($count = ldap_count_entries($ld,$result)) == -1)
{
ldap_perror($ld,"count_entry");
print "count - not ok\n";
}
print "count - ok - $count\n";
##
## first_entry - Get First Matched Entry
## next_entry - Get Next Matched Entry
##
for ($ent = ldap_first_entry($ld,$result); $ent; $ent = ldap_next_entry($ld,$ent))
{
##
## ldap_get_dn - Get DN for Matched Entries
##
if (($dn = ldap_get_dn($ld,$ent)) ne "")
{
print "getdn - ok - $dn\n";
} else {
ldap_perror($ld,"get_dn");
print "getdn - not ok\n";
}
for ($attr = ldap_first_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber); $attr; $attr = ldap_next_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber))
{
print "firstatt - ok - $attr\n";
##
## ldap_get_values
##
@vals = ldap_get_values($ld,$ent,$attr);
if ($#vals >= 0)
{
foreach $val (@vals)
{
print "getvals - ok - $val\n";
}
} else {
print "getvals - not ok\n";
}
}
}
##
## Unbind LDAP Connection
##
ldap_unbind($ld);

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl -w
#############################################################################
# $Id: api.pl,v 1.6.2.1 1998-09-20 03:21:58 donley%tekka.wwa.com Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# api.pl - Test all LDAPv2 API function
# Author: Clayton Donley <donley@wwa.com>
#
# Performs all API calls directly in order to test for possible issues
# on a particular platform.
#
#############################################################################
use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:api :constant);
use strict;
my $BASE = "ou=Test,o=Test,c=US";
my $DN = "cn=Directory Manager";
my $PASS = "abcd1234";
my $HOST = "";
my $PORT = 389;
if (!$HOST)
{
print "Please edit the variables at the top of this file.\n";
exit -1;
}
print "\nPerLDAP API TestSuite\n";
print "\nNote: Failures in earlier tests will cause later tests to fail.\n";
print "\n";
my $howmany = 10;
# Initialize the Connection
{
my $ld = ldap_init($HOST,$PORT);
if ($ld <0)
{
print "init - Failed!\n";
die;
}
print "init - OK\n";
# Set an LDAP Session Option
if (ldap_set_option($ld,LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION,LDAP_VERSION3)
!= LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "set_option - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "set_option - OK\n";
}
# Get an LDAP Session Option
my $option;
ldap_get_option($ld,LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS,$option);
if ($option != 1)
{
print "get_option - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "get_option - OK\n";
}
# Anonymous Bind
if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,"","") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "anon_bind - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "anon_bind - OK\n";
}
# Authenticated Simple Bind
if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,$DN,$PASS) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "simple_bind - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "simple_bind - OK\n";
}
# Set Rebind Process
my $rebindproc = sub { return($DN,$PASS,LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE); };
ldap_set_rebind_proc($ld,$rebindproc);
print "set_rebind - OK\n";
# Add an OrgUnit Entry
my $entry = {
"objectclass" => ["top","organizationalUnit"],
"ou" => "Test",
};
if (ldap_add_s($ld,$BASE,$entry) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "add_org - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "add_org - OK\n";
}
# Add People
foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
{
$entry = {
"objectclass" => ["top","person"],
"cn" => "Mozilla $number",
"sn" => ["$number"],
};
if (ldap_add_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE",$entry)
!= LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "add_user_$number - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "add_user_$number - OK\n";
}
}
# Modify People
foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
{
$entry = {
"sn" => {"ab",["Test"]},
"telephoneNumber" => {"ab",[123.456]},
# "telephoneNumber" => "800-555-111$number",
};
if (ldap_modify_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE",$entry)
!= LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "mod_user_$number - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "mod_user_$number - OK\n";
}
}
# Search People
my $filter = "(sn=Test)";
my $attrs = ["cn","sn"];
my $res;
if (ldap_search_s($ld,$BASE,LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,$filter,$attrs,0,$res)
!= LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "search_user - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "search_user - OK\n";
}
# Count Results
if (ldap_count_entries($ld,$res) != $howmany)
{
print "count_res - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "count_res - OK\n";
}
# Sort Results
if (ldap_sort_entries($ld,$res,"sn") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "sort_ent - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "sort_ent - OK\n";
}
# Multisort Results
if (ldap_multisort_entries($ld,$res,["sn","telephoneNumber"]) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "multisort - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "multisort - OK\n";
}
# Get First Entry
my $ent = ldap_first_entry($ld,$res);
if (!$ent)
{
print "first_entry - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "first_entry - OK\n";
}
# Get Next Entry
$ent = ldap_next_entry($ld,$ent);
if (!$ent)
{
print "next_entry - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "next_entry - OK\n";
}
# Get DN
my $dn = ldap_get_dn($ld,$ent);
if (!$dn)
{
print "get_dn - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "get_dn - OK\n";
}
# Get First Attribute
my $ber;
my $attr = ldap_first_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber);
if (!$attr)
{
print "first_attr - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "first_attr - OK\n";
}
# Get Next Attribute
$attr = ldap_next_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber);
if (!$attr)
{
print "next_attr - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "next_attr - OK\n";
}
# Get Attribute Values
my @vals = ldap_get_values($ld,$ent,$attr);
if ($#vals < 0)
{
print "get_values - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "get_values - OK\n";
}
# Free structures pointed to by $ber and $res to prevent memory leak
ldap_ber_free($ber,1);
ldap_msgfree($res);
# Compare Attribute Values
foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
{
if(ldap_compare_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE","sn",$number)
!= LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE)
{
print "comp_user_$number - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "comp_user_$number - OK\n";
}
}
# Delete Users
foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
{
if (ldap_delete_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "del_user_$number - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "del_user_$number - OK\n";
}
}
if (ldap_delete_s($ld,"$BASE") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
print "del_org - Failed!\n";
} else {
print "del_org - OK\n";
}
# Unbind
ldap_unbind($ld);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl
#############################################################################
# $Id: search.pl,v 1.4 1998-08-13 04:40:01 clayton Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerlDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Test the search capabilities of the API, similar to write.pl.
#
#############################################################################
use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:api :constant);
use strict;
my $ldap_host = "";
my $BASEDN = "o=Org,c=US";
my $filter = $ARGV[0];
if (!$ldap_host)
{
print "Edit the top portion of this file before continuing.\n";
exit -1;
}
my $attrs = [];
my ($ld,$result,$count);
##
## Initialize LDAP Connection
##
if (($ld = ldap_init($ldap_host,LDAP_PORT)) == -1)
{
die "Can not open LDAP connection to $ldap_host";
}
##
## Bind as DN, PASSWORD (NULL,NULL) on LDAP connection $ld
##
if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,"","") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
ldap_perror($ld,"bind_s");
die;
}
##
## ldap_search_s - Synchronous Search
##
if (ldap_search_s($ld,$BASEDN,LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,$filter,$attrs,0,$result) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
ldap_perror($ld,"search_s");
die;
}
##
## ldap_count_entries - Count Matched Entries
##
if (($count = ldap_count_entries($ld,$result)) == -1)
{
ldap_perror($ld,"count_entry");
die;
}
##
## first_entry - Get First Matched Entry
## next_entry - Get Next Matched Entry
##
for (my $ent = ldap_first_entry($ld,$result); $ent; $ent = ldap_next_entry($ld,$ent))
{
##
## ldap_get_dn - Get DN for Matched Entries
##
my ($dn,$attr,@vals,$val,$ber);
if (($dn = ldap_get_dn($ld,$ent)) ne "")
{
print "dn: $dn\n";
} else {
ldap_perror($ld,"get_dn");
die;
}
for ($attr = ldap_first_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber); $attr; $attr = ldap_next_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber))
{
##
## ldap_get_values
##
@vals = ldap_get_values($ld,$ent,$attr);
if ($#vals >= 0)
{
foreach $val (@vals)
{
print "$attr: $val\n";
}
}
}
ldap_ber_free($ber,0);
}
ldap_msgfree($result);
##
## Unbind LDAP Connection
##
ldap_unbind($ld);

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl -w
#############################################################################
# $Id: write.pl,v 1.4 1998-08-13 04:40:02 clayton Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerlDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# write.pl - Test of LDAP Modify Operations in Perl5
# Author: Clayton Donley <donley@wwa.com>
#
# This utility is mostly to demonstrate all the write operations
# that can be done with LDAP through this PERL5 module.
#
#############################################################################
use strict;
use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:constant :api);
# This is the entry we will be adding. Do not use a pre-existing entry.
my $ENTRYDN = "cn=Test Guy, o=Org, c=US";
# This is the DN and password for an Administrator
my $ROOTDN = "cn=DSManager,o=Org,c=US";
my $ROOTPW = "";
my $ldap_server = "";
if (!$ldap_server)
{
print "Edit the top portion of this file before continuing.\n";
exit -1;
}
my $ld = ldap_init($ldap_server,LDAP_PORT);
if ($ld == -1)
{
die "Connection to LDAP Server Failed";
}
if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,$ROOTDN,$ROOTPW) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
ldap_perror($ld,"bind_s");
die;
}
my %testwrite = (
"cn" => "Test User",
"sn" => "User",
"givenName" => "Test",
"telephoneNumber" => "8475551212",
"objectClass" => ["top","person","organizationalPerson",
"inetOrgPerson"],
"mail" => "tuser\@my.org",
);
if (ldap_add_s($ld,$ENTRYDN,\%testwrite) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
ldap_perror($ld,"add_s");
die;
}
print "Entry Added.\n";
%testwrite = (
"telephoneNumber" => "7085551212",
"mail" => {"a",["Test_User\@my.org"]},
);
if (ldap_modify_s($ld,$ENTRYDN,\%testwrite) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
ldap_perror($ld,"modify_s");
die;
}
print "Entry Modified.\n";
#
# Delete the entry for $ENTRYDN
#
if (ldap_delete_s($ld,$ENTRYDN) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
ldap_perror($ld,"delete_s");
die;
}
print "Entry Deleted.\n";
# Unbind to LDAP server
ldap_unbind($ld);
exit;

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
#############################################################################
# $Id: typemap,v 1.4 1998-08-13 09:15:00 leif Exp $
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
# under the License.
#
# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# DESCRIPTION
# Typemap to declare XSUB data types.
#
#############################################################################
const int T_IV
char * T_PV
const char * T_PV
char ** T_charptrptr
LDAP * T_PTR
LDAPMessage * T_PTR
LDAPMessage ** T_PTR
BerElement * T_PTR
LDAPControl * T_PTR
LDAPVersion * T_PTR
struct berval T_berval
struct berval ** T_bervalptrptr
FriendlyMap * T_PTR
LDAPsortkey ** T_PTR
LDAPVirtualList * T_PTR
LDAPURLDesc * T_PTR
LDAPControl ** T_PTR
LDAPFiltDesc * T_PTR
LDAPFiltInfo * T_PTR
LDAPMemCache * T_PTR
LDAPMemCache ** T_PTR
struct ldap_thread_fns * T_PTR
LDAPMod ** T_PTR
LDAP_CMP_CALLBACK * T_PTR
LDAP_REBINDPROC_CALLBACK * T_PTR
struct timeval T_timeval
#########
INPUT
T_timeval
$var.tv_sec = atof((char *)SvPV($arg,na));
$var.tv_usec = 0
T_berval
$var.bv_val = (char *)SvPV($arg,na);
$var.bv_len = na
T_charptrptr
$var = (char **)avref2charptrptr($arg)
T_bervalptrptr
$var = (struct berval **)avref2berptrptr($arg)
OUTPUT
T_charptrptr
$arg = charptrptr2avref($var);
T_bervalptrptr
$arg = berptrptr2avref((struct berval **)$var);

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 82 B

View File

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
# Myk Melez <myk@mozilla.org>
############################################################################
# Module Initialization
############################################################################
use diagnostics;
use strict;
package Attachment;
# This module requires that its caller have said "require CGI.pl" to import
# relevant functions from that script and its companion globals.pl.
############################################################################
# Functions
############################################################################
sub query
{
# Retrieves and returns an array of attachment records for a given bug.
# This data should be given to attachment/list.atml in an
# "attachments" variable.
my ($bugid) = @_;
my $in_editbugs = &::UserInGroup($::userid, "editbugs");
# Retrieve a list of attachments for this bug and write them into an array
# of hashes in which each hash represents a single attachment.
&::SendSQL("
SELECT attach_id, creation_ts, mimetype, description, ispatch,
isobsolete, submitter_id
FROM attachments WHERE bug_id = $bugid ORDER BY attach_id
");
my @attachments = ();
while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
my %a;
my $submitter_id;
($a{'attachid'}, $a{'date'}, $a{'contenttype'}, $a{'description'},
$a{'ispatch'}, $a{'isobsolete'}, $submitter_id) = &::FetchSQLData();
# Format the attachment's creation/modification date into a standard
# format (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM)
if ($a{'date'} =~ /^(\d\d\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)$/) {
$a{'date'} = "$1-$2-$3 $4:$5";
}
# Retrieve a list of status flags that have been set on the attachment.
&::PushGlobalSQLState();
&::SendSQL("
SELECT name
FROM attachstatuses, attachstatusdefs
WHERE attach_id = $a{'attachid'}
AND attachstatuses.statusid = attachstatusdefs.id
ORDER BY sortkey
");
my @statuses = ();
while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
my ($status) = &::FetchSQLData();
push @statuses , $status;
}
$a{'statuses'} = \@statuses;
&::PopGlobalSQLState();
# We will display the edit link if the user can edit the attachment;
# ie the are the submitter, or they have canedit.
# Also show the link if the user is not logged in - in that cae,
# They'll be prompted later
$a{'canedit'} = ($::userid == 0 || $submitter_id == $::userid ||
$in_editbugs);
push @attachments, \%a;
}
return \@attachments;
}
1;

View File

@@ -1,525 +0,0 @@
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Dawn Endico <endico@mozilla.org>
# Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
# Chris Yeh <cyeh@bluemartini.com>
use diagnostics;
use strict;
use DBI;
use RelationSet;
use vars qw($unconfirmedstate $legal_keywords);
require "globals.pl";
require "CGI.pl";
package Bug;
use CGI::Carp qw(fatalsToBrowser);
my %ok_field;
for my $key (qw (bug_id product version rep_platform op_sys bug_status
resolution priority bug_severity component assigned_to
reporter bug_file_loc short_desc target_milestone
qa_contact status_whiteboard creation_ts
delta_ts votes whoid comment query error) ){
$ok_field{$key}++;
}
# create a new empty bug
#
sub new {
my $type = shift();
my %bug;
# create a ref to an empty hash and bless it
#
my $self = {%bug};
bless $self, $type;
# construct from a hash containing a bug's info
#
if ($#_ == 1) {
$self->initBug(@_);
} else {
confess("invalid number of arguments \($#_\)($_)");
}
# bless as a Bug
#
return $self;
}
# dump info about bug into hash unless user doesn't have permission
# user_id 0 is used when person is not logged in.
#
sub initBug {
my $self = shift();
my ($bug_id, $user_id) = (@_);
my $old_bug_id = $bug_id;
if ((! defined $bug_id) || (!$bug_id) || (!&::detaint_natural($bug_id))) {
# no bug number given
$self->{'bug_id'} = $old_bug_id;
$self->{'error'} = "InvalidBugId";
return $self;
}
# default userid 0, or get DBID if you used an email address
unless (defined $user_id) {
$user_id = 0;
}
else {
if ($user_id =~ /^\@/) {
$user_id = &::DBname_to_id($user_id);
}
}
&::ConnectToDatabase();
&::GetVersionTable();
# this verification should already have been done by caller
# my $loginok = quietly_check_login();
$self->{'whoid'} = $user_id;
# First check that we can see it
if (!&::CanSeeBug($bug_id, $user_id)) {
# is it not there, or are we just forbidden to see it?
&::SendSQL("SELECT bug_id FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $bug_id");
if (&::FetchSQLData()) {
$self->{'error'} = "NotPermitted";
} else {
$self->{'error'} = "NotFound";
}
$self->{'bug_id'} = $bug_id;
return $self;
}
my $query = "";
if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
$query = "
select
bugs.bug_id, product, version, rep_platform, op_sys, bug_status,
resolution, priority, bug_severity, component, assigned_to, reporter,
bug_file_loc, short_desc, target_milestone, qa_contact,
status_whiteboard, date_format(creation_ts,'%Y-%m-%d %H:%i'),
delta_ts, sum(votes.count)
from bugs left join votes using(bug_id)
where bugs.bug_id = $bug_id
group by bugs.bug_id";
} elsif ($::driver eq 'Pg') {
$query = "
select
bugs.bug_id, product, version, rep_platform, op_sys, bug_status,
resolution, priority, bug_severity, component, assigned_to, reporter,
bug_file_loc, short_desc, target_milestone, qa_contact,
status_whiteboard, creation_ts,
delta_ts, sum(votes.count)
from bugs left join votes using(bug_id)
where bugs.bug_id = $bug_id
group by bugs.bug_id, product, version, rep_platform, op_sys, bug_status,
resolution, priority, bug_severity, component, assigned_to, reporter,
bug_file_loc, short_desc, target_milestone, qa_contact, status_whiteboard,
creation_ts, delta_ts";
}
&::SendSQL($query);
my @row;
@row = &::FetchSQLData();
my $count = 0;
my %fields;
foreach my $field ("bug_id", "product", "version", "rep_platform",
"op_sys", "bug_status", "resolution", "priority",
"bug_severity", "component", "assigned_to", "reporter",
"bug_file_loc", "short_desc", "target_milestone",
"qa_contact", "status_whiteboard", "creation_ts",
"delta_ts", "votes") {
$fields{$field} = shift @row;
if ($fields{$field}) {
$self->{$field} = $fields{$field};
}
$count++;
}
$self->{'assigned_to'} = &::DBID_to_name($self->{'assigned_to'});
$self->{'reporter'} = &::DBID_to_name($self->{'reporter'});
my $ccSet = new RelationSet;
$ccSet->mergeFromDB("select who from cc where bug_id=$bug_id");
my @cc = $ccSet->toArrayOfStrings();
if (@cc) {
$self->{'cc'} = \@cc;
}
if (&::Param("useqacontact") && (defined $self->{'qa_contact'}) ) {
my $name = $self->{'qa_contact'} > 0 ? &::DBID_to_name($self->{'qa_contact'}) :"";
if ($name) {
$self->{'qa_contact'} = $name;
}
}
if (@::legal_keywords) {
&::SendSQL("SELECT keyworddefs.name
FROM keyworddefs, keywords
WHERE keywords.bug_id = $bug_id
AND keyworddefs.id = keywords.keywordid
ORDER BY keyworddefs.name");
my @list;
while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
push(@list, &::FetchOneColumn());
}
if (@list) {
$self->{'keywords'} = join(', ', @list);
}
}
&::SendSQL("select attach_id, creation_ts, description
from attachments
where bug_id = $bug_id");
my @attachments;
while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
my ($attachid, $date, $desc) = (&::FetchSQLData());
if ($date =~ /^(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)$/) {
$date = "$3/$4/$2 $5:$6";
my %attach;
$attach{'attachid'} = $attachid;
$attach{'date'} = $date;
$attach{'desc'} = $desc;
push @attachments, \%attach;
}
}
if (@attachments) {
$self->{'attachments'} = \@attachments;
}
&::SendSQL("select bug_id, who, bug_when, thetext
from longdescs
where bug_id = $bug_id");
my @longdescs;
while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
my ($bug_id, $who, $bug_when, $thetext) = (&::FetchSQLData());
my %longdesc;
$longdesc{'who'} = $who;
$longdesc{'bug_when'} = $bug_when;
$longdesc{'thetext'} = $thetext;
push @longdescs, \%longdesc;
}
if (@longdescs) {
$self->{'longdescs'} = \@longdescs;
}
if (&::Param("usedependencies")) {
my @depends = EmitDependList("blocked", "dependson", $bug_id);
if ( @depends ) {
$self->{'dependson'} = \@depends;
}
my @blocks = EmitDependList("dependson", "blocked", $bug_id);
if ( @blocks ) {
$self->{'blocks'} = \@blocks;
}
}
return $self;
}
# given a bug hash, emit xml for it. with file header provided by caller
#
sub emitXML {
( $#_ == 0 ) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
my $self = shift();
my $xml;
if (exists $self->{'error'}) {
$xml .= "<bug error=\"$self->{'error'}\">\n";
$xml .= " <bug_id>$self->{'bug_id'}</bug_id>\n";
$xml .= "</bug>\n";
return $xml;
}
$xml .= "<bug>\n";
foreach my $field ("bug_id", "bug_status", "product",
"priority", "version", "rep_platform", "assigned_to", "delta_ts",
"component", "reporter", "target_milestone", "bug_severity",
"creation_ts", "qa_contact", "op_sys", "resolution", "bug_file_loc",
"short_desc", "keywords", "status_whiteboard") {
if ($self->{$field}) {
$xml .= " <$field>" . QuoteXMLChars($self->{$field}) . "</$field>\n";
}
}
foreach my $field ("dependson", "blocks", "cc") {
if (defined $self->{$field}) {
for (my $i=0 ; $i < @{$self->{$field}} ; $i++) {
$xml .= " <$field>" . $self->{$field}[$i] . "</$field>\n";
}
}
}
if (defined $self->{'longdescs'}) {
for (my $i=0 ; $i < @{$self->{'longdescs'}} ; $i++) {
$xml .= " <long_desc>\n";
$xml .= " <who>" . &::DBID_to_name($self->{'longdescs'}[$i]->{'who'})
. "</who>\n";
$xml .= " <bug_when>" . $self->{'longdescs'}[$i]->{'bug_when'}
. "</bug_when>\n";
$xml .= " <thetext>" . QuoteXMLChars($self->{'longdescs'}[$i]->{'thetext'})
. "</thetext>\n";
$xml .= " </long_desc>\n";
}
}
if (defined $self->{'attachments'}) {
for (my $i=0 ; $i < @{$self->{'attachments'}} ; $i++) {
$xml .= " <attachment>\n";
$xml .= " <attachid>" . $self->{'attachments'}[$i]->{'attachid'}
. "</attachid>\n";
$xml .= " <date>" . $self->{'attachments'}[$i]->{'date'} . "</date>\n";
$xml .= " <desc>" . QuoteXMLChars($self->{'attachments'}[$i]->{'desc'}) . "</desc>\n";
# $xml .= " <type>" . $self->{'attachments'}[$i]->{'type'} . "</type>\n";
# $xml .= " <data>" . $self->{'attachments'}[$i]->{'data'} . "</data>\n";
$xml .= " </attachment>\n";
}
}
$xml .= "</bug>\n";
return $xml;
}
sub EmitDependList {
my ($myfield, $targetfield, $bug_id) = (@_);
my @list;
&::SendSQL("select dependencies.$targetfield, bugs.bug_status
from dependencies, bugs
where dependencies.$myfield = $bug_id
and bugs.bug_id = dependencies.$targetfield
order by dependencies.$targetfield");
while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
my ($i, $stat) = (&::FetchSQLData());
push @list, $i;
}
return @list;
}
sub QuoteXMLChars {
$_[0] =~ s/&/&amp;/g;
$_[0] =~ s/</&lt;/g;
$_[0] =~ s/>/&gt;/g;
$_[0] =~ s/'/&apos;/g;
$_[0] =~ s/"/&quot;/g;
# $_[0] =~ s/([\x80-\xFF])/&XmlUtf8Encode(ord($1))/ge;
return($_[0]);
}
sub XML_Header {
my ($urlbase, $version, $maintainer, $exporter) = (@_);
my $xml;
$xml = "<?xml version=\"1.0\" standalone=\"yes\"?>\n";
$xml .= "<!DOCTYPE bugzilla SYSTEM \"$urlbase";
if (! ($urlbase =~ /.+\/$/)) {
$xml .= "/";
}
$xml .= "bugzilla.dtd\">\n";
$xml .= "<bugzilla";
if (defined $exporter) {
$xml .= " exporter=\"$exporter\"";
}
$xml .= " version=\"$version\"";
$xml .= " urlbase=\"$urlbase\"";
$xml .= " maintainer=\"$maintainer\">\n";
return ($xml);
}
sub XML_Footer {
return ("</bugzilla>\n");
}
sub UserInGroup {
my $self = shift();
my ($groupname) = (@_);
return &::UserInGroup($self->{'whoid'}, $groupname);
}
sub CanChangeField {
my $self = shift();
my ($f, $oldvalue, $newvalue) = (@_);
my $UserInEditGroup = -1;
my $UserInCanConfirmGroup = -1;
my $ownerid;
my $reporterid;
my $qacontactid;
if ($f eq "assigned_to" || $f eq "reporter" || $f eq "qa_contact") {
if ($oldvalue =~ /^\d+$/) {
if ($oldvalue == 0) {
$oldvalue = "";
} else {
$oldvalue = &::DBID_to_name($oldvalue);
}
}
}
if ($oldvalue eq $newvalue) {
return 1;
}
if (&::trim($oldvalue) eq &::trim($newvalue)) {
return 1;
}
if ($f =~ /^longdesc/) {
return 1;
}
if ($UserInEditGroup < 0) {
$UserInEditGroup = UserInGroup($self, "editbugs");
}
if ($UserInEditGroup) {
return 1;
}
&::SendSQL("SELECT reporter, assigned_to, qa_contact FROM bugs " .
"WHERE bug_id = $self->{'bug_id'}");
($reporterid, $ownerid, $qacontactid) = (&::FetchSQLData());
# Let reporter change bug status, even if they can't edit bugs.
# If reporter can't re-open their bug they will just file a duplicate.
# While we're at it, let them close their own bugs as well.
if ( ($f eq "bug_status") && ($self->{'whoid'} eq $reporterid) ) {
return 1;
}
if ($f eq "bug_status" && $newvalue ne $::unconfirmedstate &&
&::IsOpenedState($newvalue)) {
# Hmm. They are trying to set this bug to some opened state
# that isn't the UNCONFIRMED state. Are they in the right
# group? Or, has it ever been confirmed? If not, then this
# isn't legal.
if ($UserInCanConfirmGroup < 0) {
$UserInCanConfirmGroup = &::UserInGroup($self->{'whoid'},"canconfirm");
}
if ($UserInCanConfirmGroup) {
return 1;
}
&::SendSQL("SELECT everconfirmed FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $self->{'bug_id'}");
my $everconfirmed = FetchOneColumn();
if ($everconfirmed) {
return 1;
}
} elsif ($reporterid eq $self->{'whoid'} || $ownerid eq $self->{'whoid'} ||
$qacontactid eq $self->{'whoid'}) {
return 1;
}
$self->{'error'} = "
Only the owner or submitter of the bug, or a sufficiently
empowered user, may make that change to the $f field."
}
sub Collision {
my $self = shift();
my $write = "WRITE"; # Might want to make a param to control
# whether we do LOW_PRIORITY ...
if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
&::SendSQL("LOCK TABLES bugs $write, bugs_activity $write, cc $write, " .
"cc AS selectVisible_cc $write, " .
"profiles $write, dependencies $write, votes $write, " .
"keywords $write, longdescs $write, fielddefs $write, " .
"keyworddefs READ, groups READ, attachments READ, products READ");
}
&::SendSQL("SELECT delta_ts FROM bugs where bug_id=$self->{'bug_id'}");
my $delta_ts = &::FetchOneColumn();
if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
&::SendSQL("unlock tables");
}
if ($self->{'delta_ts'} ne $delta_ts) {
return 1;
}
else {
return 0;
}
}
sub AppendComment {
my $self = shift();
my ($comment) = (@_);
$comment =~ s/\r\n/\n/g; # Get rid of windows-style line endings.
$comment =~ s/\r/\n/g; # Get rid of mac-style line endings.
if ($comment =~ /^\s*$/) { # Nothin' but whitespace.
return;
}
&::SendSQL("INSERT INTO longdescs (bug_id, who, bug_when, thetext) " .
"VALUES($self->{'bug_id'}, $self->{'whoid'}, now(), " . &::SqlQuote($comment) . ")");
&::SendSQL("UPDATE bugs SET delta_ts = now() WHERE bug_id = $self->{'bug_id'}");
}
#from o'reilley's Programming Perl
sub display {
my $self = shift;
my @keys;
if (@_ == 0) { # no further arguments
@keys = sort keys(%$self);
} else {
@keys = @_; # use the ones given
}
foreach my $key (@keys) {
print "\t$key => $self->{$key}\n";
}
}
sub CommitChanges {
#snapshot bug
#snapshot dependencies
#check can change fields
#check collision
#lock and change fields
#notify through mail
}
sub AUTOLOAD {
use vars qw($AUTOLOAD);
my $self = shift;
my $type = ref($self) || $self;
my $attr = $AUTOLOAD;
$attr =~ s/.*:://;
return unless $attr=~ /[^A-Z]/;
if (@_) {
$self->{$attr} = shift;
return;
}
confess ("invalid bug attribute $attr") unless $ok_field{$attr};
if (defined $self->{$attr}) {
return $self->{$attr};
} else {
return '';
}
}
1;

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
* This README is no longer used to house installation instructions. Instead,
it contains pointers to where you may find the information you need.
* Installation instructions are now found in docs/, with a variety of document
types available. Please refer to these documents when installing, configuring,
and maintaining your Bugzilla installation. A helpful starting point is
docs/txt/Bugzilla-Guide.txt, or with a web browser at docs/html/index.html.
* Release notes for people upgrading to a new version of Bugzilla are
available at docs/rel_notes.txt.
* If you wish to contribute to the documentation, please read docs/README.docs.
* The Bugzilla web site is at "http://www.mozilla.org/projects/bugzilla/".
This site will contain the latest Bugzilla information, including how to
report bugs and how to get help with Bugzilla.

View File

@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Dan Mosedale <dmose@mozilla.org>
# Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
# Dave Miller <justdave@syndicomm.com>
# This object models a set of relations between one item and a group
# of other items. An example is the set of relations between one bug
# and the users CCed on that bug. Currently, the relation objects are
# expected to be bugzilla userids. However, this could and perhaps
# should be generalized to work with non userid objects, such as
# keywords associated with a bug. That shouldn't be hard to do; it
# might involve turning this into a virtual base class, and having
# UserSet and KeywordSet types that inherit from it.
use diagnostics;
use strict;
# Everything that uses RelationSet should already have globals.pl loaded
# so we don't want to load it here. Doing so causes a loop in Perl because
# globals.pl turns around and does a 'use RelationSet'
# See http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=72862
#require "globals.pl";
package RelationSet;
use CGI::Carp qw(fatalsToBrowser);
# create a new empty RelationSet
#
sub new {
my $type = shift();
# create a ref to an empty hash and bless it
#
my $self = {};
bless $self, $type;
# construct from a comma-delimited string
#
if ($#_ == 0) {
$self->mergeFromString($_[0]);
}
# unless this was a constructor for an empty list, somebody screwed up.
#
elsif ( $#_ != -1 ) {
confess("invalid number of arguments");
}
# bless as a RelationSet
#
return $self;
}
# Assumes that the set of relations "FROM $table WHERE $constantSql and
# $column = $value" is currently represented by $self, and this set should
# be updated to look like $other.
#
# Returns an array of two strings, one INSERT and one DELETE, which will
# make this change. Either or both strings may be the empty string,
# meaning that no INSERT or DELETE or both (respectively) need to be done.
#
# THE CALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DESIRED LOCKING AND/OR CONSISTENCY
# CHECKS (not to mention doing the SendSQL() calls).
#
sub generateSqlDeltas {
($#_ == 5) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
my ( $self, # instance ptr to set representing the existing state
$endState, # instance ptr to set representing the desired state
$table, # table where these relations are kept
$invariantName, # column held const for a RelationSet (often "bug_id")
$invariantValue, # what to hold the above column constant at
$columnName # the column which varies (often a userid)
) = @_;
# construct the insert list by finding relations which exist in the
# end state but not the current state.
#
my @endStateRelations = keys(%$endState);
my @insertList = ();
foreach ( @endStateRelations ) {
push ( @insertList, $_ ) if ( ! exists $$self{"$_"} );
}
# we've built the list. If it's non-null, add required sql chrome.
#
my $sqlInsert="";
if ( $#insertList > -1 ) {
$sqlInsert = "INSERT INTO $table ($invariantName, $columnName) VALUES " .
join (",",
map ( "($invariantValue, $_)" , @insertList )
);
}
# construct the delete list by seeing which relations exist in the
# current state but not the end state
#
my @selfRelations = keys(%$self);
my @deleteList = ();
foreach ( @selfRelations ) {
push (@deleteList, $_) if ( ! exists $$endState{"$_"} );
}
# we've built the list. if it's non-empty, add required sql chrome.
#
my $sqlDelete = "";
if ( $#deleteList > -1 ) {
$sqlDelete = "DELETE FROM $table WHERE $invariantName = $invariantValue " .
"AND $columnName IN ( " . join (",", @deleteList) . " )";
}
return ($sqlInsert, $sqlDelete);
}
# compare the current object with another.
#
sub isEqual {
($#_ == 1) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
my $self = shift();
my $other = shift();
# get arrays of the keys for faster processing
#
my @selfRelations = keys(%$self);
my @otherRelations = keys(%$other);
# make sure the arrays are the same size
#
return 0 if ( $#selfRelations != $#otherRelations );
# bail out if any of the elements are different
#
foreach my $relation ( @selfRelations ) {
return 0 if ( !exists $$other{$relation})
}
# we made it!
#
return 1;
}
# merge the results of a SQL command into this set
#
sub mergeFromDB {
( $#_ == 1 ) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
my $self = shift();
&::SendSQL(shift());
while (my @row = &::FetchSQLData()) {
$$self{$row[0]} = 1;
}
return;
}
# merge a set in string form into this set
#
sub mergeFromString {
($#_ == 1) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
my $self = shift();
# do the merge
#
foreach my $person (split(/[ ,]/, shift())) {
if ($person ne "") {
$$self{&::DBNameToIdAndCheck($person)} = 1;
}
}
}
# remove a set in string form from this set
#
sub removeItemsInString {
($#_ == 1) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
my $self = shift();
# do the merge
#
foreach my $person (split(/[ ,]/, shift())) {
if ($person ne "") {
my $dbid = &::DBNameToIdAndCheck($person);
if (exists $$self{$dbid}) {
delete $$self{$dbid};
}
}
}
}
# remove a set in array form from this set
#
sub removeItemsInArray {
($#_ > 0) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
my $self = shift();
# do the merge
#
while (my $person = shift()) {
if ($person ne "") {
my $dbid = &::DBNameToIdAndCheck($person);
if (exists $$self{$dbid}) {
delete $$self{$dbid};
}
}
}
}
# return the number of elements in this set
#
sub size {
my $self = shift();
my @k = keys(%$self);
return $#k++;
}
# return this set in array form
#
sub toArray {
my $self= shift();
return keys(%$self);
}
# return this set as an array of strings
#
sub toArrayOfStrings {
($#_ == 0) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
my $self = shift();
my @result = ();
foreach my $i ( keys %$self ) {
push @result, &::DBID_to_name($i);
}
return sort { lc($a) cmp lc($b) } @result;
}
# return this set in string form (comma-separated and sorted)
#
sub toString {
($#_ == 0) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
my $self = shift();
my @result = ();
foreach my $i ( keys %$self ) {
push @result, &::DBID_to_name($i);
}
return join(',', sort(@result));
}
1;

View File

@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Myk Melez <myk@mozilla.org>
################################################################################
# Module Initialization
################################################################################
# Make it harder for us to do dangerous things in Perl.
use diagnostics;
use strict;
# Bundle the functions in this file together into the "Token" package.
package Token;
use Date::Format;
# This module requires that its caller have said "require CGI.pl" to import
# relevant functions from that script and its companion globals.pl.
################################################################################
# Constants
################################################################################
# The maximum number of days a token will remain valid.
my $maxtokenage = 3;
################################################################################
# Functions
################################################################################
sub IssueEmailChangeToken {
my ($userid, $old_email, $new_email) = @_;
my $token_ts = time();
my $issuedate = time2str("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M", $token_ts);
# Generate a unique token and insert it into the tokens table.
# We have to lock the tokens table before generating the token,
# since the database must be queried for token uniqueness.
&::SendSQL("LOCK TABLES tokens WRITE");
my $token = GenerateUniqueToken();
my $quotedtoken = &::SqlQuote($token);
my $quoted_emails = &::SqlQuote($old_email . ":" . $new_email);
&::SendSQL("INSERT INTO tokens ( userid , issuedate , token ,
tokentype , eventdata )
VALUES ( $userid , '$issuedate' , $quotedtoken ,
'emailold' , $quoted_emails )");
my $newtoken = GenerateUniqueToken();
$quotedtoken = &::SqlQuote($newtoken);
&::SendSQL("INSERT INTO tokens ( userid , issuedate , token ,
tokentype , eventdata )
VALUES ( $userid , '$issuedate' , $quotedtoken ,
'emailnew' , $quoted_emails )");
&::SendSQL("UNLOCK TABLES");
# Mail the user the token along with instructions for using it.
my $template = $::template;
my $vars = $::vars;
$vars->{'oldemailaddress'} = $old_email . &::Param('emailsuffix');
$vars->{'newemailaddress'} = $new_email . &::Param('emailsuffix');
$vars->{'max_token_age'} = $maxtokenage;
$vars->{'token_ts'} = $token_ts;
$vars->{'token'} = $token;
$vars->{'emailaddress'} = $old_email . &::Param('emailsuffix');
my $message;
$template->process("account/email/change-old.txt.tmpl", $vars, \$message)
|| &::ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
open SENDMAIL, "|/usr/lib/sendmail -t -i";
print SENDMAIL $message;
close SENDMAIL;
$vars->{'token'} = $newtoken;
$vars->{'emailaddress'} = $new_email . &::Param('emailsuffix');
$message = "";
$template->process("account/email/change-new.txt.tmpl", $vars, \$message)
|| &::ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
open SENDMAIL, "|/usr/lib/sendmail -t -i";
print SENDMAIL $message;
close SENDMAIL;
}
sub IssuePasswordToken {
# Generates a random token, adds it to the tokens table, and sends it
# to the user with instructions for using it to change their password.
my ($loginname) = @_;
# Retrieve the user's ID from the database.
my $quotedloginname = &::SqlQuote($loginname);
&::SendSQL("SELECT userid FROM profiles WHERE login_name = $quotedloginname");
my ($userid) = &::FetchSQLData();
my $token_ts = time();
my $issuedate = time2str("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M", $token_ts);
# Generate a unique token and insert it into the tokens table.
# We have to lock the tokens table before generating the token,
# since the database must be queried for token uniqueness.
&::SendSQL("LOCK TABLE tokens WRITE") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
my $token = GenerateUniqueToken();
my $quotedtoken = &::SqlQuote($token);
my $quotedipaddr = &::SqlQuote($::ENV{'REMOTE_ADDR'});
&::SendSQL("INSERT INTO tokens ( userid , issuedate , token , tokentype , eventdata )
VALUES ( $userid , '$issuedate' , $quotedtoken , 'password' , $quotedipaddr )");
&::SendSQL("UNLOCK TABLES") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
# Mail the user the token along with instructions for using it.
my $template = $::template;
my $vars = $::vars;
$vars->{'token'} = $token;
$vars->{'emailaddress'} = $loginname . &::Param('emailsuffix');
$vars->{'max_token_age'} = $maxtokenage;
$vars->{'token_ts'} = $token_ts;
my $message = "";
$template->process("account/password/forgotten-password.txt.tmpl",
$vars, \$message)
|| &::ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
open SENDMAIL, "|/usr/lib/sendmail -t -i";
print SENDMAIL $message;
close SENDMAIL;
}
sub CleanTokenTable {
&::SendSQL("LOCK TABLES tokens WRITE") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
&::SendSQL("DELETE FROM tokens WHERE TO_DAYS(NOW()) - TO_DAYS(issuedate) >= " . $maxtokenage);
} elsif ($::driver eq 'Pg') {
&::SendSQL("DELETE FROM tokens WHERE now() - issuedate >= '$maxtokenage days'");
}
&::SendSQL("UNLOCK TABLES") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
}
sub GenerateUniqueToken {
# Generates a unique random token. Uses &GenerateRandomPassword
# for the tokens themselves and checks uniqueness by searching for
# the token in the "tokens" table. Gives up if it can't come up
# with a token after about one hundred tries.
my $token;
my $duplicate = 1;
my $tries = 0;
while ($duplicate) {
++$tries;
if ($tries > 100) {
&::DisplayError("Something is seriously wrong with the token generation system.");
exit;
}
$token = &::GenerateRandomPassword();
&::SendSQL("SELECT userid FROM tokens WHERE token = " . &::SqlQuote($token));
$duplicate = &::FetchSQLData();
}
return $token;
}
sub Cancel {
# Cancels a previously issued token and notifies the system administrator.
# This should only happen when the user accidentally makes a token request
# or when a malicious hacker makes a token request on behalf of a user.
my ($token, $cancelaction) = @_;
# Quote the token for inclusion in SQL statements.
my $quotedtoken = &::SqlQuote($token);
# Get information about the token being cancelled.
&::SendSQL("SELECT issuedate , tokentype , eventdata , login_name , realname
FROM tokens, profiles
WHERE tokens.userid = profiles.userid
AND token = $quotedtoken");
my ($issuedate, $tokentype, $eventdata, $loginname, $realname) = &::FetchSQLData();
# Get the email address of the Bugzilla maintainer.
my $maintainer = &::Param('maintainer');
# Format the user's real name and email address into a single string.
my $username = $realname ? $realname . " <" . $loginname . ">" : $loginname;
my $template = $::template;
my $vars = $::vars;
$vars->{'emailaddress'} = $username;
$vars->{'maintainer'} = $maintainer;
$vars->{'remoteaddress'} = $::ENV{'REMOTE_ADDR'};
$vars->{'token'} = $token;
$vars->{'tokentype'} = $tokentype;
$vars->{'issuedate'} = $issuedate;
$vars->{'eventdata'} = $eventdata;
$vars->{'cancelaction'} = $cancelaction;
# Notify the user via email about the cancellation.
my $message;
$template->process("account/cancel-token.txt.tmpl", $vars, \$message)
|| &::ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
open SENDMAIL, "|/usr/lib/sendmail -t -i";
print SENDMAIL $message;
close SENDMAIL;
# Delete the token from the database.
&::SendSQL("LOCK TABLE tokens WRITE") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
&::SendSQL("DELETE FROM tokens WHERE token = $quotedtoken");
&::SendSQL("UNLOCK TABLES") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
}
sub HasPasswordToken {
# Returns a password token if the user has one.
my ($userid) = @_;
&::SendSQL("SELECT token FROM tokens
WHERE userid = $userid AND tokentype = 'password' LIMIT 1");
my ($token) = &::FetchSQLData();
return $token;
}
sub HasEmailChangeToken {
# Returns an email change token if the user has one.
my ($userid) = @_;
&::SendSQL("SELECT token FROM tokens
WHERE userid = $userid
AND tokentype = 'emailnew'
OR tokentype = 'emailold' LIMIT 1");
my ($token) = &::FetchSQLData();
return $token;
}
1;

View File

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
Please consult The Bugzilla Guide for instructions on how to upgrade
Bugzilla from an older version. The Guide can be found with this
distribution, in docs/html, docs/txt, and docs/sgml.

View File

@@ -1,407 +0,0 @@
This file contains only important changes made to Bugzilla before release
2.8. If you are upgrading from version older than 2.8, please read this file.
If you are upgrading from 2.8 or newer, please read the Installation and
Upgrade instructions in The Bugzilla Guide, found with this distribution in
docs/html, docs/txt, and docs/sgml.
For a complete list of what changes, use Bonsai
(http://cvs-mirror.mozilla.org/webtools/bonsai/cvsqueryform.cgi) to
query the CVS tree. For example,
http://cvs-mirror.mozilla.org/webtools/bonsai/cvsquery.cgi?module=all&branch=HEAD&branchtype=match&dir=mozilla%2Fwebtools%2Fbugzilla&file=&filetype=match&who=&whotype=match&sortby=Date&hours=2&date=week&mindate=&maxdate=&cvsroot=%2Fcvsroot
will tell you what has been changed in the last week.
10/12/99 The CHANGES file is now obsolete! There is a new file called
checksetup.pl. You should get in the habit of running that file every time
you update your installation of Bugzilla. That file will be constantly
updated to automatically update your installation to match any code changes.
If you're curious as to what is going on, changes are commented in that file,
at the end.
Many thanks to Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@nikocity.de> for writing this
script!
10/11/99 Restructured voting database to add a cached value in each
bug recording how many total votes that bug has. While I'm at it, I
removed the unused "area" field from the bugs database. It is
distressing to realize that the bugs table has reached the maximum
number of indices allowed by MySQL (16), which may make future
enhancements awkward.
You must feed the following to MySQL:
alter table bugs drop column area;
alter table bugs add column votes mediumint not null, add index (votes);
You then *must* delete the data/versioncache file when you make this
change, as it contains references to the "area" field. Deleting it is safe,
bugzilla will correctly regenerate it.
If you have been using the voting feature at all, then you will then
need to update the voting cache. You can do this by visiting the
sanitycheck.cgi page, and taking it up on its offer to rebuild the
votes stuff.
10/7/99 Added voting ability. You must run the new script
"makevotestable.sh". You must also feed the following to mysql:
alter table products add column votesperuser smallint not null;
9/15/99 Apparently, newer alphas of MySQL won't allow you to have
"when" as a column name. So, I have had to rename a column in the
bugs_activity table. You must feed the below to mysql or you won't
work at all.
alter table bugs_activity change column when bug_when datetime not null;
8/16/99 Added "OpenVMS" to the list of OS's. Feed this to mysql:
alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.6.1", "Mac System 8.0", "Mac System 8.5", "Mac System 8.6", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "FreeBSD", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "Neutrino", "OS/2", "BeOS", "OpenVMS", "other") not null;
6/22/99 Added an entry to the attachments table to record who the submitter
was. Nothing uses this yet, but it still should be recorded.
alter table attachments add column submitter_id mediumint not null;
You should also run this script to populate the new field:
#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -w
use diagnostics;
use strict;
require "globals.pl";
$|=1;
ConnectToDatabase();
SendSQL("select bug_id, attach_id from attachments order by bug_id");
my @list;
while (MoreSQLData()) {
my @row = FetchSQLData();
push(@list, \@row);
}
foreach my $ref (@list) {
my ($bug, $attach) = (@$ref);
SendSQL("select long_desc from bugs where bug_id = $bug");
my $comment = FetchOneColumn() . "Created an attachment (id=$attach)";
if ($comment =~ m@-* Additional Comments From ([^ ]*)[- 0-9/:]*\nCreated an attachment \(id=$attach\)@) {
print "Found $1\n";
SendSQL("select userid from profiles where login_name=" .
SqlQuote($1));
my $userid = FetchOneColumn();
if (defined $userid && $userid > 0) {
SendSQL("update attachments set submitter_id=$userid where attach_id = $attach");
}
} else {
print "Bug $bug can't find comment for attachment $attach\n";
}
}
6/14/99 Added "BeOS" to the list of OS's. Feed this to mysql:
alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.6.1", "Mac System 8.0", "Mac System 8.5", "Mac System 8.6", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "FreeBSD", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "Neutrino", "OS/2", "BeOS", "other") not null;
5/27/99 Added support for dependency information. You must run the new
"makedependenciestable.sh" script. You can turn off dependencies with the new
"usedependencies" param, but it defaults to being on. Also, read very
carefully the description for the new "webdotbase" param; you will almost
certainly need to tweak it.
5/24/99 Added "Mac System 8.6" and "Neutrino" to the list of OS's.
Feed this to mysql:
alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.6.1", "Mac System 8.0", "Mac System 8.5", "Mac System 8.6", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "FreeBSD", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "Neutrino", "OS/2", "other") not null;
5/12/99 Added a pref to control how much email you get. This needs a new
column in the profiles table, so feed the following to mysql:
alter table profiles add column emailnotification enum("ExcludeSelfChanges", "CConly", "All") not null default "ExcludeSelfChanges";
5/5/99 Added the ability to search by creation date. To make this perform
well, you ought to do the following:
alter table bugs change column creation_ts creation_ts datetime not null, add index (creation_ts);
4/30/99 Added a new severity, "blocker". To get this into your running
Bugzilla, do the following:
alter table bugs change column bug_severity bug_severity enum("blocker", "critical", "major", "normal", "minor", "trivial", "enhancement") not null;
4/22/99 There was a bug where the long descriptions of bugs had a variety of
newline characters at the end, depending on the operating system of the browser
that submitted the text. This bug has been fixed, so that no further changes
like that will happen. But to fix problems that have already crept into your
database, you can run the following perl script (which is slow and ugly, but
does work:)
#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -w
use diagnostics;
use strict;
require "globals.pl";
$|=1;
ConnectToDatabase();
SendSQL("select bug_id from bugs order by bug_id");
my @list;
while (MoreSQLData()) {
push(@list, FetchOneColumn());
}
foreach my $id (@list) {
if ($id % 50 == 0) {
print "\n$id ";
}
SendSQL("select long_desc from bugs where bug_id = $id");
my $comment = FetchOneColumn();
my $orig = $comment;
$comment =~ s/\r\n/\n/g; # Get rid of windows-style line endings.
$comment =~ s/\r/\n/g; # Get rid of mac-style line endings.
if ($comment ne $orig) {
SendSQL("update bugs set long_desc = " . SqlQuote($comment) .
" where bug_id = $id");
print ".";
} else {
print "-";
}
}
4/8/99 Added ability to store patches with bugs. This requires a new table
to store the data, so you will need to run the "makeattachmenttable.sh" script.
3/25/99 Unfortunately, the HTML::FromText CPAN module had too many bugs, and
so I had to roll my own. We no longer use the HTML::FromText CPAN module.
3/24/99 (This entry has been removed. It used to say that we required the
HTML::FromText CPAN module, but that's no longer true.)
3/22/99 Added the ability to query by fields which have changed within a date
range. To make this perform a bit better, we need a new index:
alter table bugs_activity add index (field);
3/10/99 Added 'groups' stuff, where we have different group bits that we can
put on a person or on a bug. Some of the group bits control access to bugzilla
features. And a person can't access a bug unless he has every group bit set
that is also set on the bug. See the comments in makegroupstable.sh for a bit
more info.
The 'maintainer' param is now used only as an email address for people to send
complaints to. The groups table is what is now used to determine permissions.
You will need to run the new script "makegroupstable.sh". And then you need to
feed the following lines to MySQL (replace XXX with the login name of the
maintainer, the person you wish to be all-powerful).
alter table bugs add column groupset bigint not null;
alter table profiles add column groupset bigint not null;
update profiles set groupset=0x7fffffffffffffff where login_name = XXX;
3/8/99 Added params to control how priorities are set in a new bug. You can
now choose whether to let submitters of new bugs choose a priority, or whether
they should just accept the default priority (which is now no longer hardcoded
to "P2", but is instead a param.) The default value of the params will cause
the same behavior as before.
3/3/99 Added a "disallownew" field to the products table. If non-zero, then
don't let people file new bugs against this product. (This is for when a
product is retired, but you want to keep the bug reports around for posterity.)
Feed this to MySQL:
alter table products add column disallownew tinyint not null;
2/8/99 Added FreeBSD to the list of OS's. Feed this to MySQL:
alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.6.1", "Mac System 8.0", "Mac System 8.5", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "FreeBSD", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "OS/2", "other") not null;
2/4/99 Added a new column "description" to the components table, and added
links to a new page which will use this to describe the components of a
given product. Feed this to MySQL:
alter table components add column description mediumtext not null;
2/3/99 Added a new column "initialqacontact" to the components table that gives
an initial QA contact field. It may be empty if you wish the initial qa
contact to be empty. If you're not using the QA contact field, you don't need
to add this column, but you might as well be safe and add it anyway:
alter table components add column initialqacontact tinytext not null;
2/2/99 Added a new column "milestoneurl" to the products table that gives a URL
which is to describe the currently defined milestones for a product. If you
don't use target milestone, you might be able to get away without adding this
column, but you might as well be safe and add it anyway:
alter table products add column milestoneurl tinytext not null;
1/29/99 Whoops; had a misspelled op_sys. It was "Mac System 7.1.6"; it should
be "Mac System 7.6.1". It turns out I had no bugs with this value set, so I
could just do the below simple command. If you have bugs with this value, you
may need to do something more complicated.
alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.6.1", "Mac System 8.0", "Mac System 8.5", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "OS/2", "other") not null;
1/20/99 Added new fields: Target Milestone, QA Contact, and Status Whiteboard.
These fields are all optional in the UI; there are parameters to turn them on.
However, whether or not you use them, the fields need to be in the DB. There
is some code that needs them, even if you don't.
To update your DB to have these fields, send the following to MySQL:
alter table bugs add column target_milestone varchar(20) not null,
add column qa_contact mediumint not null,
add column status_whiteboard mediumtext not null,
add index (target_milestone), add index (qa_contact);
1/18/99 You can now query by CC. To make this perform reasonably, the CC table
needs some indices. The following MySQL does the necessary stuff:
alter table cc add index (bug_id), add index (who);
1/15/99 The op_sys field can now be queried by (and more easily tweaked).
To make this perform reasonably, it needs an index. The following MySQL
command will create the necessary index:
alter table bugs add index (op_sys);
12/2/98 The op_sys and rep_platform fields have been tweaked. op_sys
is now an enum, rather than having the legal values all hard-coded in
perl. rep_platform now no longer allows a value of "X-Windows".
Here's how I ported to the new world. This ought to work for you too.
Actually, it's probably overkill. I had a lot of illegal values for op_sys
in my tables, from importing bugs from strange places. If you haven't done
anything funky, then much of the below will be a no-op.
First, send the following commands to MySQL to make sure all your values for
rep_platform and op_sys are legal in the new world..
update bugs set rep_platform="Sun" where rep_platform="X-Windows" and op_sys like "Solaris%";
update bugs set rep_platform="SGI" where rep_platform="X-Windows" and op_sys = "IRIX";
update bugs set rep_platform="SGI" where rep_platform="X-Windows" and op_sys = "HP-UX";
update bugs set rep_platform="DEC" where rep_platform="X-Windows" and op_sys = "OSF/1";
update bugs set rep_platform="PC" where rep_platform="X-Windows" and op_sys = "Linux";
update bugs set rep_platform="other" where rep_platform="X-Windows";
update bugs set rep_platform="other" where rep_platform="";
update bugs set op_sys="Mac System 7" where op_sys="System 7";
update bugs set op_sys="Mac System 7.5" where op_sys="System 7.5";
update bugs set op_sys="Mac System 8.0" where op_sys="8.0";
update bugs set op_sys="OSF/1" where op_sys="Digital Unix 4.0";
update bugs set op_sys="IRIX" where op_sys like "IRIX %";
update bugs set op_sys="HP-UX" where op_sys like "HP-UX %";
update bugs set op_sys="Windows NT" where op_sys like "NT %";
update bugs set op_sys="OSF/1" where op_sys like "OSF/1 %";
update bugs set op_sys="Solaris" where op_sys like "Solaris %";
update bugs set op_sys="SunOS" where op_sys like "SunOS%";
update bugs set op_sys="other" where op_sys = "Motif";
update bugs set op_sys="other" where op_sys = "Other";
Next, send the following commands to make sure you now have only legal
entries in your table. If either of the queries do not come up empty, then
you have to do more stuff like the above.
select bug_id,op_sys,rep_platform from bugs where rep_platform not regexp "^(All|DEC|HP|Macintosh|PC|SGI|Sun|X-Windows|Other)$";
select bug_id,op_sys,rep_platform from bugs where op_sys not regexp "^(All|Windows 3.1|Windows 95|Windows 98|Windows NT|Mac System 7|Mac System 7.5|Mac System 7.1.6|Mac System 8.0|AIX|BSDI|HP-UX|IRIX|Linux|OSF/1|Solaris|SunOS|other)$";
Finally, once that's all clear, alter the table to make enforce the new legal
entries:
alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.1.6", "Mac System 8.0", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "other") not null, change column rep_platform rep_platform enum("All", "DEC", "HP", "Macintosh", "PC", "SGI", "Sun", "Other");
11/20/98 Added searching of CC field. To better support this, added
some indexes to the CC table. You probably want to execute the following
mysql commands:
alter table cc add index (bug_id);
alter table cc add index (who);
10/27/98 security check for legal products in place. bug charts are not
available as an option if collectstats.pl has never been run. all products
get daily stats collected now. README updated: Chart::Base is listed as
a requirement, instructions for using collectstats.pl included as
an optional step. also got silly and added optional quips to bug
reports.
10/17/98 modified README installation instructions slightly.
10/7/98 Added a new table called "products". Right now, this is used
only to have a description for each product, and that description is
only used when initially adding a new bug. Anyway, you *must* create
the new table (which you can do by running the new makeproducttable.sh
script). If you just leave it empty, things will work much as they
did before, or you can add descriptions for some or all of your
products.
9/15/98 Everything has been ported to Perl. NO MORE TCL. This
transition should be relatively painless, except for the "params"
file. This is the file that contains parameters you've set up on the
editparams.cgi page. Before changing to Perl, this was a tcl-syntax
file, stored in the same directory as the code; after the change to
Perl, it becomes a perl-syntax file, stored in a subdirectory named
"data". See the README file for more details on what version of Perl
you need.
So, if updating from an older version of Bugzilla, you will need to
edit data/param, change the email address listed for
$::param{'maintainer'}, and then go revisit the editparams.cgi page
and reset all the parameters to your taste. Fortunately, your old
params file will still be around, and so you ought to be able to
cut&paste important bits from there.
Also, note that the "whineatnews" script has changed name (it now has
an extension of .pl instead of .tcl), so you'll need to change your
cron job.
And the "comments" file has been moved to the data directory. Just do
"cat comments >> data/comments" to restore any old comments that may
have been lost.
9/2/98 Changed the way password validation works. We now keep a
crypt'd version of the password in the database, and check against
that. (This is silly, because we're also keeping the plaintext
version there, but I have plans...) Stop passing the plaintext
password around as a cookie; instead, we have a cookie that references
a record in a new database table, logincookies.
IMPORTANT: if updating from an older version of Bugzilla, you must run
the following commands to keep things working:
./makelogincookiestable.sh
echo "alter table profiles add column cryptpassword varchar(64);" | mysql bugs
echo "update profiles set cryptpassword = encrypt(password,substring(rand(),3, 4));" | mysql bugs

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 8.3 KiB

View File

@@ -1,792 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
# Myk Melez <myk@mozilla.org>
################################################################################
# Script Initialization
################################################################################
# Make it harder for us to do dangerous things in Perl.
use diagnostics;
use strict;
use lib qw(.);
use vars qw(
$template
$vars
);
# Include the Bugzilla CGI and general utility library.
require "CGI.pl";
# Establish a connection to the database backend.
ConnectToDatabase();
# Check whether or not the user is logged in and, if so, set the $userid
my $userid = quietly_check_login();
################################################################################
# Main Body Execution
################################################################################
# All calls to this script should contain an "action" variable whose value
# determines what the user wants to do. The code below checks the value of
# that variable and runs the appropriate code.
# Determine whether to use the action specified by the user or the default.
my $action = $::FORM{'action'} || 'view';
if ($action eq "view")
{
validateID();
view();
}
elsif ($action eq "viewall")
{
ValidateBugID($::FORM{'bugid'}, $userid);
viewall();
}
elsif ($action eq "enter")
{
my $userid = confirm_login();
ValidateBugID($::FORM{'bugid'}, $userid);
enter();
}
elsif ($action eq "insert")
{
my $userid = confirm_login();
ValidateBugID($::FORM{'bugid'}, $userid);
ValidateComment($::FORM{'comment'});
validateFilename();
validateData();
validateDescription();
validateIsPatch();
validateContentType() unless $::FORM{'ispatch'};
validateObsolete() if $::FORM{'obsolete'};
insert();
}
elsif ($action eq "edit")
{
quietly_check_login();
validateID();
validateCanEdit($::FORM{'id'});
edit();
}
elsif ($action eq "update")
{
my $userid = confirm_login();
UserInGroup($userid, "editbugs")
|| DisplayError("You are not authorized to edit attachments.")
&& exit;
ValidateComment($::FORM{'comment'});
validateID();
validateCanEdit($::FORM{'id'});
validateDescription();
validateIsPatch();
validateContentType() unless $::FORM{'ispatch'};
validateIsObsolete();
validateStatuses();
update();
}
else
{
DisplayError("I could not figure out what you wanted to do.")
}
exit;
################################################################################
# Data Validation / Security Authorization
################################################################################
sub validateID
{
# Validate the value of the "id" form field, which must contain an
# integer that is the ID of an existing attachment.
detaint_natural($::FORM{'id'})
|| DisplayError("You did not enter a valid attachment number.")
&& exit;
# Make sure the attachment exists in the database.
SendSQL("SELECT bug_id FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
MoreSQLData()
|| DisplayError("Attachment #$::FORM{'id'} does not exist.")
&& exit;
# Make sure the user is authorized to access this attachment's bug.
my ($bugid) = FetchSQLData();
ValidateBugID($bugid, $userid);
}
sub validateCanEdit
{
my ($attach_id) = (@_);
# If the user is not logged in, claim that they can edit. This allows
# the edit scrren to be displayed to people who aren't logged in.
# People not logged in can't actually commit changes, because that code
# calls confirm_login, not quietly_check_login, before calling this sub
return if $userid == 0;
# People in editbugs can edit all attachments
return if UserInGroup($userid, "editbugs");
# Bug 97729 - the submitter can edit their attachments
SendSQL("SELECT attach_id FROM attachments WHERE " .
"attach_id = $attach_id AND submitter_id = $userid");
FetchSQLData()
|| DisplayError("You are not authorised to edit attachment #$attach_id")
&& exit;
}
sub validateDescription
{
$::FORM{'description'}
|| DisplayError("You must enter a description for the attachment.")
&& exit;
}
sub validateIsPatch
{
# Set the ispatch flag to zero if it is undefined, since the UI uses
# an HTML checkbox to represent this flag, and unchecked HTML checkboxes
# do not get sent in HTML requests.
$::FORM{'ispatch'} = $::FORM{'ispatch'} ? 1 : 0;
# Set the content type to text/plain if the attachment is a patch.
$::FORM{'contenttype'} = "text/plain" if $::FORM{'ispatch'};
}
sub validateContentType
{
if (!$::FORM{'contenttypemethod'})
{
DisplayError("You must choose a method for determining the content type,
either <em>auto-detect</em>, <em>select from list</em>, or <em>enter
manually</em>.");
exit;
}
elsif ($::FORM{'contenttypemethod'} eq 'autodetect')
{
# The user asked us to auto-detect the content type, so use the type
# specified in the HTTP request headers.
if ( !$::FILE{'data'}->{'contenttype'} )
{
DisplayError("You asked Bugzilla to auto-detect the content type, but
your browser did not specify a content type when uploading the file,
so you must enter a content type manually.");
exit;
}
$::FORM{'contenttype'} = $::FILE{'data'}->{'contenttype'};
}
elsif ($::FORM{'contenttypemethod'} eq 'list')
{
# The user selected a content type from the list, so use their selection.
$::FORM{'contenttype'} = $::FORM{'contenttypeselection'};
}
elsif ($::FORM{'contenttypemethod'} eq 'manual')
{
# The user entered a content type manually, so use their entry.
$::FORM{'contenttype'} = $::FORM{'contenttypeentry'};
}
else
{
my $htmlcontenttypemethod = html_quote($::FORM{'contenttypemethod'});
DisplayError("Your form submission got corrupted somehow. The <em>content
method</em> field, which specifies how the content type gets determined,
should have been either <em>autodetect</em>, <em>list</em>,
or <em>manual</em>, but was instead <em>$htmlcontenttypemethod</em>.");
exit;
}
if ( $::FORM{'contenttype'} !~ /^(application|audio|image|message|model|multipart|text|video)\/.+$/ )
{
my $htmlcontenttype = html_quote($::FORM{'contenttype'});
DisplayError("The content type <em>$htmlcontenttype</em> is invalid.
Valid types must be of the form <em>foo/bar</em> where <em>foo</em>
is either <em>application, audio, image, message, model, multipart,
text,</em> or <em>video</em>.");
exit;
}
}
sub validateIsObsolete
{
# Set the isobsolete flag to zero if it is undefined, since the UI uses
# an HTML checkbox to represent this flag, and unchecked HTML checkboxes
# do not get sent in HTML requests.
$::FORM{'isobsolete'} = $::FORM{'isobsolete'} ? 1 : 0;
}
sub validateStatuses
{
# Get a list of attachment statuses that are valid for this attachment.
PushGlobalSQLState();
SendSQL("SELECT attachstatusdefs.id
FROM attachments, bugs, attachstatusdefs
WHERE attachments.attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}
AND attachments.bug_id = bugs.bug_id
AND attachstatusdefs.product = bugs.product");
my @statusdefs;
push(@statusdefs, FetchSQLData()) while MoreSQLData();
PopGlobalSQLState();
foreach my $status (@{$::MFORM{'status'}})
{
grep($_ == $status, @statusdefs)
|| DisplayError("One of the statuses you entered is not a valid status
for this attachment.")
&& exit;
# We have tested that the status is valid, so it can be detainted
detaint_natural($status);
}
}
sub validateData
{
$::FORM{'data'}
|| DisplayError("The file you are trying to attach is empty!")
&& exit;
my $len = length($::FORM{'data'});
my $maxpatchsize = Param('maxpatchsize');
my $maxattachmentsize = Param('maxattachmentsize');
# Makes sure the attachment does not exceed either the "maxpatchsize" or
# the "maxattachmentsize" parameter.
if ( $::FORM{'ispatch'} && $maxpatchsize && $len > $maxpatchsize*1024 )
{
my $lenkb = sprintf("%.0f", $len/1024);
DisplayError("The file you are trying to attach is ${lenkb} kilobytes (KB) in size.
Patches cannot be more than ${maxpatchsize}KB in size.
Try breaking your patch into several pieces.");
exit;
} elsif ( !$::FORM{'ispatch'} && $maxattachmentsize && $len > $maxattachmentsize*1024 ) {
my $lenkb = sprintf("%.0f", $len/1024);
DisplayError("The file you are trying to attach is ${lenkb} kilobytes (KB) in size.
Non-patch attachments cannot be more than ${maxattachmentsize}KB.
If your attachment is an image, try converting it to a compressable
format like JPG or PNG, or put it elsewhere on the web and
link to it from the bug's URL field or in a comment on the bug.");
exit;
}
}
sub validateFilename
{
defined $::FILE{'data'}
|| DisplayError("You did not specify a file to attach.")
&& exit;
}
sub validateObsolete
{
# Make sure the attachment id is valid and the user has permissions to view
# the bug to which it is attached.
foreach my $attachid (@{$::MFORM{'obsolete'}}) {
detaint_natural($attachid)
|| DisplayError("The attachment number of one of the attachments
you wanted to obsolete is invalid.")
&& exit;
SendSQL("SELECT bug_id, isobsolete, description
FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $attachid");
# Make sure the attachment exists in the database.
MoreSQLData()
|| DisplayError("Attachment #$attachid does not exist.")
&& exit;
my ($bugid, $isobsolete, $description) = FetchSQLData();
if ($bugid != $::FORM{'bugid'})
{
$description = html_quote($description);
DisplayError("Attachment #$attachid ($description) is attached
to bug #$bugid, but you tried to flag it as obsolete while
creating a new attachment to bug #$::FORM{'bugid'}.");
exit;
}
if ( $isobsolete )
{
$description = html_quote($description);
DisplayError("Attachment #$attachid ($description) is already obsolete.");
exit;
}
# Check that the user can modify this attachment
validateCanEdit($attachid);
}
}
################################################################################
# Functions
################################################################################
sub view
{
# Display an attachment.
# Retrieve the attachment content and its content type from the database.
SendSQL("SELECT mimetype, thedata FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
my ($contenttype, $thedata) = FetchSQLData();
# Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
print "Content-Type: $contenttype\n\n";
print $thedata;
}
sub viewall
{
# Display all attachments for a given bug in a series of IFRAMEs within one HTML page.
# Retrieve the attachments from the database and write them into an array
# of hashes where each hash represents one attachment.
SendSQL("SELECT attach_id, creation_ts, mimetype, description, ispatch, isobsolete
FROM attachments WHERE bug_id = $::FORM{'bugid'} ORDER BY attach_id");
my @attachments; # the attachments array
while (MoreSQLData())
{
my %a; # the attachment hash
($a{'attachid'}, $a{'date'}, $a{'contenttype'},
$a{'description'}, $a{'ispatch'}, $a{'isobsolete'}) = FetchSQLData();
# Format the attachment's creation/modification date into something readable.
if ($a{'date'} =~ /^(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)$/) {
$a{'date'} = "$3/$4/$2&nbsp;$5:$6";
}
# Flag attachments as to whether or not they can be viewed (as opposed to
# being downloaded). Currently I decide they are viewable if their MIME type
# is either text/*, image/*, or application/vnd.mozilla.*.
# !!! Yuck, what an ugly hack. Fix it!
$a{'isviewable'} = ( $a{'contenttype'} =~ /^(text|image|application\/vnd\.mozilla\.)/ );
# Retrieve a list of status flags that have been set on the attachment.
PushGlobalSQLState();
SendSQL("SELECT name
FROM attachstatuses, attachstatusdefs
WHERE attach_id = $a{'attachid'}
AND attachstatuses.statusid = attachstatusdefs.id
ORDER BY sortkey");
my @statuses;
push(@statuses, FetchSQLData()) while MoreSQLData();
$a{'statuses'} = \@statuses;
PopGlobalSQLState();
# Add the hash representing the attachment to the array of attachments.
push @attachments, \%a;
}
# Retrieve the bug summary for displaying on screen.
SendSQL("SELECT short_desc FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $::FORM{'bugid'}");
my ($bugsummary) = FetchSQLData();
# Define the variables and functions that will be passed to the UI template.
$vars->{'bugid'} = $::FORM{'bugid'};
$vars->{'bugsummary'} = $bugsummary;
$vars->{'attachments'} = \@attachments;
# Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
# Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
$template->process("attachment/show-multiple.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
}
sub enter
{
# Display a form for entering a new attachment.
# Retrieve the attachments the user can edit from the database and write
# them into an array of hashes where each hash represents one attachment.
my $canEdit = "";
if (!UserInGroup($userid, "editbugs")) {
$canEdit = "AND submitter_id = $userid";
}
SendSQL("SELECT attach_id, description
FROM attachments
WHERE bug_id = $::FORM{'bugid'}
AND isobsolete = 0 $canEdit
ORDER BY attach_id");
my @attachments; # the attachments array
while ( MoreSQLData() ) {
my %a; # the attachment hash
($a{'id'}, $a{'description'}) = FetchSQLData();
# Add the hash representing the attachment to the array of attachments.
push @attachments, \%a;
}
# Retrieve the bug summary for displaying on screen.
SendSQL("SELECT short_desc FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $::FORM{'bugid'}");
my ($bugsummary) = FetchSQLData();
# Define the variables and functions that will be passed to the UI template.
$vars->{'bugid'} = $::FORM{'bugid'};
$vars->{'bugsummary'} = $bugsummary;
$vars->{'attachments'} = \@attachments;
# Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
# Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
$template->process("attachment/create.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
}
sub insert
{
# Insert a new attachment into the database.
# Escape characters in strings that will be used in SQL statements.
my $filename = SqlQuote($::FILE{'data'}->{'filename'});
my $description = SqlQuote($::FORM{'description'});
my $contenttype = SqlQuote($::FORM{'contenttype'});
my $thedata = SqlQuote($::FORM{'data'});
# Insert the attachment into the database.
SendSQL("INSERT INTO attachments (bug_id, filename, description, mimetype, ispatch, submitter_id, thedata)
VALUES ($::FORM{'bugid'}, $filename, $description, $contenttype, $::FORM{'ispatch'}, $userid, $thedata)");
# Retrieve the ID of the newly created attachment record.
my $attachid = CurrId('attachments_attach_id_seq');
# Insert a comment about the new attachment into the database.
my $comment = "Created an attachment (id=$attachid)\n$::FORM{'description'}\n";
$comment .= ("\n" . $::FORM{'comment'}) if $::FORM{'comment'};
use Text::Wrap;
$Text::Wrap::columns = 80;
$Text::Wrap::huge = 'overflow';
$comment = Text::Wrap::wrap('', '', $comment);
AppendComment($::FORM{'bugid'},
$::COOKIE{"Bugzilla_login"},
$comment);
# Make existing attachments obsolete.
my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachments.isobsolete');
foreach my $attachid (@{$::MFORM{'obsolete'}}) {
SendSQL("UPDATE attachments SET isobsolete = 1 WHERE attach_id = $attachid");
SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added)
VALUES ($::FORM{'bugid'}, $attachid, $userid, NOW(), $fieldid, '0', '1')");
}
# Send mail to let people know the attachment has been created. Uses a
# special syntax of the "open" and "exec" commands to capture the output of
# "processmail", which "system" doesn't allow, without running the command
# through a shell, which backticks (``) do.
#system ("./processmail", $bugid , $userid);
#my $mailresults = `./processmail $bugid $::userid`;
my $mailresults = '';
open(PMAIL, "-|") or exec('./processmail', $::FORM{'bugid'}, $::COOKIE{'Bugzilla_login'});
$mailresults .= $_ while <PMAIL>;
close(PMAIL);
# Define the variables and functions that will be passed to the UI template.
$vars->{'bugid'} = $::FORM{'bugid'};
$vars->{'attachid'} = $attachid;
$vars->{'description'} = $description;
$vars->{'mailresults'} = $mailresults;
$vars->{'contenttypemethod'} = $::FORM{'contenttypemethod'};
$vars->{'contenttype'} = $::FORM{'contenttype'};
# Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
# Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
$template->process("attachment/created.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
SendSQL("SELECT short_desc FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $::FORM{'bugid'}");
}
sub edit
{
# Edit an attachment record. Users with "editbugs" privileges, (or the
# original attachment's submitter) can edit the attachment's description,
# content type, ispatch and isobsolete flags, and statuses, and they can
# also submit a comment that appears in the bug.
# Users cannot edit the content of the attachment itself.
# Retrieve the attachment from the database.
SendSQL("SELECT description, mimetype, bug_id, ispatch, isobsolete
FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
my ($description, $contenttype, $bugid, $ispatch, $isobsolete) = FetchSQLData();
# Flag attachment as to whether or not it can be viewed (as opposed to
# being downloaded). Currently I decide it is viewable if its content
# type is either text/.* or application/vnd.mozilla.*.
# !!! Yuck, what an ugly hack. Fix it!
my $isviewable = ( $contenttype =~ /^(text|image|application\/vnd\.mozilla\.)/ );
# Retrieve a list of status flags that have been set on the attachment.
my %statuses;
SendSQL("SELECT id, name
FROM attachstatuses, attachstatusdefs
WHERE attachstatuses.statusid = attachstatusdefs.id
AND attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
while ( my ($id, $name) = FetchSQLData() )
{
$statuses{$id} = $name;
}
# Retrieve a list of statuses for this bug's product, and build an array
# of hashes in which each hash is a status flag record.
# ???: Move this into versioncache or its own routine?
my @statusdefs;
SendSQL("SELECT id, name
FROM attachstatusdefs, bugs
WHERE bug_id = $bugid
AND attachstatusdefs.product = bugs.product
ORDER BY sortkey");
while ( MoreSQLData() )
{
my ($id, $name) = FetchSQLData();
push @statusdefs, { 'id' => $id , 'name' => $name };
}
# Retrieve a list of attachments for this bug as well as a summary of the bug
# to use in a navigation bar across the top of the screen.
SendSQL("SELECT attach_id FROM attachments WHERE bug_id = $bugid ORDER BY attach_id");
my @bugattachments;
push(@bugattachments, FetchSQLData()) while (MoreSQLData());
SendSQL("SELECT short_desc FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $bugid");
my ($bugsummary) = FetchSQLData();
# Define the variables and functions that will be passed to the UI template.
$vars->{'attachid'} = $::FORM{'id'};
$vars->{'description'} = $description;
$vars->{'contenttype'} = $contenttype;
$vars->{'bugid'} = $bugid;
$vars->{'bugsummary'} = $bugsummary;
$vars->{'ispatch'} = $ispatch;
$vars->{'isobsolete'} = $isobsolete;
$vars->{'isviewable'} = $isviewable;
$vars->{'statuses'} = \%statuses;
$vars->{'statusdefs'} = \@statusdefs;
$vars->{'attachments'} = \@bugattachments;
# Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
# Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
$template->process("attachment/edit.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
}
sub update
{
# Update an attachment record.
# Get the bug ID for the bug to which this attachment is attached.
SendSQL("SELECT bug_id FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
my $bugid = FetchSQLData()
|| DisplayError("Cannot figure out bug number.")
&& exit;
# Lock database tables in preparation for updating the attachment.
if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
SendSQL("LOCK TABLES attachments WRITE , attachstatuses WRITE ,
attachstatusdefs READ , fielddefs READ , bugs_activity WRITE");
}
# Get a copy of the attachment record before we make changes
# so we can record those changes in the activity table.
SendSQL("SELECT description, mimetype, ispatch, isobsolete
FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
my ($olddescription, $oldcontenttype, $oldispatch, $oldisobsolete) = FetchSQLData();
# Get the list of old status flags.
SendSQL("SELECT attachstatusdefs.name
FROM attachments, attachstatuses, attachstatusdefs
WHERE attachments.attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}
AND attachments.attach_id = attachstatuses.attach_id
AND attachstatuses.statusid = attachstatusdefs.id
ORDER BY attachstatusdefs.sortkey
");
my @oldstatuses;
while (MoreSQLData()) {
push(@oldstatuses, FetchSQLData());
}
my $oldstatuslist = join(', ', @oldstatuses);
# Update the database with the new status flags.
SendSQL("DELETE FROM attachstatuses WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
foreach my $statusid (@{$::MFORM{'status'}})
{
SendSQL("INSERT INTO attachstatuses (attach_id, statusid) VALUES ($::FORM{'id'}, $statusid)");
}
# Get the list of new status flags.
SendSQL("SELECT attachstatusdefs.name
FROM attachments, attachstatuses, attachstatusdefs
WHERE attachments.attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}
AND attachments.attach_id = attachstatuses.attach_id
AND attachstatuses.statusid = attachstatusdefs.id
ORDER BY attachstatusdefs.sortkey
");
my @newstatuses;
while (MoreSQLData()) {
push(@newstatuses, FetchSQLData());
}
my $newstatuslist = join(', ', @newstatuses);
# Quote the description and content type for use in the SQL UPDATE statement.
my $quoteddescription = SqlQuote($::FORM{'description'});
my $quotedcontenttype = SqlQuote($::FORM{'contenttype'});
# Update the attachment record in the database.
# Sets the creation timestamp to itself to avoid it being updated automatically.
SendSQL("UPDATE attachments
SET description = $quoteddescription ,
mimetype = $quotedcontenttype ,
ispatch = $::FORM{'ispatch'} ,
isobsolete = $::FORM{'isobsolete'} ,
creation_ts = creation_ts
WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}
");
# Record changes in the activity table.
if ($olddescription ne $::FORM{'description'}) {
my $quotedolddescription = SqlQuote($olddescription);
my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachments.description');
SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added)
VALUES ($bugid, $::FORM{'id'}, $userid, NOW(), $fieldid, $quotedolddescription, $quoteddescription)");
}
if ($oldcontenttype ne $::FORM{'contenttype'}) {
my $quotedoldcontenttype = SqlQuote($oldcontenttype);
my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachments.mimetype');
SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added)
VALUES ($bugid, $::FORM{'id'}, $userid, NOW(), $fieldid, $quotedoldcontenttype, $quotedcontenttype)");
}
if ($oldispatch ne $::FORM{'ispatch'}) {
my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachments.ispatch');
SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added)
VALUES ($bugid, $::FORM{'id'}, $userid, NOW(), $fieldid, $oldispatch, $::FORM{'ispatch'})");
}
if ($oldisobsolete ne $::FORM{'isobsolete'}) {
my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachments.isobsolete');
SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added)
VALUES ($bugid, $::FORM{'id'}, $userid, NOW(), $fieldid, $oldisobsolete, $::FORM{'isobsolete'})");
}
if ($oldstatuslist ne $newstatuslist) {
my ($removed, $added) = DiffStrings($oldstatuslist, $newstatuslist);
my $quotedremoved = SqlQuote($removed);
my $quotedadded = SqlQuote($added);
my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachstatusdefs.name');
SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added)
VALUES ($bugid, $::FORM{'id'}, $userid, NOW(), $fieldid, $quotedremoved, $quotedadded)");
}
# Unlock all database tables now that we are finished updating the database.
if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
SendSQL("UNLOCK TABLES");
}
# If this installation has enabled the request manager, let the manager know
# an attachment was updated so it can check for requests on that attachment
# and fulfill them. The request manager allows users to request database
# changes of other users and tracks the fulfillment of those requests. When
# an attachment record is updated and the request manager is called, it will
# fulfill those requests that were requested of the user performing the update
# which are requests for the attachment being updated.
#my $requests;
#if (Param('userequestmanager'))
#{
# use Request;
# # Specify the fieldnames that have been updated.
# my @fieldnames = ('description', 'mimetype', 'status', 'ispatch', 'isobsolete');
# # Fulfill pending requests.
# $requests = Request::fulfillRequest('attachment', $::FORM{'id'}, @fieldnames);
# $vars->{'requests'} = $requests;
#}
# If the user submitted a comment while editing the attachment,
# add the comment to the bug.
if ( $::FORM{'comment'} )
{
use Text::Wrap;
$Text::Wrap::columns = 80;
$Text::Wrap::huge = 'wrap';
# Append a string to the comment to let users know that the comment came from
# the "edit attachment" screen.
my $comment = qq|(From update of attachment $::FORM{'id'})\n| . $::FORM{'comment'};
my $wrappedcomment = "";
foreach my $line (split(/\r\n|\r|\n/, $comment))
{
if ( $line =~ /^>/ )
{
$wrappedcomment .= $line . "\n";
}
else
{
$wrappedcomment .= wrap('', '', $line) . "\n";
}
}
# Get the user's login name since the AppendComment function needs it.
my $who = DBID_to_name($userid);
# Append the comment to the list of comments in the database.
AppendComment($bugid, $who, $wrappedcomment);
}
# Send mail to let people know the bug has changed. Uses a special syntax
# of the "open" and "exec" commands to capture the output of "processmail",
# which "system" doesn't allow, without running the command through a shell,
# which backticks (``) do.
#system ("./processmail", $bugid , $userid);
#my $mailresults = `./processmail $bugid $userid`;
my $mailresults = '';
open(PMAIL, "-|") or exec('./processmail', $bugid, DBID_to_name($userid));
$mailresults .= $_ while <PMAIL>;
close(PMAIL);
# Define the variables and functions that will be passed to the UI template.
$vars->{'attachid'} = $::FORM{'id'};
$vars->{'bugid'} = $bugid;
$vars->{'mailresults'} = $mailresults;
# Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
# Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
$template->process("attachment/updated.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
}

View File

@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
# Dave Miller <justdave@syndicomm.com>
use diagnostics;
use strict;
use RelationSet;
# Use the Attachment module to display attachments for the bug.
use Attachment;
sub show_bug {
# Shut up misguided -w warnings about "used only once". For some reason,
# "use vars" chokes on me when I try it here.
sub bug_form_pl_sillyness {
my $zz;
$zz = %::FORM;
$zz = %::proddesc;
$zz = %::prodmaxvotes;
$zz = @::enterable_products;
$zz = @::settable_resolution;
$zz = $::unconfirmedstate;
$zz = $::milestoneurl;
$zz = $::template;
$zz = $::vars;
$zz = @::legal_priority;
$zz = @::legal_platform;
$zz = @::legal_severity;
$zz = @::legal_bug_status;
$zz = @::target_milestone;
$zz = @::components;
$zz = @::legal_keywords;
$zz = @::versions;
$zz = @::legal_opsys;
}
# Use templates
my $template = $::template;
my $vars = $::vars;
$vars->{'GetBugLink'} = \&GetBugLink;
$vars->{'quoteUrls'} = \&quoteUrls,
$vars->{'lsearch'} = \&lsearch,
$vars->{'header_done'} = (@_),
my $userid = quietly_check_login();
my $id = $::FORM{'id'};
if (!defined($id)) {
$template->process("bug/choose.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
exit;
}
my %user = %{$vars->{'user'}};
my %bug;
# Populate the bug hash with the info we get directly from the DB.
my $query = "
SELECT
bugs.bug_id,
product,
version,
rep_platform,
op_sys,
bug_status,
resolution,
priority,
bug_severity,
component,
assigned_to,
reporter,
bug_file_loc,
short_desc,
target_milestone,
qa_contact,
status_whiteboard, ";
if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
$query .= "
date_format(creation_ts, '%Y-%m-%d %H:%i'),
delta_ts, ";
} elsif ($::driver eq 'Pg') {
$query .= "
TO_CHAR(creation_ts, 'YYYY-MM-DD HH24:MI:SS'),
TO_CHAR(delta_ts, 'YYYYMMDDHH24MISS'), ";
}
$query .= "
SUM(votes.count)
FROM
bugs LEFT JOIN votes USING(bug_id)
WHERE
bugs.bug_id = $id
GROUP BY
bugs.bug_id,
product,
version,
rep_platform,
op_sys,
bug_status,
resolution,
priority,
bug_severity,
component,
assigned_to,
reporter,
bug_file_loc,
short_desc,
target_milestone,
qa_contact,
status_whiteboard,
creation_ts,
delta_ts ";
SendSQL($query);
my $value;
my @row = FetchSQLData();
foreach my $field ("bug_id", "product", "version", "rep_platform",
"op_sys", "bug_status", "resolution", "priority",
"bug_severity", "component", "assigned_to", "reporter",
"bug_file_loc", "short_desc", "target_milestone",
"qa_contact", "status_whiteboard", "creation_ts",
"delta_ts", "votes")
{
$value = shift(@row);
$bug{$field} = defined($value) ? $value : "";
}
# General arrays of info about the database state
GetVersionTable();
# Fiddle the product list.
my $seen_curr_prod;
my @prodlist;
foreach my $product (@::enterable_products) {
if ($product eq $bug{'product'}) {
# if it's the product the bug is already in, it's ALWAYS in
# the popup, period, whether the user can see it or not, and
# regardless of the disallownew setting.
$seen_curr_prod = 1;
push(@prodlist, $product);
next;
}
next if !CanSeeProduct($userid, $product);
push(@prodlist, $product);
}
# The current product is part of the popup, even if new bugs are no longer
# allowed for that product
if (!$seen_curr_prod) {
push (@prodlist, $bug{'product'});
@prodlist = sort @prodlist;
}
$vars->{'product'} = \@prodlist;
$vars->{'rep_platform'} = \@::legal_platform;
$vars->{'priority'} = \@::legal_priority;
$vars->{'bug_severity'} = \@::legal_severity;
$vars->{'op_sys'} = \@::legal_opsys;
$vars->{'bug_status'} = \@::legal_bug_status;
# Hack - this array contains "" for some reason. See bug 106589.
shift @::settable_resolution;
$vars->{'resolution'} = \@::settable_resolution;
$vars->{'component_'} = $::components{$bug{'product'}};
$vars->{'version'} = $::versions{$bug{'product'}};
$vars->{'target_milestone'} = $::target_milestone{$bug{'product'}};
$bug{'milestoneurl'} = $::milestoneurl{$bug{'product'}} ||
"notargetmilestone.html";
$vars->{'use_votes'} = $::prodmaxvotes{$bug{'product'}};
# Add additional, calculated fields to the bug hash
if (@::legal_keywords) {
$vars->{'use_keywords'} = 1;
SendSQL("SELECT keyworddefs.name
FROM keyworddefs, keywords
WHERE keywords.bug_id = $id
AND keyworddefs.id = keywords.keywordid
ORDER BY keyworddefs.name");
my @keywords;
while (MoreSQLData()) {
push(@keywords, FetchOneColumn());
}
$bug{'keywords'} = \@keywords;
}
# Attachments
$bug{'attachments'} = Attachment::query($id);
# Dependencies
my @list;
SendSQL("SELECT dependson FROM dependencies WHERE
blocked = $id ORDER BY dependson");
while (MoreSQLData()) {
my ($i) = FetchSQLData();
push(@list, $i);
}
$bug{'dependson'} = \@list;
my @list2;
SendSQL("SELECT blocked FROM dependencies WHERE
dependson = $id ORDER BY blocked");
while (MoreSQLData()) {
my ($i) = FetchSQLData();
push(@list2, $i);
}
$bug{'blocked'} = \@list2;
# Groups
my @groups;
my (%buggroups, %usergroups);
# Find out if this bug is private to any group
SendSQL("SELECT group_id FROM bug_group_map WHERE bug_id = $id");
while (my $group_id = FetchOneColumn()) {
$buggroups{$group_id} = 1;
}
# Get a list of active groups the user is in, subject to the above conditions
if ($userid) {
# NB - the number of groups is likely to be small - should we just select
# everything, and weed manually? OTOH, the number of products is likely
# to be small, too. This buggroup stuff needs to be rethought
SendSQL("SELECT groups.group_id, groups.isactive " .
"FROM user_group_map, " .
"groups LEFT JOIN products ON groups.name = products.product " .
"WHERE groups.group_id = user_group_map.group_id AND " .
"user_group_map.user_id = $userid AND groups.isbuggroup != 0 AND " .
"(groups.name = " . SqlQuote($bug{'product'}) . " OR " .
"products.product IS NULL)");
while (my $group_id = FetchOneColumn()) {
$usergroups{$group_id} = 1;
}
# Now get information about each group
SendSQL("SELECT group_id, name, description " .
"FROM groups " .
# "WHERE group_id IN (" . join(',', @groups) . ") " .
"ORDER BY description");
while (MoreSQLData()) {
my ($group_id, $name, $description) = FetchSQLData();
my ($ison, $ingroup);
if ($buggroups{$group_id} ||
($usergroups{$group_id} && (($name eq $bug{'product'}) ||
(!defined $::proddesc{$name}))))
{
$user{'inallgroups'} &= $ingroup;
push (@groups, { "bit" => $group_id,
"ison" => $buggroups{$group_id},
"ingroup" => $usergroups{$group_id},
"description" => $description });
}
}
# If the bug is restricted to a group, display checkboxes that allow
# the user to set whether or not the reporter
# and cc list can see the bug even if they are not members of all
# groups to which the bug is restricted.
if (%buggroups) {
$bug{'inagroup'} = 1;
# Determine whether or not the bug is always accessible by the
# reporter, QA contact, and/or users on the cc: list.
SendSQL("SELECT reporter_accessible, cclist_accessible
FROM bugs
WHERE bug_id = $id
");
($bug{'reporter_accessible'},
$bug{'cclist_accessible'}) = FetchSQLData();
}
}
$vars->{'groups'} = \@groups;
my $movers = Param("movers");
$user{'canmove'} = Param("move-enabled")
&& (defined $::COOKIE{"Bugzilla_login"})
&& ($::COOKIE{"Bugzilla_login"} =~ /\Q$movers\E/);
# User permissions
# In the below, if the person hasn't logged in ($::userid == 0), then
# we treat them as if they can do anything. That's because we don't
# know why they haven't logged in; it may just be because they don't
# use cookies. Display everything as if they have all the permissions
# in the world; their permissions will get checked when they log in
# and actually try to make the change.
$user{'canedit'} = $::userid == 0
|| $::userid == $bug{'reporter'}
|| $::userid == $bug{'qa_contact'}
|| $::userid == $bug{'assigned_to'}
|| UserInGroup($userid, "editbugs");
$user{'canconfirm'} = ($::userid == 0) || UserInGroup($userid, "canconfirm");
# Bug states
$bug{'isunconfirmed'} = ($bug{'bug_status'} eq $::unconfirmedstate);
$bug{'isopened'} = IsOpenedState($bug{'bug_status'});
# People involved with the bug
$bug{'assigned_to_email'} = DBID_to_name($bug{'assigned_to'});
$bug{'assigned_to'} = DBID_to_real_or_loginname($bug{'assigned_to'});
$bug{'reporter'} = DBID_to_real_or_loginname($bug{'reporter'});
$bug{'qa_contact'} = $bug{'qa_contact'} > 0 ?
DBID_to_name($bug{'qa_contact'}) : "";
my $ccset = new RelationSet;
$ccset->mergeFromDB("SELECT who FROM cc WHERE bug_id=$id");
my @cc = $ccset->toArrayOfStrings();
$bug{'cc'} = \@cc if $cc[0];
# Next bug in list (if there is one)
my @bug_list;
if ($::COOKIE{"BUGLIST"} && $id)
{
@bug_list = split(/:/, $::COOKIE{"BUGLIST"});
}
$vars->{'bug_list'} = \@bug_list;
$bug{'comments'} = GetComments($bug{'bug_id'});
# This is length in number of comments
$bug{'longdesclength'} = scalar(@{$bug{'comments'}});
# Add the bug and user hashes to the variables
$vars->{'bug'} = \%bug;
$vars->{'user'} = \%user;
# Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
$template->process("bug/edit.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
}
1;

View File

@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<!--
The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied. See the License for the specific language governing
rights and limitations under the License.
The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
Rights Reserved.
Contributor(s):
Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-->
<head>
<TITLE>A Bug's Life Cycle</TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
</head>
<body>
<h1 ALIGN=CENTER>A Bug's Life Cycle</h1>
The <B>status</B> and <B>resolution</B> field define and track the
life cycle of a bug.
<a name="status"></a>
<p>
<TABLE BORDER=1 CELLPADDING=4>
<TR ALIGN=CENTER VALIGN=TOP>
<TD WIDTH="50%"><H1>STATUS</H1> <TD><H1>RESOLUTION</H1>
<TR VALIGN=TOP>
<TD>The <B>status</B> field indicates the general health of a bug. Only
certain status transitions are allowed.
<TD>The <b>resolution</b> field indicates what happened to this bug.
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD>
<DL><DT><B>
<A HREF="confirmhelp.html">UNCONFIRMED</A></B>
<DD> This bug has recently been added to the database. Nobody has
validated that this bug is true. Users who have the "canconfirm"
permission set may confirm this bug, changing its state to NEW.
Or, it may be directly resolved and marked RESOLVED.
<DT><B>NEW</B>
<DD> This bug has recently been added to the assignee's list of bugs
and must be processed. Bugs in this state may be accepted, and
become <B>ASSIGNED</B>, passed on to someone else, and remain
<B>NEW</B>, or resolved and marked <B>RESOLVED</B>.
<DT><B>ASSIGNED</B>
<DD> This bug is not yet resolved, but is assigned to the proper
person. From here bugs can be given to another person and become
<B>NEW</B>, or resolved and become <B>RESOLVED</B>.
<DT><B>REOPENED</B>
<DD>This bug was once resolved, but the resolution was deemed
incorrect. For example, a <B>WORKSFORME</B> bug is
<B>REOPENED</B> when more information shows up and the bug is now
reproducible. From here bugs are either marked <B>ASSIGNED</B>
or <B>RESOLVED</B>.
</DL>
<TD>
<DL>
<DD> No resolution yet. All bugs which are in one of these "open" states
have the resolution set to blank. All other bugs
will be marked with one of the following resolutions.
</DL>
<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD>
<DL>
<DT><B>RESOLVED</B>
<DD> A resolution has been taken, and it is awaiting verification by
QA. From here bugs are either re-opened and become
<B>REOPENED</B>, are marked <B>VERIFIED</B>, or are closed for good
and marked <B>CLOSED</B>.
<DT><B>VERIFIED</B>
<DD> QA has looked at the bug and the resolution and agrees that the
appropriate resolution has been taken. Bugs remain in this state
until the product they were reported against actually ships, at
which point they become <B>CLOSED</B>.
<DT><B>CLOSED</B>
<DD> The bug is considered dead, the resolution is correct. Any zombie
bugs who choose to walk the earth again must do so by becoming
<B>REOPENED</B>.
</DL>
<TD>
<DL>
<DT><B>FIXED</B>
<DD> A fix for this bug is checked into the tree and tested.
<DT><B>INVALID</B>
<DD> The problem described is not a bug
<DT><B>WONTFIX</B>
<DD> The problem described is a bug which will never be fixed.
<DT><B>LATER</B>
<DD> The problem described is a bug which will not be fixed in this
version of the product.
<DT><B>REMIND</B>
<DD> The problem described is a bug which will probably not be fixed in this
version of the product, but might still be.
<DT><B>DUPLICATE</B>
<DD> The problem is a duplicate of an existing bug. Marking a bug
duplicate requires the bug# of the duplicating bug and will at
least put that bug number in the description field.
<DT><B>WORKSFORME</B>
<DD> All attempts at reproducing this bug were futile, reading the
code produces no clues as to why this behavior would occur. If
more information appears later, please re-assign the bug, for
now, file it.
</DL>
</TABLE>
<H1>Other Fields</H1>
<table border=1 cellpadding=4><tr><td>
<h2><a name="severity">Severity</a></h2>
This field describes the impact of a bug.
<p>
<p>
<table>
<tr><th>Blocker</th><td>Blocks development and/or testing work
<tr><th>Critical</th><td>crashes, loss of data, severe memory leak
<tr><th>Major</th><td>major loss of function
<tr><th>Minor</th><td>minor loss of function, or other problem where easy workaround is present
<tr><th>Trivial</th><td>cosmetic problem like misspelled words or misaligned text
<tr><th>Enhancement</th><td>Request for enhancement
</table>
</td><td>
<h2><a name="priority">Priority</a></h2>
This field describes the importance and order in which a bug should be
fixed. This field is utilized by the programmers/engineers to
prioritize their work to be done. The available priorities are:
<p>
<p>
<table>
<tr><th>P1</th><td>Most important
<tr><th>P2</th><td>
<tr><th>P3</th><td>
<tr><th>P4</th><td>
<tr><th>P5</th><td>Least important
</table>
</tr></table>
<h2><a name="rep_platform">Platform</a></h2>
This is the hardware platform against which the bug was reported. Legal
platforms include:
<UL>
<LI> All (happens on all platform; cross-platform bug)
<LI> Macintosh
<LI> PC
<LI> Sun
<LI> HP
</UL>
<b>Note:</b> Selecting the option "All" does not select bugs assigned against all platforms. It
merely selects bugs that <b>occur</b> on all platforms.
<h2><a name="op_sys">Operating System</a></h2>
This is the operating system against which the bug was reported. Legal
operating systems include:
<UL>
<LI> All (happens on all operating systems; cross-platform bug)
<LI> Windows 95
<LI> Mac System 8.0
<LI> Linux
</UL>
Note that the operating system implies the platform, but not always.
For example, Linux can run on PC and Macintosh and others.
<h2><a name="assigned_to">Assigned To</a></h2>
This is the person in charge of resolving the bug. Every time this
field changes, the status changes to <B>NEW</B> to make it easy to see
which new bugs have appeared on a person's list.
The default status for queries is set to NEW, ASSIGNED and REOPENED. When
searching for bugs that have been resolved or verified, remember to set the
status field appropriately.
<hr>
<!-- hhmts start -->
Last modified: Sun Apr 14 12:51:23 EST 2002
<!-- hhmts end -->
</body> </html>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<title>Bug Writing Guidelines</title>
</head>
<body>
<center>
<h1>Bug Writing Guidelines</h1>
</center>
<h3>Why You Should Read This</h3>
<blockquote>
<p>Simply put, the more effectively you report a bug, the more
likely an engineer will actually fix it.</p>
<p>These guidelines are a general
tutorial to teach novice and intermediate bug reporters how to compose effective bug reports. Not every sentence may precisely apply to
your software project.</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>How to Write a Useful Bug Report</h3>
<blockquote>
<p>Useful bug reports are ones that get bugs fixed. A useful bug
report normally has two qualities:</p>
<ol>
<li><b>Reproducible.</b> If an engineer can't see the bug herself to prove that it exists, she'll probably stamp your bug report "WORKSFORME" or "INVALID" and move on to the next bug. Every detail you can provide helps.<br>
<br>
</li>
<li><b>Specific.</b> The quicker the engineer can isolate the bug
to a specific area, the more likely she'll expediently fix it.
(If a programmer or tester has to decypher a bug, they may spend
more time cursing the submitter than solving the problem.)
<br>
<br>
[ <a href="#tips" name="Anchor">Tell Me More</a> ]
</li>
</ol>
<p>Let's say the application you're testing is a web browser. You
crash at foo.com, and want to write up a bug report:</p>
<blockquote>
<p><b>BAD:</b> "My browser crashed. I think I was on www.foo.com. I play golf with Bill Gates, so you better fix this problem, or I'll report you to him. By the way, your Back icon looks like a squashed rodent. UGGGLY. And my grandmother's home page is all messed up in your browser. Thx 4 UR help."
</p>
<p>
<b>GOOD:</b> "I crashed each time I went to www.foo.com, using
the 2002-02-25 build on a Windows 2000 system. I also
rebooted into Linux, and reproduced this problem using the 2002-02-24
Linux build.
</p>
<p>
It again crashed each time upon drawing the Foo banner at the top
of the page. I broke apart the page, and discovered that the
following image link will crash the application reproducibly,
unless you remove the "border=0" attribute:
</p>
<p>
<tt>&lt;IMG SRC="http://www.foo.com/images/topics/topicfoos.gif"
width="34" height="44" border="0" alt="News"&gt;</tt>
</p>
</blockquote>
</blockquote>
<h3>How to Enter your Useful Bug Report into Bugzilla:</h3>
<blockquote>
<p>Before you enter your bug, use Bugzilla's
<a href="query.cgi">search page</a> to determine whether the defect you've discovered is a known, already-reported bug. If your bug is the 37th duplicate of a known issue, you're more likely to annoy the engineer. (Annoyed
engineers fix fewer bugs.)
</p>
<p>
Next, be sure to reproduce your bug using a recent
build. Engineers tend to be most interested in problems affecting
the code base that they're actively working on. After all, the bug you're reporting
may already be fixed.
</p>
<p>
If you've discovered a new bug using a current build, report it in
Bugzilla:
</p>
<ol>
<li>From your Bugzilla main page, choose
"<a href="enter_bug.cgi">Enter a new bug</a>".</li>
<li>Select the product that you've found a bug in.</li>
<li>Enter your e-mail address, password, and press the "Login"
button. (If you don't yet have a password, leave the password field empty,
and press the "E-mail me a password" button instead.
You'll quickly receive an e-mail message with your password.)</li>
</ol>
<p>Now, fill out the form. Here's what it all means:</p>
<p><b>Where did you find the bug?</b></p>
<blockquote>
<p><b>Product: In which product did you find the bug?</b><br>
You just specified this on the last page, so you can't edit it here.</p>
<p><b>Version: In which product version did you find the
bug?</b><br>
(If applicable)</p>
<p><b>Component: In which component does the bug exist?</b><br>
Bugzilla requires that you select a component to enter a bug. (Not sure which to choose?
Click on the Component link. You'll see a description of each component, to help you make the best choice.)</p>
<p><b>OS: On which Operating System (OS) did you find this bug?</b>
(e.g. Linux, Windows 2000, Mac OS 9.)<br>
If you know the bug happens on all OSs, choose 'All'. Otherwise,
select the OS that you found the bug on, or "Other" if your OS
isn't listed.</p>
</blockquote>
<p><b>How important is the bug?</b></p>
<blockquote>
<p><b>Severity: How damaging is the bug?</b><br>
This item defaults to 'normal'. If you're not sure what severity your bug deserves, click on the Severity link.
You'll see a description of each severity rating. <br>
</p>
</blockquote>
<p><b>Who will be following up on the bug?</b></p>
<blockquote>
<p><b>Assigned To: Which engineer should be responsible for fixing
this bug?</b><br>
Bugzilla will automatically assign the bug to a default engineer
upon submitting a bug report. If you'd prefer to directly assign the bug to
someone else, enter their e-mail address into this field. (To see the list of
default engineers for each component, click on the Component
link.)</p>
<p><b>Cc: Who else should receive e-mail updates on changes to this
bug?</b><br>
List the full e-mail addresses of other individuals who should
receive an e-mail update upon every change to the bug report. You
can enter as many e-mail addresses as you'd like, separated by spaces or commas, as long as those
people have Bugzilla accounts.</p>
</blockquote>
<p><b>What else can you tell the engineer about the bug?</b></p>
<blockquote>
<p><b>Summary:</b> <b>How would you describe the bug, in
approximately 60 or fewer characters?</b><br>
A good summary should <b>quickly and uniquely identify a bug
report</b>. Otherwise, an engineer cannot meaningfully identify
your bug by its summary, and will often fail to pay attention to
your bug report when skimming through a 10 page bug list.<br>
<br>
A useful summary might be
"<tt>PCMCIA install fails on Tosh Tecra 780DVD w/ 3c589C</tt>".
"<tt>Software fails</tt>" or "<tt>install problem</tt>" would be
examples of a bad summary.<br>
<br>
[ <a href="#summary">Tell Me More</a> ]<br>
<br>
<b>Description: </b><br>
Please provide a detailed problem report in this field.
Your bug's recipients will most likely expect the following information:</p>
<blockquote>
<p><b>Overview Description:</b> More detailed expansion of
summary.</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>
Drag-selecting any page crashes Mac builds in NSGetFactory
</pre>
</blockquote>
<p><b>Steps to Reproduce:</b> Minimized, easy-to-follow steps that will
trigger the bug. Include any special setup steps.</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>
1) View any web page. (I used the default sample page,
resource:/res/samples/test0.html)
2) Drag-select the page. (Specifically, while holding down
the mouse button, drag the mouse pointer downwards from any
point in the browser's content region to the bottom of the
browser's content region.)
</pre>
</blockquote>
<p>
<b>Actual Results:</b> What the application did after performing
the above steps.
</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>
The application crashed. Stack crawl appended below from MacsBug.
</pre>
</blockquote>
<p><b>Expected Results:</b> What the application should have done,
were the bug not present.</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>
The window should scroll downwards. Scrolled content should be selected.
(Or, at least, the application should not crash.)
</pre>
</blockquote>
<p><b>Build Date &amp; Platform:</b> Date and platform of the build
that you first encountered the bug in.</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>
Build 2002-03-15 on Mac OS 9.0
</pre>
</blockquote>
<p><b>Additional Builds and Platforms:</b> Whether or not the bug
takes place on other platforms (or browsers, if applicable).</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>
- Also Occurs On
Mozilla (2002-03-15 build on Windows NT 4.0)
- Doesn't Occur On
Mozilla (2002-03-15 build on Red Hat Linux; feature not supported)
Internet Explorer 5.0 (shipping build on Windows NT 4.0)
Netscape Communicator 4.5 (shipping build on Mac OS 9.0)
</pre>
</blockquote>
<p><b>Additional Information:</b> Any other debugging information.
For crashing bugs:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Win32:</b> if you receive a Dr. Watson error, please note
the type of the crash, and the module that the application crashed
in. (e.g. access violation in apprunner.exe)</li>
<li><b>Mac OS:</b> if you're running MacsBug, please provide the
results of a <b>how</b> and an <b>sc</b>:</li>
</ul>
<blockquote>
<pre>
*** MACSBUG STACK CRAWL OF CRASH (Mac OS)
Calling chain using A6/R1 links
Back chain ISA Caller
00000000 PPC 0BA85E74
03AEFD80 PPC 0B742248
03AEFD30 PPC 0B50FDDC NSGetFactory+027FC
PowerPC unmapped memory exception at 0B512BD0 NSGetFactory+055F0
</pre>
</blockquote>
</blockquote>
</blockquote>
<p>You're done!<br>
<br>
After double-checking your entries for any possible errors, press
the "Commit" button, and your bug report will now be in the
Bugzilla database.<br>
</p>
</blockquote>
<hr>
<h3>More Information on Writing Good Bugs</h3>
<blockquote>
<p><b><a name="tips"></a> 1. General Tips for a Useful Bug
Report</b>
</p>
<blockquote>
<p>
<b>Use an explicit structure, so your bug reports are easy to
skim.</b> Bug report users often need immediate access to specific
sections of your bug. If your Bugzilla installation supports the
Bugzilla Helper, use it.
</p>
<p>
<b>Avoid cuteness if it costs clarity.</b> Nobody will be laughing
at your funny bug title at 3:00 AM when they can't remember how to
find your bug.
</p>
<p>
<b>One bug per report.</b> Completely different people typically
fix, verify, and prioritize different bugs. If you mix a handful of
bugs into a single report, the right people probably won't discover
your bugs in a timely fashion, or at all. Certain bugs are also
more important than others. It's impossible to prioritize a bug
report when it contains four different issues, all of differing
importance.
</p>
<p>
<b>No bug is too trivial to report.</b> Unless you're reading the
source code, you can't see actual software bugs, like a dangling
pointer -- you'll see their visible manifestations, such as the
segfault when the application finally crashes. Severe software
problems can manifest themselves in superficially trivial ways.
File them anyway.<br>
</p>
</blockquote>
<p><b><a name="summary"></a>2. How and Why to Write Good Bug Summaries</b>
</p>
<blockquote>
<p><b>You want to make a good first impression on the bug
recipient.</b> Just like a New York Times headline guides readers
towards a relevant article from dozens of choices, will your bug summary
suggest that your bug report is worth reading from dozens or hundreds of
choices?
</p>
<p>
Conversely, a vague bug summary like <tt>install problem</tt> forces anyone
reviewing installation bugs to waste time opening up your bug to
determine whether it matters.
</p>
<p>
<b>Your bug will often be searched by its summary.</b> Just as
you'd find web pages with Google by searching by keywords through
intuition, so will other people locate your bugs. Descriptive bug
summaries are naturally keyword-rich, and easier to find.
</p>
<p>
For example, you'll find a bug titled "<tt>Dragging icons from List View to
gnome-terminal doesn't paste path</tt>" if you search on "List",
"terminal", or "path". Those search keywords wouldn't have found a
bug titled "<tt>Dragging icons
doesn't paste</tt>".
</p>
<p>
Ask yourself, "Would someone understand my bug from just this
summary?" If so, you've written a fine summary.
</p>
<p><b>Don't write titles like these:</b></p>
<ol>
<li>"Can't install" - Why can't you install? What happens when you
try to install?</li>
<li>"Severe Performance Problems" - ...and they occur when you do
what?</li>
<li>"back button does not work" - Ever? At all?</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Good bug titles:</b></p>
<ol>
<li>"1.0 upgrade installation fails if Mozilla M18 package present"
- Explains problem and the context.</li>
<li>"RPM 4 installer crashes if launched on Red Hat 6.2 (RPM 3)
system" - Explains what happens, and the context.</li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
</blockquote>
<p>(Written and maintained by
<a href="http://www.prometheus-music.com/eli">Eli Goldberg</a>. Claudius
Gayle, Gervase Markham, Peter Mock, Chris Pratt, Tom Schutter and Chris Yeh also
contributed significant changes. Constructive
<a href="mailto:eli@prometheus-music.com">suggestions</a> welcome.)</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
<!ELEMENT bugzilla (bug+)>
<!ATTLIST bugzilla
version CDATA #REQUIRED
urlbase CDATA #REQUIRED
maintainer CDATA #REQUIRED
exporter CDATA #IMPLIED
>
<!ELEMENT bug (bug_id, (bug_status, product, priority, version, rep_platform, assigned_to, delta_ts, component, reporter, target_milestone?, bug_severity, creation_ts, qa_contact?, op_sys, resolution?, bug_file_loc?, short_desc?, keywords*, status_whiteboard?, dependson*, blocks*, cc*, long_desc*, attachment*)?)>
<!ATTLIST bug
error (NotFound | NotPermitted | InvalidBugId) #IMPLIED
>
<!ELEMENT bug_id (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT exporter (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT urlbase (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT bug_status (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT product (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT priority (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT version (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT rep_platform (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT assigned_to (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT delta_ts (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT component (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT reporter (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT target_milestone (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT bug_severity (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT creation_ts (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT qa_contact (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT status_whiteboard (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT op_sys (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT resolution (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT bug_file_loc (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT short_desc (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT keywords (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT dependson (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT blocks (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT cc (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT long_desc (who, bug_when, thetext)>
<!ELEMENT who (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT bug_when (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT thetext (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT attachment (attachid, date, desc, type?, data?)>
<!ELEMENT attachid (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT date (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT desc (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT type (#PCDATA)>
<!ELEMENT data (#PCDATA)>

View File

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
use strict;
print q{Content-type: text/html
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Refresh"
CONTENT="0; URL=userprefs.cgi">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
This URL is obsolete. Forwarding you to the correct one.
<P>
Going to <A HREF="userprefs.cgi">userprefs.cgi</A>
<BR>
</BODY>
</HTML>
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
use diagnostics;
use strict;
use lib qw(.);
use vars qw(
@legal_keywords
$buffer
$template
$vars
);
require "CGI.pl";
# Use the template toolkit (http://www.template-toolkit.org/) to generate
# the user interface (HTML pages and mail messages) using templates in the
# "template/" subdirectory.
use Template;
# Create the global template object that processes templates and specify
# configuration parameters that apply to all templates processed in this script.
my $template = Template->new(
{
# Colon-separated list of directories containing templates.
INCLUDE_PATH => "template/custom:template/default",
# Allow templates to be specified with relative paths.
RELATIVE => 1,
PRE_CHOMP => 1,
});
# Define the global variables and functions that will be passed to the UI
# template. Individual functions add their own values to this hash before
# sending them to the templates they process.
my $vars =
{
# Function for retrieving global parameters.
'Param' => \&Param,
# Function for processing global parameters that contain references
# to other global parameters.
'PerformSubsts' => \&PerformSubsts,
# Function to search an array for a value
'lsearch' => \&lsearch,
};
print "Content-type: text/html\n";
# The master list not only says what fields are possible, but what order
# they get displayed in.
ConnectToDatabase();
GetVersionTable();
my @masterlist = ("opendate", "changeddate", "severity", "priority",
"platform", "owner", "reporter", "status", "resolution",
"product", "component", "version", "os", "votes");
if (Param("usetargetmilestone")) {
push(@masterlist, "target_milestone");
}
if (Param("useqacontact")) {
push(@masterlist, "qa_contact");
}
if (Param("usestatuswhiteboard")) {
push(@masterlist, "status_whiteboard");
}
if (@::legal_keywords) {
push(@masterlist, "keywords");
}
push(@masterlist, ("summary", "summaryfull"));
$vars->{masterlist} = \@masterlist;
my @collist;
if (defined $::FORM{'rememberedquery'}) {
my $splitheader = 0;
if (defined $::FORM{'resetit'}) {
@collist = @::default_column_list;
} else {
foreach my $i (@masterlist) {
if (defined $::FORM{"column_$i"}) {
push @collist, $i;
}
}
if (exists $::FORM{'splitheader'}) {
$splitheader = $::FORM{'splitheader'};
}
}
my $list = join(" ", @collist);
my $urlbase = Param("urlbase");
my $cookiepath = Param("cookiepath");
print "Set-Cookie: COLUMNLIST=$list ; path=$cookiepath ; expires=Sun, 30-Jun-2029 00:00:00 GMT\n";
print "Set-Cookie: SPLITHEADER=$::FORM{'splitheader'} ; path=$cookiepath ; expires=Sun, 30-Jun-2029 00:00:00 GMT\n";
print "Refresh: 0; URL=buglist.cgi?$::FORM{'rememberedquery'}\n";
print "\n";
print "<META HTTP-EQUIV=Refresh CONTENT=\"1; URL=$urlbase"."buglist.cgi?$::FORM{'rememberedquery'}\">\n";
print "<TITLE>What a hack.</TITLE>\n";
PutHeader ("Change columns");
print "Resubmitting your query with new columns...\n";
exit;
}
if (defined $::COOKIE{'COLUMNLIST'}) {
@collist = split(/ /, $::COOKIE{'COLUMNLIST'});
} else {
@collist = @::default_column_list;
}
$vars->{collist} = \@collist;
$vars->{splitheader} = 0;
if ($::COOKIE{'SPLITHEADER'}) {
$vars->{splitheader} = 1;
}
my %desc = ();
foreach my $i (@masterlist) {
$desc{$i} = $i;
}
$desc{'summary'} = "Summary (first 60 characters)";
$desc{'summaryfull'} = "Full Summary";
$vars->{desc} = \%desc;
$vars->{buffer} = $::buffer;
# Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
print "Content-type: text/html\n\n";
$template->process("list/change-columns.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());

View File

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -w
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>,
# Harrison Page <harrison@netscape.com>
# Gervase Markham <gerv@gerv.net>
# Run me out of cron at midnight to collect Bugzilla statistics.
use AnyDBM_File;
use diagnostics;
use strict;
use vars @::legal_product;
require "globals.pl";
# tidy up after graphing module
if (chdir("graphs")) {
unlink <./*.gif>;
unlink <./*.png>;
chdir("..");
}
ConnectToDatabase(1);
GetVersionTable();
my @myproducts;
push( @myproducts, "-All-", @::legal_product );
foreach (@myproducts) {
my $dir = "data/mining";
&check_data_dir ($dir);
&collect_stats ($dir, $_);
}
&calculate_dupes();
sub check_data_dir {
my $dir = shift;
if (! -d) {
mkdir $dir, 0777;
chmod 0777, $dir;
}
}
sub collect_stats {
my $dir = shift;
my $product = shift;
my $when = localtime (time);
# NB: Need to mangle the product for the filename, but use the real
# product name in the query
my $file_product = $product;
$file_product =~ s/\//-/gs;
my $file = join '/', $dir, $file_product;
my $exists = -f $file;
if (open DATA, ">>$file") {
push my @row, &today;
foreach my $status ('NEW', 'ASSIGNED', 'REOPENED', 'UNCONFIRMED', 'RESOLVED', 'VERIFIED', 'CLOSED') {
if( $product eq "-All-" ) {
SendSQL("select count(bug_status) from bugs where bug_status='$status'");
} else {
SendSQL("select count(bug_status) from bugs where bug_status='$status' and product='$product'");
}
push @row, FetchOneColumn();
}
foreach my $resolution ('FIXED', 'INVALID', 'WONTFIX', 'LATER', 'REMIND', 'DUPLICATE', 'WORKSFORME', 'MOVED') {
if( $product eq "-All-" ) {
SendSQL("select count(resolution) from bugs where resolution='$resolution'");
} else {
SendSQL("select count(resolution) from bugs where resolution='$resolution' and product='$product'");
}
push @row, FetchOneColumn();
}
if (! $exists) {
print DATA <<FIN;
# Bugzilla Daily Bug Stats
#
# Do not edit me! This file is generated.
#
# fields: DATE|NEW|ASSIGNED|REOPENED|UNCONFIRMED|RESOLVED|VERIFIED|CLOSED|FIXED|INVALID|WONTFIX|LATER|REMIND|DUPLICATE|WORKSFORME|MOVED
# Product: $product
# Created: $when
FIN
}
print DATA (join '|', @row) . "\n";
close DATA;
} else {
print "$0: $file, $!";
}
}
sub calculate_dupes {
SendSQL("SELECT * FROM duplicates");
my %dupes;
my %count;
my @row;
my $key;
my $changed = 1;
my $today = &today_dash;
# Save % count here in a date-named file
# so we can read it back in to do changed counters
# First, delete it if it exists, so we don't add to the contents of an old file
if (my @files = <data/duplicates/dupes$today*>) {
unlink @files;
}
dbmopen(%count, "data/duplicates/dupes$today", 0644) || die "Can't open DBM dupes file: $!";
# Create a hash with key "a bug number", value "bug which that bug is a
# direct dupe of" - straight from the duplicates table.
while (@row = FetchSQLData()) {
my $dupe_of = shift @row;
my $dupe = shift @row;
$dupes{$dupe} = $dupe_of;
}
# Total up the number of bugs which are dupes of a given bug
# count will then have key = "bug number",
# value = "number of immediate dupes of that bug".
foreach $key (keys(%dupes))
{
my $dupe_of = $dupes{$key};
if (!defined($count{$dupe_of})) {
$count{$dupe_of} = 0;
}
$count{$dupe_of}++;
}
# Now we collapse the dupe tree by iterating over %count until
# there is no further change.
while ($changed == 1)
{
$changed = 0;
foreach $key (keys(%count)) {
# if this bug is actually itself a dupe, and has a count...
if (defined($dupes{$key}) && $count{$key} > 0) {
# add that count onto the bug it is a dupe of,
# and zero the count; the check is to avoid
# loops
if ($count{$dupes{$key}} != 0) {
$count{$dupes{$key}} += $count{$key};
$count{$key} = 0;
$changed = 1;
}
}
}
}
# Remove the values for which the count is zero
foreach $key (keys(%count))
{
if ($count{$key} == 0) {
delete $count{$key};
}
}
dbmclose(%count);
}
sub today {
my ($dom, $mon, $year) = (localtime(time))[3, 4, 5];
return sprintf "%04d%02d%02d", 1900 + $year, ++$mon, $dom;
}
sub today_dash {
my ($dom, $mon, $year) = (localtime(time))[3, 4, 5];
return sprintf "%04d-%02d-%02d", 1900 + $year, ++$mon, $dom;
}

View File

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
<html><head>
<!--
The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied. See the License for the specific language governing
rights and limitations under the License.
The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
Copyright (C) 2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
Rights Reserved.
Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-->
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<title>Understanding the UNCONFIRMED state, and other recent changes</title>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Understanding the UNCONFIRMED state, and other recent changes</h1>
<p>
[This document is aimed primarily at people who have used Bugzilla
before the UNCONFIRMED state was implemented. It might be helpful for
newer users as well.]
</p>
<p>
New bugs in some products will now show up in a new state,
UNCONFIRMED. This means that we have nobody has confirmed that the
bug is real. Very busy engineers will probably generally ignore
UNCONFIRMED that have been assigned to them, until they have been
confirmed in one way or another. (Engineers with more time will
hopefully glance over their UNCONFIRMED bugs regularly.)
</p>
<p>
The <a href="bug_status.html">page describing bug fields</a> has been
updated to include UNCONFIRMED.
</p>
<p>
There are two basic ways that a bug can become confirmed (and enter
the NEW) state.
</p>
<ul>
<li> A user with the appropriate permissions (see below for more on
permissions) decides that the bug is a valid one, and confirms
it. We hope to gather a small army of responsible volunteers
to regularly go through bugs for us.</li>
<li> The bug gathers a certain number of votes. <b>Any</b> valid Bugzilla user may vote for
bugs (each user gets a certain number of bugs); any UNCONFIRMED bug which
gets enough votes becomes automatically confirmed, and enters the NEW state.</li>
</ul>
<p>
One implication of this is that it is worth your time to search the
bug system for duplicates of your bug to vote on them, before
submitting your own bug. If we can spread around knowledge of this
fact, it ought to help cut down the number of duplicate bugs in the
system.
</p>
<h2>Permissions.</h2>
<p>
Users now have a certain set of permissions. To see your permissions,
check out the
<a href="userprefs.cgi?bank=permissions">user preferences</a> page.
</p>
<p>
If you have the "Can confirm a bug" permission, then you will be able
to move UNCONFIRMED bugs into the NEW state.
</p>
<p>
If you have the "Can edit all aspects of any bug" permission, then you
can tweak anything about any bug. If not, you may only edit those
bugs that you have submitted, or that you have assigned to you (or
qa-assigned to you). However, anyone may add a comment to any bug.
</p>
<p>
Some people (initially, the initial owners and initial qa-contacts for
components in the system) have the ability to give the above two
permissions to other people. So, if you really feel that you ought to
have one of these permissions, a good person to ask (via private
email, please!) is the person who is assigned a relevant bug.
</p>
<h2>Other details.</h2>
<p>
An initial stab was taken to decide who would be given which of the
above permissions. This was determined by some simple heurstics of
who was assigned bugs, and who the default owners of bugs were, and a
look at people who seem to have submitted several bugs that appear to
have been interesting and valid. Inevitably, we have failed to give
someone the permissions they deserve. Please don't take it
personally; just bear with us as we shake out the new system.
</p>
<p>
People with one of the two bits above can easily confirm their own
bugs, so bugs they submit will actually start out in the NEW state.
They can override this when submitting a bug.
</p>
<p>
People can ACCEPT or RESOLVE a bug assigned to them, even if they
aren't allowed to confirm it. However, the system remembers, and if
the bug gets REOPENED or reassigned to someone else, it will revert
back to the UNCONFIRMED state. If the bug has ever been confirmed,
then REOPENing or reassigning will cause it to go to the NEW or
REOPENED state.
</p>
<p>
Note that only some products support the UNCONFIRMED state. In other
products, all new bugs will automatically start in the NEW state.
</p>
<h2>Things still to be done.</h2>
<p>
There probably ought to be a way to get a bug back into the
UNCONFIRMED state, but there isn't yet.
</p>
<p>
If a person has submitted several bugs that get confirmed, then this
is probably a person who understands the system well, and deserves the
"Can confirm a bug" permission. This kind of person should be
detected and promoted automatically.
</p>
<p>
There should also be a way to automatically promote people to get the
"Can edit all aspects of any bug" permission.
</p>
<p>
The "enter a new bug" page needs to be revamped with easy ways for new
people to educate themselves on the benefit of searching for a bug
like the one they're about to submit and voting on it, rather than
adding a new useless duplicate.
</p>
<hr>
<p>
<!-- hhmts start -->
Last modified: Sun Apr 14 12:55:14 EST 2002
<!-- hhmts end -->
</p>
</body> </html>

View File

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# This code is based on code found in bug_email.pl from the bugzilla
# email tracker. Initial contributors are ::
# Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
# Gregor Fischer <fischer@suse.de>
# Klaas Freitag <freitag@suse.de>
# Seth Landsman <seth@dworkin.net>
# The purpose of this module is to abstract out a bunch of the code
# that is central to email interfaces to bugzilla and its database
# Contributor : Seth Landsman <seth@dworkin.net>
# Initial checkin : 03/15/00 (SML)
# findUser() function moved from bug_email.pl to here
push @INC, "../."; # this script now lives in contrib
require "globals.pl";
use diagnostics;
use strict;
my $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NONE = "email_transform_none";
my $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_BASE_DOMAIN = "email_transform_base_domain";
my $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NAME_ONLY = "email_transform_name_only";
# change to do incoming email address fuzzy matching
my $email_transform = $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NAME_ONLY;
# findUser()
# This function takes an email address and returns the user email.
# matching is sloppy based on the $email_transform parameter
sub findUser($) {
my ($address) = @_;
# if $email_transform is $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NONE, return the address, otherwise, return undef
if ($email_transform eq $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NONE) {
my $stmt = "SELECT login_name FROM profiles WHERE profiles.login_name = \'$address\';";
SendSQL($stmt);
my $found_address = FetchOneColumn();
return $found_address;
} elsif ($email_transform eq $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_BASE_DOMAIN) {
my ($username) = ($address =~ /(.+)@/);
my $stmt = "SELECT login_name FROM profiles WHERE profiles.login_name RLIKE \'$username\';";
SendSQL($stmt);
my $domain;
my $found = undef;
my $found_address;
my $new_address = undef;
while ((!$found) && ($found_address = FetchOneColumn())) {
($domain) = ($found_address =~ /.+@(.+)/);
if ($address =~ /$domain/) {
$found = 1;
$new_address = $found_address;
}
}
return $new_address;
} elsif ($email_transform eq $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NAME_ONLY) {
my ($username) = ($address =~ /(.+)@/);
my $stmt = "SELECT login_name FROM profiles WHERE profiles.login_name RLIKE \'$username\';";
SendSQL($stmt);
my $found_address = FetchOneColumn();
return $found_address;
}
}
1;

View File

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
This directory contains contributed software related to Bugzilla.
Things in here have not necessarily been tested or tried by anyone
except the original contributor, so tred carefully. But it may still
be useful to you.
This directory includes:
mysqld-watcher.pl -- This script can be installed as a frequent cron
job to clean up stalled/dead queries.
gnats2bz.pl -- A perl script to help import bugs from a GNATS
database into a Bugzilla database. Contributed by
Tom Schutter <tom@platte.com>
bug_email.pl -- A perl script that can receive email containing
bug reports (email-interface). Contributed by
Klaas Freitag <freitag@SuSE.de>
README.Mailif -- Readme describing the mail interface.
bugmail_help.html -- User help page for the mail interface.
yp_nomail.sh -- Script you can run via cron that regularly updates
the nomail file for terminated employees

View File

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
The Bugzilla Mail interface
===========================
(UPDATE 03/14/00 to better reflect reality by SML)
The Bugzilla Mail interface allows to submit bugs to Bugzilla by email.
The Mail Interface Contribution consists of three files:
README.Mailif - this readme.
bug_email.pl - the script
bugmail_help.html - a user help html site
Installation:
Next is to add a user who receives the bugmails, e. g. bugmail. Create a
mail account and a home directory for the user.
The mailinterface script bug_email.pl needs to get the mail through stdin.
I use procmail for that, with the following line in the .procmailrc:
BUGZILLA_HOME=/usr/local/httpd/htdocs/bugzilla
:0 c
|(cd $BUGZILLA_HOME/contrib; ./bug_email.pl)
This defines the Bugzilla directory as the variable BUGZILLA_HOME and passes
all incoming mail to the script after cd'ing into the bugzilla home.
In some cases, it is necessary to alter the headers of incoming email. The
additional line to procmail :
:0 fhw
| formail -I "From " -a "From "
fixes many problems.
See bugzilla.procmailrc for a sample procmailrc that works for me (SML) and
also deals with bugzilla_email_append.pl
Customation:
There are some values inside the script which need to be customized for your
needs:
1. In sub-routine Reply (search 'sub Reply':
there is the line
print MAIL "From: Bugzilla Mailinterface<yourmail\@here.com>\n";
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Fill in your correct mail here. That will make it easy for people to reply
to the mail.
2. check, if your sendmail resides in /usr/sbin/sendmail, change the path if neccessary.
Search the script after 'default' - you find some default-Settings for bug
reports, which are used, if the sender did not send a field for it. The defaults
should be checked and changed.
Thats hopefully all, we will come up with any configuration file or something.
If your mail works, your script will insert mails from now on.
The mailinterface supports two commandline switches:
There are two command line switches :
-t: Testmode
The mailinterface does not really insert the bug into the database, but
writes some debug output to stdout and writes the mail into the file
bug_email_test.log in the data-dir.
-r: restricted mode
All lines before the first line with a keyword character are skipped.
In not restricted, default mode, these lines are added to the long
description of the bug.
02/2000 - Klaas Freitag, SuSE GmbH <freitag@suse.de>
03/2000 - Seth M. Landsman <seth@cs.brandeis.edu>
bug_email.pl now lives out of bugzilla/contrib
added line about formail

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
<HTML>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<!--
The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied. See the License for the specific language governing
rights and limitations under the License.
The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
Contributor(s): Klaas Freitag <Freitag@SuSE.de>
-->
<HEAD> <TITLE>Bugzilla Mail Interface</TITLE> </HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
<CENTER><H1>The Bugzilla Mail Interface</H1>
Contributor: <A HREF="mailto:freitag@suse.de">Klaas Freitag</A>, SuSE GmbH
</CENTER>
<P>
The bugzilla Mail interface allows the registered bugzilla users to submit bugs by
sending email with a bug description. This is usefull for people, who do not work
inhouse and want to submitt bugs to the bugzilla system.
<p>
I know, show me the <A HREF="#examplemail">example-mail !</A>
<H2>What do you need to do to submitt a bug by mail ?</H2>
You need to send a email in the described format to the bugmail-user of the
bugzilla-system. This is <A HREF="mailto:our_bugzilla@xyz.com">yourbugzilla@here.com</A>
You receive a reply mail with the new bug-ID if your request was ok.
If not, you get a mail with
some help on the bugmail system and a specific analysis of your request.
<P>
Please dont refuse to send one or two wrong mails, you will get all the information
you need in the replies, and <I>only</I> in the mail replies. The information on this
page, concerning available products, versions and so on, is not dynamicly generated and
may be old therefore.
<H1>The Mail Format</H1>
The bugmail needs a special format , which consists of some keywords and suitable
values for them and a description text. Note that the keyword block needs to be
above of the description text.
<H2>Keywords</H2>
You need to tell bugzilla some properties of the bugs. This is done by keywords, which
start on a new line with a @, followed by the keyword and and equal-sign, followed by a
hopefully valid value.
<TABLE BORDER=4 FRAME=box CELLSPACING="5" width=95%> <COLGROUP> <col width="2*">
<col width="5*"> <col width="1*"> </COLGROUP>
<TR>
<TH>Keyword</TH>
<TH>Value description</TH>
<TH>required and default value</TH>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@product</TD>
<TD>The product which has a bug</TD>
<TD>yes. <br> This is the most important information. Many other
fields depend on the product.</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@component</TD>
<TD>the desired component which is affected by the bug</TD>
<TD>yes. <br> As the @product, this is a very important
field.</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@version</TD>
<TD>The version of the product</TD>
<TD>yes. <br>See @product and @component</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@short_desc</TD>
<TD>A summary of your bug report</TD>
<TD>yes. <br>This summary of the error you want to report
describes what happen. You may skip the long description,
but not this summary.<br>
<b>Note:</b>The short description may be given in the mail subject
instead of using the keyword !</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@rep_platform</TD>
<TD>The desired platform</TD>
<TD>no.<br>If you dont give a value, this field is set to <I>All</I>.</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@bug_severity</TD>
<TD>The severity of the bug</TD>
<TD>no. <br> If you dont give a value, this field is set to
<I>normal</I></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@priority</TD>
<TD>The priority of the bug</TD>
<TD>no.<br>If you dont give a value, this field is set to <I>P3</I></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@op_sys</TD>
<TD>The operating system</TD>
<TD>no.<br>If you dont give a value, this field is set to <I>Linux</I>.</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@assigned_to</TD>
<TD>The one to whom the bug is assigned to</TD>
<TD>no. <br>There is an initial owner for every product/version/component.
He owns the bug by default. The initial owner can only be found if
product, version and component are valid.</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@bug_file_loc</TD>
<TD>?</TD>
<TD>no.</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@status_whiteboard</TD>
<TD>?</TD>
<TD>no.</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@target_milestone</TD>
<TD>?</TD>
<TD>no.</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@groupset</TD>
<TD>rules the visibility of the bug.</TD>
<TD>no.<br>This value defaults to the smallest of the available groups,
which is <I>readInternal</I>.</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>@qa_contact</TD>
<TD>the quality manager for the product</TD>
<TD>no.<br>This value can be retrieved from product, component and
version</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
<H2>Valid values</H2>
Give string values for the most keys above. Some keywords require special values:<br>
<ol>
<li>E-Mail adresses: If you want to set the qa-contact, specify a email-adress for @qa_contact. The email must be known by bugzilla of course.</li>
<li>Listvalues: Most of the values have to be one of a list of valid values. Try by sending
a mail and read the reply. Skip fields if you dont get help for them unless you dont know
which values you may choose.</li>
<li>free Text: The descriptions may be free text. </li>
<li>Special: The field groupset may be specified in different in three different kinds:
<ol>
<li> A plain numeric way, which is one usually huge number, e. g. <I>65536</I></li>
<li> a string with added numbers e.g. <I>65536+131072</I></li>
<li> a string list, e.g. <I>ReadInternal, ReadBeta </I></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>
But most of them need <b>valid</b> values.
<p>
Sorry, you will not find lists of valid products, components and the other stuff
here. Send a mail to with any text, and you will get a list of valid keywords in the reply.
<p>
Some of the values must be choosen from a list:<br>
<ol>
<li>bug_severity: blocker, critical, major, normal, minor, trivial, enhancement</li>
<li>op_sys: Linux </li>
<li>priority: P1, P2, P3, P4, P5</li>
<li>rep_platform: All, i386, AXP, i686, Other</li></ol>
<p>
After you have specified the required keywords and maybe some other value, you may
describe your bug. You dont need a keyword for starting your bug description. All
text which follows the keyword block is handled as long description of the bug.
<p>
The bugmail interface is able to find required information by itself. E.g. if you specify
a product which has exactly one component, this component will be found by the interface
automatically.
<H1>Attachments</H1>
The mail interface is able to cope with MIME-attachments.
People could for example add a logfile as a mail attachment, and it will appear in
bugzilla as attachment. A comment for the attachment should be added, it will describe
the attachment in bugzilla.
<H1><A NAME="examplemail">Example Mail</A></H1>
See the example of the mail <b>body</b> (Dont forget to specify the short description
in the mail subject):<hr><pre>
@product = Bugzilla
@component = general
@version = All
@groupset = ReadWorld ReadPartners
@op_sys = Linux
@priority = P3
@rep_platform = i386
This is the description of the bug I found. It is not neccessary to start
it with a keyword.
Note: The short_description is neccessary and may be given with the keyword
@short_description or will be retrieved from the mail subject.
</pre><hr>
</BODY>
</HTML>

View File

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
:0 fhw
| formail -I "From " -a "From "
BUGZILLA_HOME=/home/bugzilla/WEB/bugzilla/contrib
:0
* ^Subject: .*\[Bug .*\]
RESULT=|(cd $BUGZILLA_HOME && ./bugzilla_email_append.pl)
# Feed mail to stdin of bug_email.pl
:0 Ec
#* !^Subject: .*[Bug .*]
RESULT=|(cd $BUGZILLA_HOME && ./bug_email.pl )
# write result to a logfile
:0 c
|echo `date '+%d.%m.%y %H:%M: '` $RESULT >> $HOME/bug_email.log
:0 c
|echo "----------------------------------" >> $HOME/bug_email.log
:0 c
$HOME/bug_email.log
# Move mail to the inbox
:0
$HOME/Mail/INBOX

View File

@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl -w
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
# The purpose of this script is to take an email message, which
# specifies a bugid and append it to the bug as part of the longdesc
# table
# Contributor : Seth M. Landsman <seth@dworkin.net>
# 03/15/00 : Initial version by SML
# 03/15/00 : processmail gets called
# Email subject must be of format :
# .* Bug ### .*
# replying to a typical bugzilla email should be valid
# TODO :
# 1. better way to get the body text (I don't know what dump_entity() is
# actually doing
use diagnostics;
use strict;
use MIME::Parser;
push @INC, "../."; # this script lives in contrib
require "globals.pl";
require "BugzillaEmail.pm";
# Create a new MIME parser:
my $parser = new MIME::Parser;
my $Comment = "";
# Create and set the output directory:
# FIXME: There should be a $BUGZILLA_HOME variable (SML)
(-d "../data/mimedump-tmp") or mkdir "../data/mimedump-tmp",0755 or die "mkdir: $!";
(-w "../data/mimedump-tmp") or die "can't write to directory";
$parser->output_dir("../data/mimedump-tmp");
# Read the MIME message:
my $entity = $parser->read(\*STDIN) or die "couldn't parse MIME stream";
$entity->remove_sig(10); # Removes the signature in the last 10 lines
# Getting values from parsed mail
my $Sender = $entity->get( 'From' );
$Sender ||= $entity->get( 'Reply-To' );
my $Message_ID = $entity->get( 'Message-Id' );
die (" *** Cant find Sender-adress in sent mail ! ***\n" ) unless defined( $Sender );
chomp( $Sender );
chomp( $Message_ID );
print "Dealing with the sender $Sender\n";
ConnectToDatabase();
my $SenderShort = $Sender;
$SenderShort =~ s/^.*?([a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+?\@[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+\.[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+).*$/$1/;
$SenderShort = findUser($SenderShort);
print "SenderShort is $SenderShort\n";
if (!defined($SenderShort)) {
$SenderShort = $Sender;
$SenderShort =~ s/^.*?([a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+?\@[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+\.[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+).*$/$1/;
}
print "The sendershort is now $SenderShort\n";
if (!defined($SenderShort)) {
DealWithError("No such user $SenderShort exists.");
}
my $Subject = $entity->get('Subject');
print "The subject is $Subject\n";
my ($bugid) = ($Subject =~ /\[Bug ([\d]+)\]/);
print "The bugid is $bugid\n";
# make sure the bug exists
SendSQL("SELECT bug_id FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $bugid;");
my $found_id = FetchOneColumn();
print "Did we find the bug? $found_id-\n";
if (!defined($found_id)) {
DealWithError("Bug $bugid does not exist");
}
# get the user id
SendSQL("SELECT userid FROM profiles WHERE login_name = \'$SenderShort\';");
my $userid = FetchOneColumn();
if (!defined($userid)) {
DealWithError("Userid not found for $SenderShort");
}
# parse out the text of the message
dump_entity($entity);
# Get rid of the bug id
$Subject =~ s/\[Bug [\d]+\]//;
#my $Comment = "This is only a test ...";
my $Body = "Subject: " . $Subject . "\n" . $Comment;
# shove it in the table
my $long_desc_query = "INSERT INTO longdescs SET bug_id=$found_id, who=$userid, bug_when=NOW(), thetext=" . SqlQuote($Body) . ";";
SendSQL($long_desc_query);
system("cd .. ; ./processmail $found_id '$SenderShort'");
sub DealWithError {
my ($reason) = @_;
print $reason . "\n";
}
# Yanking this wholesale from bug_email, 'cause I know this works. I'll
# figure out what it really does later
#------------------------------
#
# dump_entity ENTITY, NAME
#
# Recursive routine for parsing a mime coded mail.
# One mail may contain more than one mime blocks, which need to be
# handled. Therefore, this function is called recursively.
#
# It gets the for bugzilla important information from the mailbody and
# stores them into the global attachment-list @attachments. The attachment-list
# is needed in storeAttachments.
#
sub dump_entity {
my ($entity, $name) = @_;
defined($name) or $name = "'anonymous'";
my $IO;
# Output the body:
my @parts = $entity->parts;
if (@parts) { # multipart...
my $i;
foreach $i (0 .. $#parts) { # dump each part...
dump_entity($parts[$i], ("$name, part ".(1+$i)));
}
} else { # single part...
# Get MIME type, and display accordingly...
my $msg_part = $entity->head->get( 'Content-Disposition' );
$msg_part ||= "";
my ($type, $subtype) = split('/', $entity->head->mime_type);
my $body = $entity->bodyhandle;
my ($data, $on_disk );
if( $msg_part =~ /^attachment/ ) {
# Attached File
my $des = $entity->head->get('Content-Description');
$des ||= "";
if( defined( $body->path )) { # Data is on disk
$on_disk = 1;
$data = $body->path;
} else { # Data is in core
$on_disk = 0;
$data = $body->as_string;
}
# push ( @attachments, [ $data, $entity->head->mime_type, $on_disk, $des ] );
} else {
# Real Message
if ($type =~ /^(text|message)$/) { # text: display it...
if ($IO = $body->open("r")) {
$Comment .= $_ while (defined($_ = $IO->getline));
$IO->close;
} else { # d'oh!
print "$0: couldn't find/open '$name': $!";
}
} else { print "Oooops - no Body !\n"; }
}
}
}

View File

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Andreas Franke <afranke@ags.uni-sb.de>.
# Corporation. Portions created by Andreas Franke are
# Copyright (C) 2001 Andreas Franke. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
conf="`dirname $0`/query.conf"
query="http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?cmd=doit"
defaultcolumnlist="severity priority platform status resolution target_milestone status_whiteboard keywords summaryfull"
chart=0
and=0
while test "$1" != ""; do
arg=$1
arg_len=`expr length ${arg}`
if test `expr substr "${arg}" 1 2` == "--"; then
eq_pos=`expr match ${arg} '--.*='`
if test "${eq_pos}" == "0"; then
echo 'Missing value for long option '"${arg}"' ("=" not found)' 1>&2
exit 1;
fi
# extract option name
let name_len=${eq_pos}-3
name=`expr substr ${arg} 3 ${name_len}`
# extract option value
let val_start=${eq_pos}+1
let val_len=${arg_len}-${eq_pos}
val=`expr substr ${arg} ${val_start} ${val_len}`
elif test `expr substr ${arg} 1 1` == "-" &&
test "`expr substr ${arg} 2 1`" != ""; then
# extract
name=`expr substr ${arg} 2 1`
let val_len=${arg_len}-2
val=`expr substr ${arg} 3 ${val_len}`
else
name="default"
val="${arg}"
#echo "Unrecognized option ${arg}" 1>&2
#exit 1
fi
# find field and comparison type for option ${name}
field=`grep '"'${name}'"' ${conf} | awk '{printf $1}'`
type=`grep '"'${name}'"' ${conf} | awk '{printf $2}'`
if test "${field}" == "" || test "${type}" == ""; then
echo "Field name & comparison type not found for option ${name}." 1>&2
exit 1;
fi
or=0
while test "${val}" != ""; do
comma_idx=`expr index ${val} ,`
if test ${comma_idx} == "0"; then
val1="${val}"
val=""
else
let val1_len=${comma_idx}-1
val1=`expr substr ${val} 1 ${val1_len}`
val_len=`expr length ${val}`
let rest_start=${comma_idx}+1
let rest_len=${val_len}-${comma_idx}
val=`expr substr ${val} ${rest_start} ${rest_len}`
fi
query="${query}&field${chart}-${and}-${or}=${field}"
query="${query}&type${chart}-${and}-${or}=${type}"
query="${query}&value${chart}-${and}-${or}=${val1}"
#echo "----- ${name} : ${field} : ${type} : ${val1} -----" 1>&2
let or=${or}+1
done
let chart=${chart}+1
shift
done
outputfile="/dev/stdout"
#outputfile="buglist.html"
#\rm -f ${outputfile}
wget -q -O ${outputfile} --header="Cookie: COLUMNLIST=${COLUMNLIST-${defaultcolumnlist}}" "${query}"

View File

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Andreas Franke <afranke@ags.uni-sb.de>.
# Corporation. Portions created by Andreas Franke are
# Copyright (C) 2001 Andreas Franke. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
buglist="`dirname $0`/buglist"
htmlfile="`dirname $0`/buglist.html"
${buglist} "$@" 2>&1 1>${htmlfile}
if test ${?} == "0"; then
echo `grep 'TR VALIGN=TOP ALIGN=LEFT CLASS=' ${htmlfile} | sed -e 's/<TR.*id=//' | sed -e 's/".*//'` | sed -e 's/ /\,/g'
else
cat ${htmlfile} 1>&2
exit 1
fi

View File

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Andreas Franke <afranke@ags.uni-sb.de>.
# Corporation. Portions created by Andreas Franke are
# Copyright (C) 2001 Andreas Franke. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# This is `query.conf', the config file for `buglist'.
#
# Columns: 1: field_name, 2: comparison_type, 3: cmd-line options
#
bug_status substring "s","status"
resolution substring "r","resolution"
rep_platform substring "p","platform"
op_sys substring "o","os","opsys"
priority substring "p","priority"
bug_severity substring "S","severity"
assigned_to substring "A","O","owner","assignedto"
reporter substring "R","reporter"
qa_contact substring "Q","qa","qacontact"
cc substring "C","cc"
product substring "product"
version substring "V","version"
component substring "c","component"
target_milestone substring "M","milestone"
short_desc substring "default","summary"
longdesc substring "d","description","longdesc"
bug_file_loc substring "u","url"
status_whiteboard substring "w","whiteboard"
keywords substring "k","K","keywords"
attachments.description substring "attachdesc"
attachments.thedata substring "attachdata"
attachments.mimetype substring "attachmime"
dependson substring # bug 30823
blocked substring # bug 30823

View File

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Dawn Endico <endico@mozilla.org>
# Keep a record of all cvs updates made from a given directory.
#
# Later, if changes need to be backed out, look at the log file
# and run the cvs command with the date that you want to back
# out to. (Probably the second to last entry).
#DATE=`date +%e/%m/%Y\ %k:%M:%S\ %Z`
DATE=`date`
COMMAND="cvs update -d -P -D"
echo $COMMAND \"$DATE\" >> cvs-update.log
$COMMAND "$DATE"
# sample log file
#cvs update -P -D "11/04/2000 20:22:08 PDT"
#cvs update -P -D "11/05/2000 20:22:22 PDT"
#cvs update -P -D "11/07/2000 20:26:29 PDT"
#cvs update -P -D "11/08/2000 20:27:10 PDT"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/local/bin/python
# -*- mode: python -*-
"""
jb2bz.py - a nonce script to import bugs from JitterBug to Bugzilla
Written by Tom Emerson, tree@basistech.com
This script is provided in the hopes that it will be useful. No
rights reserved. No guarantees expressed or implied. Use at your own
risk. May be dangerous if swallowed. If it doesn't work for you, don't
blame me. It did what I needed it to do.
This code requires a recent version of Andy Dustman's MySQLdb interface,
http://sourceforge.net/projects/mysql-python
Share and enjoy.
"""
import rfc822, mimetools, multifile, mimetypes
import sys, re, glob, StringIO, os, stat, time
import MySQLdb, getopt
# mimetypes doesn't include everything we might encounter, yet.
if not mimetypes.types_map.has_key('.doc'):
mimetypes.types_map['.doc'] = 'application/msword'
if not mimetypes.encodings_map.has_key('.bz2'):
mimetypes.encodings_map['.bz2'] = "bzip2"
bug_status='NEW'
component="default"
version=""
product="" # this is required, the rest of these are defaulted as above
"""
Each bug in JitterBug is stored as a text file named by the bug number.
Additions to the bug are indicated by suffixes to this:
<bug>
<bug>.followup.*
<bug>.reply.*
<bug>.notes
The dates on the files represent the respective dates they were created/added.
All <bug>s and <bug>.reply.*s include RFC 822 mail headers. These could include
MIME file attachments as well that would need to be extracted.
There are other additions to the file names, such as
<bug>.notify
which are ignored.
Bugs in JitterBug are organized into directories. At Basis we used the following
naming conventions:
<product>-bugs Open bugs
<product>-requests Open Feature Requests
<product>-resolved Bugs/Features marked fixed by engineering, but not verified
<product>-verified Resolved defects that have been verified by QA
where <product> is either:
<product-name>
or
<product-name>-<version>
"""
def process_notes_file(current, fname):
try:
new_note = {}
notes = open(fname, "r")
s = os.fstat(notes.fileno())
new_note['text'] = notes.read()
new_note['timestamp'] = time.gmtime(s[stat.ST_MTIME])
notes.close()
current['notes'].append(new_note)
except IOError:
pass
def process_reply_file(current, fname):
new_note = {}
reply = open(fname, "r")
msg = rfc822.Message(reply)
new_note['text'] = "%s\n%s" % (msg['From'], msg.fp.read())
new_note['timestamp'] = rfc822.parsedate_tz(msg['Date'])
current["notes"].append(new_note)
def add_notes(current):
"""Add any notes that have been recorded for the current bug."""
process_notes_file(current, "%d.notes" % current['number'])
for f in glob.glob("%d.reply.*" % current['number']):
process_reply_file(current, f)
for f in glob.glob("%d.followup.*" % current['number']):
process_reply_file(current, f)
def maybe_add_attachment(current, file, submsg):
"""Adds the attachment to the current record"""
cd = submsg["Content-Disposition"]
m = re.search(r'filename="([^"]+)"', cd)
if m == None:
return
attachment_filename = m.group(1)
if (submsg.gettype() == 'application/octet-stream'):
# try get a more specific content-type for this attachment
type, encoding = mimetypes.guess_type(m.group(1))
if type == None:
type = submsg.gettype()
else:
type = submsg.gettype()
try:
data = StringIO.StringIO()
mimetools.decode(file, data, submsg.getencoding())
except:
return
current['attachments'].append( ( attachment_filename, type, data.getvalue() ) )
def process_mime_body(current, file, submsg):
data = StringIO.StringIO()
mimetools.decode(file, data, submsg.getencoding())
current['description'] = data.getvalue()
def process_text_plain(msg, current):
print "Processing: %d" % current['number']
current['description'] = msg.fp.read()
def process_multi_part(file, msg, current):
print "Processing: %d" % current['number']
mf = multifile.MultiFile(file)
mf.push(msg.getparam("boundary"))
while mf.next():
submsg = mimetools.Message(file)
if submsg.has_key("Content-Disposition"):
maybe_add_attachment(current, mf, submsg)
else:
# This is the message body itself (always?), so process
# accordingly
process_mime_body(current, mf, submsg)
def process_jitterbug(filename):
current = {}
current['number'] = int(filename)
current['notes'] = []
current['attachments'] = []
current['description'] = ''
current['date-reported'] = ()
current['short-description'] = ''
file = open(filename, "r")
msg = mimetools.Message(file)
msgtype = msg.gettype()
add_notes(current)
current['date-reported'] = rfc822.parsedate_tz(msg['Date'])
current['short-description'] = msg['Subject']
if msgtype[:5] == 'text/':
process_text_plain(msg, current)
elif msgtype[:10] == "multipart/":
process_multi_part(file, msg, current)
else:
# Huh? This should never happen.
print "Unknown content-type: %s" % msgtype
sys.exit(1)
# At this point we have processed the message: we have all of the notes and
# attachments stored, so it's time to add things to the database.
# The schema for JitterBug 2.14 can be found at:
#
# http://www.trilobyte.net/barnsons/html/dbschema.html
#
# The following fields need to be provided by the user:
#
# bug_status
# product
# version
# reporter
# component
# resolution
# change this to the user_id of the Bugzilla user who is blessed with the
# imported defects
reporter=6
# the resolution will need to be set manually
resolution=""
db = MySQLdb.connect(db='bugs',user='root',host='localhost')
cursor = db.cursor()
cursor.execute( "INSERT INTO bugs SET " \
"bug_id=%s," \
"bug_severity='normal'," \
"bug_status=%s," \
"creation_ts=%s," \
"short_desc=%s," \
"product=%s," \
"rep_platform='All'," \
"assigned_to=%s,"
"reporter=%s," \
"version=%s," \
"component=%s," \
"resolution=%s",
[ current['number'],
bug_status,
time.strftime("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", current['date-reported'][:9]),
current['short-description'],
product,
reporter,
reporter,
version,
component,
resolution] )
# This is the initial long description associated with the bug report
cursor.execute( "INSERT INTO longdescs VALUES (%s,%s,%s,%s)",
[ current['number'],
reporter,
time.strftime("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", current['date-reported'][:9]),
current['description'] ] )
# Add whatever notes are associated with this defect
for n in current['notes']:
cursor.execute( "INSERT INTO longdescs VALUES (%s,%s,%s,%s)",
[current['number'],
reporter,
time.strftime("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", n['timestamp'][:9]),
n['text']])
# add attachments associated with this defect
for a in current['attachments']:
cursor.execute( "INSERT INTO attachments SET " \
"bug_id=%s, creation_ts=%s, description='', mimetype=%s," \
"filename=%s, thedata=%s, submitter_id=%s",
[ current['number'],
time.strftime("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", current['date-reported'][:9]),
a[1], a[0], a[2], reporter ])
cursor.close()
db.close()
def usage():
print """Usage: jb2bz.py [OPTIONS] Product
Where OPTIONS are one or more of the following:
-h This help information.
-s STATUS One of UNCONFIRMED, NEW, ASSIGNED, REOPENED, RESOLVED, VERIFIED, CLOSED
(default is NEW)
-c COMPONENT The component to attach to each bug as it is important. This should be
valid component for the Product.
-v VERSION Version to assign to these defects.
Product is the Product to assign these defects to.
All of the JitterBugs in the current directory are imported, including replies, notes,
attachments, and similar noise.
"""
sys.exit(1)
def main():
global bug_status, component, version, product
opts, args = getopt.getopt(sys.argv[1:], "hs:c:v:")
for o,a in opts:
if o == "-s":
if a in ('UNCONFIRMED','NEW','ASSIGNED','REOPENED','RESOLVED','VERIFIED','CLOSED'):
bug_status = a
elif o == '-c':
component = a
elif o == '-v':
version = a
elif o == '-h':
usage()
if len(args) != 1:
sys.stderr.write("Must specify the Product.\n")
sys.exit(1)
product = args[0]
for bug in filter(lambda x: re.match(r"\d+$", x), glob.glob("*")):
process_jitterbug(bug)
if __name__ == "__main__":
main()

View File

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -w
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Dan Mosedale <dmose@mozilla.org>
#
# mysqld-watcher.pl - a script that watches the running instance of
# mysqld and kills off any long-running SELECTs against the shadow_db
#
use diagnostics;
use strict;
require "globals.pl";
# some configurables:
# length of time before a thread is eligible to be killed, in seconds
#
my $long_query_time = 600;
#
# the From header for any messages sent out
#
my $mail_from = "root\@lounge.mozilla.org";
#
# mail transfer agent. this should probably really be converted to a Param().
#
my $mta_program = "/usr/lib/sendmail -t -ODeliveryMode=deferred";
# and STDIN is where we get the info about running threads
#
close(STDIN);
open(STDIN, "/usr/bonsaitools/bin/mysqladmin processlist |");
# iterate through the running threads
#
my @LONGEST = (0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
while ( <STDIN> ) {
my @F = split(/\|/);
# if this line is not the correct number of fields, or if the thread-id
# field contains Id, skip this line. both these cases indicate that this
# line contains pretty-printing gunk and not thread info.
#
next if ( $#F != 9 || $F[1] =~ /Id/);
if ( $F[4] =~ /shadow_bugs/ # shadowbugs database in use
&& $F[5] =~ /Query/ # this is actually a query
&& $F[6] > $long_query_time # this query has taken too long
&& $F[8] =~ /(select|SELECT)/ # only kill a select
&& $F[6] > $LONGEST[6] ) { # the longest running query seen
@LONGEST = @F;
}
}
# send an email message
#
# should perhaps be moved to somewhere more global for use in bugzilla as a
# whole; should also do more error-checking
#
sub sendEmail($$$$) {
($#_ == 3) || die("sendEmail: invalid number of arguments");
my ($from, $to, $subject, $body) = @_;
open(MTA, "|$mta_program");
print MTA "From: $from\n";
print MTA "To: $to\n";
print MTA "Subject: $subject\n";
print MTA "\n";
print MTA $body;
print MTA "\n";
close(MTA);
}
# if we found anything, kill the database thread and send mail about it
#
if ($LONGEST[6] != 0) {
system ("/usr/bonsaitools/bin/mysqladmin", "kill", $LONGEST[1]);
# fire off an email telling the maintainer that we had to kill a thread
#
sendEmail($mail_from, Param("maintainer"),
"long running MySQL thread killed",
join(" ", @LONGEST) . "\n");
}

View File

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
# -*- Mode: ksh -*-
##############################################################################
# $Id: yp_nomail.sh,v 1.1 2000-09-12 23:50:31 cyeh%bluemartini.com Exp $
# yp_nomail
#
# Our mail admins got annoyed when bugzilla kept sending email
# to people who'd had bugzilla entries and left the company. They
# were no longer in the list of valid email users so it'd bounce.
# Maintaining the 'data/nomail' file was a pain. Luckily, our UNIX
# admins list all the users that ever were, but the people who've left
# have a distinct marker in their password file. For example:
#
# fired:*LK*:2053:1010:You're Fired Dude:/home/loser:/bin/false
#
# This script takes advantage of the "*LK*" convention seen via
# ypcat passwd and dumps those people into the nomail file. Any
# manual additions are kept in a "nomail.(domainname)" file and
# appended to the list of yp lockouts every night via Cron
#
# 58 23 * * * /export/bugzilla/contrib/yp_nomail.sh > /dev/null 2>&1
#
# Tak ( Mark Takacs ) 08/2000
#
# XXX: Maybe should crosscheck w/bugzilla users?
##############################################################################
####
# Configure this section to suite yer installation
####
DOMAIN=`domainname`
MOZILLA_HOME="/export/mozilla"
BUGZILLA_HOME="${MOZILLA_HOME}/bugzilla"
NOMAIL_DIR="${BUGZILLA_HOME}/data"
NOMAIL="${NOMAIL_DIR}/nomail"
NOMAIL_ETIME="${NOMAIL}.${DOMAIN}"
NOMAIL_YP="${NOMAIL}.yp"
FIRED_FLAG="\*LK\*"
YPCAT="/usr/bin/ypcat"
GREP="/usr/bin/grep"
SORT="/usr/bin/sort"
########################## no more config needed #################
# This dir comes w/Bugzilla. WAY too paranoid
if [ ! -d ${NOMAIL_DIR} ] ; then
echo "Creating $date_dir"
mkdir -p ${NOMAIL_DIR}
fi
#
# Do some (more) paranoid checking
#
touch ${NOMAIL}
if [ ! -w ${NOMAIL} ] ; then
echo "Can't write nomail file: ${NOMAIL} -- exiting"
exit
fi
if [ ! -r ${NOMAIL_ETIME} ] ; then
echo "Can't access custom nomail file: ${NOMAIL_ETIME} -- skipping"
NOMAIL_ETIME=""
fi
#
# add all the people with '*LK*' password to the nomail list
# XXX: maybe I should customize the *LK* string. Doh.
#
LOCKOUT=`$YPCAT passwd | $GREP "${FIRED_FLAG}" | cut -d: -f1 | sort > ${NOMAIL_YP}`
`cat ${NOMAIL_YP} ${NOMAIL_ETIME} > ${NOMAIL}`
exit
# end

View File

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
# David Gardiner <david.gardiner@unisa.edu.au>
# Joe Robins <jmrobins@tgix.com>
# Christopher Aillon <christopher@aillon.com>
# Gervase Markham <gerv@gerv.net>
use diagnostics;
use strict;
use lib qw(.);
require "CGI.pl";
require "globals.pl";
# Shut up misguided -w warnings about "used only once":
use vars qw(
%FORM
$template
$vars
);
ConnectToDatabase();
# If we're using LDAP for login, then we can't create a new account here.
if(Param('useLDAP')) {
DisplayError("This site is using LDAP for authentication. Please contact
an LDAP administrator to get a new account created.",
"Can't create LDAP accounts");
PutFooter();
exit;
}
# Clear out the login cookies. Make people log in again if they create an
# account; otherwise, they'll probably get confused.
my $cookiepath = Param("cookiepath");
print "Set-Cookie: Bugzilla_login= ; path=$cookiepath; expires=Sun, 30-Jun-80 00:00:00 GMT
Set-Cookie: Bugzilla_logincookie= ; path=$cookiepath; expires=Sun, 30-Jun-80 00:00:00 GMT\n";
print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
my $login = $::FORM{'login'};
my $realname = trim($::FORM{'realname'});
if (defined($login)) {
# We've been asked to create an account.
CheckEmailSyntax($login);
trick_taint($login);
$vars->{'login'} = $login;
if (!ValidateNewUser($login)) {
# Account already exists
$template->process("account/exists.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
exit;
}
# Create account
my $password = InsertNewUser($login, $realname);
MailPassword($login, $password);
$template->process("account/created.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
exit;
}
# Show the standard "would you like to create an account?" form.
$template->process("account/create.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());

View File

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
* Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s): Myk Melez <myk@mozilla.org>
*/
/* Right align bug IDs. */
.bz_id_column { text-align: right; }
/* Style bug rows according to severity. */
.bz_blocker { color: red; font-weight: bold; }
.bz_critical { color: red; }
.bz_enhancement { font-style: italic; }
/* Style secure bugs if the installation is not using bug groups.
* Installations that *are* using bug groups are likely to be using
* them for almost all bugs, in which case special styling is not
* informative and generally a nuisance.
*/
.bz_secure { color: black; background-color: lightgrey; }
/* Align columns in the "change multiple bugs" form to the right. */
table#form tr th { text-align: right; }

View File

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
body
{
font-family: sans-serif;
font-size: 10pt;
background-color: white;
}
ul
{
padding-left: 12px;
}
radio
{
-moz-user-select: ignore;
}
.text-link
{
margin-left: 3px;
}
.text-link:hover
{
text-decoration: underline;
cursor: pointer;
}
.descriptive-content
{
color: #AAAAAA;
}
.descriptive-content[focused=true]
{
color: black;
}

View File

@@ -1,595 +0,0 @@
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
# Dawn Endico <endico@mozilla.org>
# Dan Mosedale <dmose@mozilla.org>
# Joe Robins <jmrobins@tgix.com>
# Jake <jake@acutex.net>
#
# This file defines all the parameters that we have a GUI to edit within
# Bugzilla.
# ATTENTION!!!! THIS FILE ONLY CONTAINS THE DEFAULTS.
# You cannot change your live settings by editing this file.
# Only adding new parameters is done here. Once the parameter exists, you
# must use %baseurl%/editparams.cgi from the web to edit the settings.
use diagnostics;
use strict;
# Shut up misguided -w warnings about "used only once". For some reason,
# "use vars" chokes on me when I try it here.
sub defparams_pl_sillyness {
my $zz;
$zz = %::param_checker;
$zz = %::param_desc;
$zz = %::param_type;
}
sub WriteParams {
foreach my $i (@::param_list) {
if (!defined $::param{$i}) {
$::param{$i} = $::param_default{$i};
if (!defined $::param{$i}) {
die "No default parameter ever specified for $i";
}
}
}
my $tmpname = "data/params.$$";
open(FID, ">$tmpname") || die "Can't create $tmpname";
my $v = $::param{'version'};
delete $::param{'version'}; # Don't write the version number out to
# the params file.
print FID GenerateCode('%::param');
$::param{'version'} = $v;
print FID "1;\n";
close FID;
rename $tmpname, "data/params" || die "Can't rename $tmpname to data/params";
ChmodDataFile('data/params', 0666);
}
sub DefParam {
my ($id, $desc, $type, $default, $checker) = (@_);
push @::param_list, $id;
$::param_desc{$id} = $desc;
$::param_type{$id} = $type;
$::param_default{$id} = $default;
if (defined $checker) {
$::param_checker{$id} = $checker;
}
}
sub check_numeric {
my ($value) = (@_);
if ($value !~ /^[0-9]+$/) {
return "must be a numeric value";
}
return "";
}
sub check_shadowdb {
my ($value) = (@_);
$value = trim($value);
if ($value eq "") {
return "";
}
SendSQL("SHOW DATABASES");
while (MoreSQLData()) {
my $n = FetchOneColumn();
if (lc($n) eq lc($value)) {
return "The $n database already exists. If that's really the name you want to use for the backup, please CAREFULLY make the existing database go away somehow, and then try again.";
}
}
SendSQL("CREATE DATABASE $value");
SendSQL("INSERT INTO shadowlog (command) VALUES ('SYNCUP')", 1);
return "";
}
@::param_list = ();
# OK, here are the definitions themselves.
#
# The type of parameters (the third parameter to DefParam) can be one
# of the following:
#
# t -- A short text entry field (suitable for a single line)
# l -- A long text field (suitable for many lines)
# b -- A boolean value (either 1 or 0)
DefParam("maintainer",
"The email address of the person who maintains this installation of Bugzilla.",
"t",
'THE MAINTAINER HAS NOT YET BEEN SET');
DefParam("urlbase",
"The URL that is the common initial leading part of all Bugzilla URLs. Must end with a / character.",
"t",
"http://cvs-mirror.mozilla.org/webtools/bugzilla/",
\&check_urlbase);
sub check_urlbase {
my ($url) = (@_);
if ($url !~ m:^http.*/$:) {
return "must be a legal URL, that starts with http and ends with a slash.";
}
return "";
}
DefParam("cookiepath",
"Directory path under your document root that holds your Bugzilla installation. Make sure to begin with a /.",
"t",
"/");
DefParam("usequip",
"If this is on, Bugzilla displays a silly quip at the beginning of buglists, and lets users add to the list of quips.",
"b",
1);
# Added parameter - dkl, 5/28/02
DefParam("usetransactions",
"If this is on, Bugzilla will enable transaction support (currently PostgreSQL only).",
"b",
0);
DefParam("shadowdb",
"If non-empty, then this is the name of another database in which Bugzilla will keep a shadow read-only copy of everything. This is done so that long slow read-only operations can be used against this db, and not lock up things for everyone else. Turning on this parameter will create the given database; be careful not to use the name of an existing database with useful data in it!",
"t",
"",
\&check_shadowdb);
DefParam("queryagainstshadowdb",
"If this is on, and the shadowdb is set, then queries will happen against the shadow database.",
"b",
0);
# Adding in four parameters for LDAP authentication. -JMR, 7/28/00
DefParam("useLDAP",
"Turn this on to use an LDAP directory for user authentication ".
"instead of the Bugzilla database. (User profiles will still be ".
"stored in the database, and will match against the LDAP user by ".
"email address.)",
"b",
0);
DefParam("LDAPserver",
"The name (and optionally port) of your LDAP server. (e.g. ldap.company.com, or ldap.company.com:portnum)",
"t",
"");
DefParam("LDAPBaseDN",
"The BaseDN for authenticating users against. (e.g. \"ou=People,o=Company\")",
"t",
"");
DefParam("LDAPmailattribute",
"The name of the attribute of a user in your directory that ".
"contains the email address.",
"t",
"mail");
#End of LDAP parameters
DefParam("mostfreqthreshold",
"The minimum number of duplicates a bug needs to show up on the <A HREF=\"duplicates.cgi\">most frequently reported bugs page</a>. If you have a large database and this page takes a long time to load, try increasing this number.",
"t",
"2");
DefParam("mybugstemplate",
"This is the URL to use to bring up a simple 'all of my bugs' list for a user. %userid% will get replaced with the login name of a user.",
"t",
"buglist.cgi?bug_status=NEW&amp;bug_status=ASSIGNED&amp;bug_status=REOPENED&amp;email1=%userid%&amp;emailtype1=exact&amp;emailassigned_to1=1&amp;emailreporter1=1");
DefParam("shutdownhtml",
"If this field is non-empty, then Bugzilla will be completely disabled and this text will be displayed instead of all the Bugzilla pages.",
"l",
"");
DefParam("sendmailnow",
"If this is on, Bugzilla will tell sendmail to send any e-mail immediately. If you have a large number of users with a large amount of e-mail traffic, enabling this option may dramatically slow down Bugzilla. Best used for smaller installations of Bugzilla.",
"b",
0);
DefParam("passwordmail",
q{The email that gets sent to people to tell them their password. Within
this text, %mailaddress% gets replaced by the person's email address,
%login% gets replaced by the person's login (usually the same thing), and
%password% gets replaced by their password. %<i>anythingelse</i>% gets
replaced by the definition of that parameter (as defined on this page).},
"l",
q{From: bugzilla-daemon
To: %mailaddress%
Subject: Your Bugzilla password.
To use the wonders of Bugzilla, you can use the following:
E-mail address: %login%
Password: %password%
To change your password, go to:
%urlbase%userprefs.cgi
});
DefParam("newchangedmail",
q{The email that gets sent to people when a bug changes. Within this
text, %to% gets replaced with the e-mail address of the person recieving
the mail. %bugid% gets replaced by the bug number. %diffs% gets
replaced with what's changed. %neworchanged% is "New:" if this mail is
reporting a new bug or empty if changes were made to an existing one.
%summary% gets replaced by the summary of this bug. %reasonsheader%
is replaced by an abbreviated list of reasons why the user is getting the email,
suitable for use in an email header (such as X-Bugzilla-Reason).
%reasonsbody% is replaced by text that explains why the user is getting the email
in more user friendly text than %reasonsheader%.
%<i>anythingelse</i>% gets replaced by the definition of
that parameter (as defined on this
page).},
"l",
"From: bugzilla-daemon
To: %to%
Subject: [Bug %bugid%] %neworchanged%%summary%
X-Bugzilla-Reason: %reasonsheader%
%urlbase%show_bug.cgi?id=%bugid%
%diffs%
%reasonsbody%");
DefParam("whinedays",
"The number of days that we'll let a bug sit untouched in a NEW state before our cronjob will whine at the owner.",
"t",
7,
\&check_numeric);
DefParam("whinemail",
"The email that gets sent to anyone who has a NEW bug that hasn't been touched for more than <b>whinedays</b>. Within this text, %email% gets replaced by the offender's email address. %userid% gets replaced by the offender's bugzilla login (which, in most installations, is the same as the email address.) %<i>anythingelse</i>% gets replaced by the definition of that parameter (as defined on this page).<p> It is a good idea to make sure this message has a valid From: address, so that if the mail bounces, a real person can know that there are bugs assigned to an invalid address.",
"l",
q{From: %maintainer%
To: %email%
Subject: Your Bugzilla buglist needs attention.
[This e-mail has been automatically generated.]
You have one or more bugs assigned to you in the Bugzilla
bugsystem (%urlbase%) that require
attention.
All of these bugs are in the NEW state, and have not been touched
in %whinedays% days or more. You need to take a look at them, and
decide on an initial action.
Generally, this means one of three things:
(1) You decide this bug is really quick to deal with (like, it's INVALID),
and so you get rid of it immediately.
(2) You decide the bug doesn't belong to you, and you reassign it to someone
else. (Hint: if you don't know who to reassign it to, make sure that
the Component field seems reasonable, and then use the "Reassign bug to
owner of selected component" option.)
(3) You decide the bug belongs to you, but you can't solve it this moment.
Just use the "Accept bug" command.
To get a list of all NEW bugs, you can use this URL (bookmark it if you like!):
%urlbase%buglist.cgi?bug_status=NEW&assigned_to=%userid%
Or, you can use the general query page, at
%urlbase%query.cgi.
Appended below are the individual URLs to get to all of your NEW bugs that
haven't been touched for a week or more.
You will get this message once a day until you've dealt with these bugs!
});
DefParam("defaultquery",
"This is the default query that initially comes up when you submit a bug. It's in URL parameter format, which makes it hard to read. Sorry!",
"t",
"bug_status=NEW&bug_status=ASSIGNED&bug_status=REOPENED&emailassigned_to1=1&emailassigned_to2=1&emailreporter2=1&emailcc2=1&emailqa_contact2=1&order=%22Importance%22");
DefParam("letsubmitterchoosepriority",
"If this is on, then people submitting bugs can choose an initial priority for that bug. If off, then all bugs initially have the default priority selected below.",
"b",
1);
sub check_priority {
my ($value) = (@_);
GetVersionTable();
if (lsearch(\@::legal_priority, $value) < 0) {
return "Must be a legal priority value: one of " .
join(", ", @::legal_priority);
}
return "";
}
DefParam("defaultpriority",
"This is the priority that newly entered bugs are set to.",
"t",
"P2",
\&check_priority);
DefParam("usetargetmilestone",
"Do you wish to use the Target Milestone field?",
"b",
0);
DefParam("nummilestones",
"If using Target Milestone, how many milestones do you wish to
appear?",
"t",
10,
\&check_numeric);
DefParam("curmilestone",
"If using Target Milestone, Which milestone are we working toward right now?",
"t",
1,
\&check_numeric);
DefParam("musthavemilestoneonaccept",
"If you are using Target Milestone, do you want to require that the milestone be set in order for a user to ACCEPT a bug?",
"b",
0);
DefParam("useqacontact",
"Do you wish to use the QA Contact field?",
"b",
0);
DefParam("usestatuswhiteboard",
"Do you wish to use the Status Whiteboard field?",
"b",
0);
DefParam("usebrowserinfo",
"Do you want bug reports to be assigned an OS & Platform based on the browser
the user makes the report from?",
"b",
1);
DefParam("usedependencies",
"Do you wish to use dependencies (allowing you to mark which bugs depend on which other ones)?",
"b",
1);
DefParam("webdotbase",
"It is possible to show graphs of dependent bugs. You may set this parameter to
any of the following:
<ul>
<li>A complete file path to \'dot\' (part of <a
href=\"http://www.graphviz.org\">GraphViz</a>) will generate the graphs
locally.</li>
<li>A URL prefix pointing to an installation of the <a
href=\"http://www.research.att.com/~north/cgi-bin/webdot.cgi\">webdot
package</a> will generate the graphs remotely.</li>
<li>A blank value will disable dependency graphing.</li>
</ul>
The default value is a publically-accessible webdot server.",
"t",
"http://www.research.att.com/~north/cgi-bin/webdot.cgi/%urlbase%",
\&check_webdotbase);
sub check_webdotbase {
my ($value) = (@_);
$value = trim($value);
if ($value eq "") {
return "";
}
if($value !~ /^https?:/) {
if(! -x $value) {
return "The file path \"$value\" is not a valid executable. Please specify the complete file path to 'dot' if you intend to generate graphs locally.";
}
# Check .htaccess allows access to generated images
if(-e "data/webdot/.htaccess") {
open HTACCESS, "data/webdot/.htaccess";
if(! grep(/png/,<HTACCESS>)) {
print "Dependency graph images are not accessible.\nDelete data/webdot/.htaccess and re-run checksetup.pl to rectify.\n";
}
close HTACCESS;
}
}
return "";
}
DefParam("expectbigqueries",
"If this is on, then we will tell mysql to <tt>set option SQL_BIG_TABLES=1</tt> before doing queries on bugs. This will be a little slower, but one will not get the error <tt>The table ### is full</tt> for big queries that require a big temporary table.",
"b",
0);
DefParam("emailregexp",
'This defines the regexp to use for legal email addresses. The default tries to match fully qualified email addresses. Another popular value to put here is <tt>^[^@]+$</tt>, which means "local usernames, no @ allowed."',
"t",
q:^[^@]+@[^@]+\\.[^@]+$:);
DefParam("emailregexpdesc",
"This describes in english words what kinds of legal addresses are allowed by the <tt>emailregexp</tt> param.",
"l",
"A legal address must contain exactly one '\@', and at least one '.' after the \@.");
DefParam("emailsuffix",
"This is a string to append to any email addresses when actually sending mail to that address. It is useful if you have changed the <tt>emailregexp</tt> param to only allow local usernames, but you want the mail to be delivered to username\@my.local.hostname.",
"t",
"");
DefParam("voteremovedmail",
q{This is a mail message to send to anyone who gets a vote removed from a bug for any reason. %to% gets replaced by the person who used to be voting for this bug. %bugid% gets replaced by the bug number. %reason% gets replaced by a short reason describing why the vote(s) were removed. %votesremoved%, %votesold% and %votesnew% is the number of votes removed, before and after respectively. %votesremovedtext%, %votesoldtext% and %votesnewtext% are these as sentences, eg "You had 2 votes on this bug." %count% is also supported for backwards compatibility. %<i>anythingelse</i>% gets replaced by the definition of that parameter (as defined on this page).},
"l",
"From: bugzilla-daemon
To: %to%
Subject: [Bug %bugid%] Some or all of your votes have been removed.
Some or all of your votes have been removed from bug %bugid%.
%votesoldtext%
%votesnewtext%
Reason: %reason%
%urlbase%show_bug.cgi?id=%bugid%
");
DefParam("allowbugdeletion",
q{The pages to edit products and components and versions can delete all associated bugs when you delete a product (or component or version). Since that is a pretty scary idea, you have to turn on this option before any such deletions will ever happen.},
"b",
0);
DefParam("allowemailchange",
q{Users can change their own email address through the preferences. Note that the change is validated by emailing both addresses, so switching this option on will not let users use an invalid address.},
"b",
0);
DefParam("allowuserdeletion",
q{The pages to edit users can also let you delete a user. But there is no code that goes and cleans up any references to that user in other tables, so such deletions are kinda scary. So, you have to turn on this option before any such deletions will ever happen.},
"b",
0);
DefParam("browserbugmessage",
"If bugzilla gets unexpected data from the browser, in addition to displaying the cause of the problem, it will output this HTML as well.",
"l",
"this may indicate a bug in your browser.\n");
#
# Parameters to force users to comment their changes for different actions.
DefParam("commentonaccept",
"If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if he accepts the bug",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("commentonclearresolution",
"If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bugs resolution is cleared",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("commentonconfirm",
"If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment when confirming a bug",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("commentonresolve",
"If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is resolved",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("commentonreassign",
"If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is reassigned",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("commentonreassignbycomponent",
"If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is reassigned by component",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("commentonreopen",
"If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is reopened",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("commentonverify",
"If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is verified",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("commentonclose",
"If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is closed",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("commentonduplicate",
"If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is marked as duplicate",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("supportwatchers",
"Support one user watching (ie getting copies of all related email" .
" about) another's bugs. Useful for people going on vacation, and" .
" QA folks watching particular developers' bugs",
"b", 0 );
DefParam("move-enabled",
"If this is on, Bugzilla will allow certain people to move bugs to the defined database.",
"b",
0);
DefParam("move-button-text",
"The text written on the Move button. Explain where the bug is being moved to.",
"t",
'Move To Bugscape');
DefParam("move-to-url",
"The URL of the database we allow some of our bugs to be moved to.",
"t",
'');
DefParam("move-to-address",
"To move bugs, an email is sent to the target database. This is the email address that database
uses to listen for incoming bugs.",
"t",
'bugzilla-import');
DefParam("moved-from-address",
"To move bugs, an email is sent to the target database. This is the email address from which
this mail, and error messages are sent.",
"t",
'bugzilla-admin');
DefParam("movers",
"A list of people with permission to move bugs and reopen moved bugs (in case the move operation fails).",
"t",
'');
DefParam("moved-default-product",
"Bugs moved from other databases to here are assigned to this product.",
"t",
'');
DefParam("moved-default-component",
"Bugs moved from other databases to here are assigned to this component.",
"t",
'');
# The maximum size (in bytes) for patches and non-patch attachments.
# The default limit is 1000KB, which is 24KB less than mysql's default
# maximum packet size (which determines how much data can be sent in a
# single mysql packet and thus how much data can be inserted into the
# database) to provide breathing space for the data in other fields of
# the attachment record as well as any mysql packet overhead (I don't
# know of any, but I suspect there may be some.)
DefParam("maxpatchsize",
"The maximum size (in kilobytes) of patches. Bugzilla will not
accept patches greater than this number of kilobytes in size.
To accept patches of any size (subject to the limitations of
your server software), set this value to zero." ,
"t",
'1000');
DefParam("maxattachmentsize" ,
"The maximum size (in kilobytes) of non-patch attachments. Bugzilla
will not accept attachments greater than this number of kilobytes
in size. To accept attachments of any size (subject to the
limitations of your server software), set this value to zero." ,
"t" ,
'1000');
1;

View File

@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
# Bradley Baetz <bbaetz@student.usyd.edu.au>
use vars qw(
%FORM
%proddesc
$userid
);
use diagnostics;
use strict;
use lib qw(.);
require "CGI.pl";
ConnectToDatabase();
GetVersionTable();
my $userid = quietly_check_login();
if (!defined $::FORM{'product'}) {
# Reference to a subset of %::proddesc, which the user is allowed to see
my %products;
foreach my $p (@::legal_product) {
next if !CanSeeProduct($userid, $p);
$products{$p} = $::proddesc{$p};
}
my $prodsize = scalar(keys %products);
if ($prodsize == 0) {
DisplayError("Either no products have been defined ".
"or you have not been given access to any.\n");
exit;
}
elsif ($prodsize > 1) {
$::vars->{'proddesc'} = \%products;
$::vars->{'target'} = "describecomponents.cgi";
$::vars->{'title'} = "Bugzilla component description";
$::vars->{'h2'} =
"Please specify the product whose components you want described.";
print "Content-type: text/html\n\n";
$::template->process("global/choose-product.html.tmpl", $::vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($::template->error());
exit;
}
$::FORM{'product'} = (keys %products)[0];
}
my $product = $::FORM{'product'};
# Make sure the user specified a valid product name. Note that
# if the user specifies a valid product name but is not authorized
# to access that product, they will receive a different error message
# which could enable people guessing product names to determine
# whether or not certain products exist in Bugzilla, even if they
# cannot get any other information about that product.
grep($product eq $_ , @::legal_product)
|| DisplayError("The product name is invalid.")
&& exit;
# Make sure the user is authorized to access this product.
!CanSeeProduct($userid, $product)
&& DisplayError("You are not authorized to access that product.")
&& exit;
######################################################################
# End Data/Security Validation
######################################################################
my @components;
SendSQL("SELECT value, initialowner, initialqacontact, description FROM " .
"components WHERE program = " . SqlQuote($product) . " ORDER BY " .
"value");
while (MoreSQLData()) {
my ($name, $initialowner, $initialqacontact, $description) =
FetchSQLData();
my %component;
$component{'name'} = $name;
$component{'initialowner'} = $initialowner ?
DBID_to_name($initialowner) : '';
$component{'initialqacontact'} = $initialqacontact ?
DBID_to_name($initialqacontact) : '';
$component{'description'} = $description;
push @components, \%component;
}
$::vars->{'product'} = $product;
$::vars->{'components'} = \@components;
print "Content-type: text/html\n\n";
$::template->process("reports/components.html.tmpl", $::vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($::template->error());

View File

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Terry Weissman.
# Portions created by Terry Weissman are
# Copyright (C) 2000 Terry Weissman. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
# Contributor(s): Gervase Markham <gerv@gerv.net>
use diagnostics;
use strict;
use lib ".";
require "CGI.pl";
# Use the global template variables.
use vars qw($vars $template);
ConnectToDatabase();
my $userid = quietly_check_login();
SendSQL("SELECT keyworddefs.name, keyworddefs.description,
COUNT(keywords.bug_id)
FROM keyworddefs LEFT JOIN keywords ON keyworddefs.id=keywords.keywordid
GROUP BY keyworddefs.id, keyworddefs.name, keyworddefs.description, keywords.bug_id
ORDER BY keyworddefs.name");
my @keywords;
while (MoreSQLData()) {
my ($name, $description, $bugs) = FetchSQLData();
push (@keywords, { name => $name,
description => $description,
bugcount => $bugs });
}
$vars->{'keywords'} = \@keywords;
$vars->{'caneditkeywords'} = UserInGroup($userid, "editkeywords");
print "Content-type: text/html\n\n";
$template->process("reports/keywords.html.tmpl", $vars)
|| ThrowTemplateError($template->error());

View File

@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
Welcome to the Bugzilla documentation project!
You'll find these directories and files here:
README.docs # This README file
html/ # The compiled HTML docs from SGML sources (do not edit)
sgml/ # The original SGML doc sources (edit these)
txt/ # The compiled text docs from SGML sources
ps/ # The compiled PostScript docs from SGML sources
pdf/ # The compiled Adobe PDF docs from SGML sources
A note about SGML:
The documentation is written in DocBook 3.1/4.1 SGML, and attempts to adhere
to the LinuxDoc standards everywhere applicable (http://www.linuxdoc.org).
Please consult "The LDP Author Guide" at linuxdoc.org for details on how
to set up your personal environment for compiling SGML files.
If you need to make corrections to typographical errors, or other minor
editing duties, feel free to use any text editor to make the changes. SGML
is not rocket science -- simply make sure your text appears between
appropriate tags (like <para>This is a paragraph</para>) and we'll be fine.
If you are making more extensive changes, please ensure you at least validate
your SGML before checking it in with something like:
nsgmls -s Bugzilla-Guide.sgml
When you validate, please validate the master document (Bugzilla-Guide.sgml)
as well as the document you edited to ensure there are no critical errors.
The following errors are considered "normal" when validating with nsgmls:
DTDDECL catalog entries are not supported
"DOCTYPE" declaration not allowed in instance
The reason these occur is that free sgml validators do not yet support
the DTDDECL catalog entries, and I've included DOCTYPE declarations in
entities referenced from Bugzilla-Guide.sgml so these entities can compile
individually, if necessary. I suppose I ought to comment them out at some
point, but for now they are convenient and don't hurt anything.
Thanks for taking the time to read these notes and consulting the
documentation. Please address comments and questions to the newsgroup:
news://news.mozilla.org/netscape/public/mozilla/webtools .
==========
HOW TO SET UP YOUR OWN SGML EDITING ENVIRONMENT:
==========
Trying to set up an SGML/XML Docbook editing environment the
first time can be a daunting task.
I use Linux-Mandrake, in part, because it has a fully-functional
SGML/XML Docbook editing environment included as part of the
distribution CD's. If you have easier instructions for how to
do this for a particular Linux distribution or platform, please
let the team know at the mailing list: mozilla-webtools@mozilla.org.
The following text is taken nearly verbatim from
http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=95970, where I gave
these instructions to someone who wanted the greater manageability
maintaining a document in Docbook brings:
This is just off the top of my head, but here goes. Note some of these may
NOT be necessary, but I don't think they hurt anything by being installed.
rpms:
openjade
jadetex
docbook-dtds
docbook-style-dsssl
docbook-style-dsssl-doc
docbook-utils
xemacs
psgml
sgml-tools
sgml-common
If you're getting these from RedHat, make sure you get the ones in the
rawhide area. The ones in the 7.2 distribution are too old and don't
include the XML stuff.
Download "ldp.dsl" from the Resources page on linuxdoc.org. This is the
stylesheet I use to get the HTML and text output. It works well, and has a
nice, consistent look with the rest of the linuxdoc documents. You'll have to
adjust the paths in ldp.dsl at the top of the file to reflect the actual
locations of your docbook catalog files. I created a directory,
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/ldp, and put the ldp.dsl file there. I then edited
ldp.dsl and changed two lines near the top:
<!ENTITY docbook.dsl SYSTEM "../dsssl-stylesheets/html/docbook.dsl" CDATA
dsssl>
...and...
<!ENTITY docbook.dsl SYSTEM "../dsssl-stylesheets/print/docbook.dsl" CDATA
dsssl>
Note the difference is the top one points to the HTML docbook stylesheet,
and the next one points to the PRINT docbook stylesheet.
You know, this sure looks awful involved. Anyway, once you have this in
place, add to your .bashrc:
export SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog
export LDP_HOME=/usr/share/sgml/docbook/ldp
export JADE_PUB=/usr/share/doc/openjade-1.3.1/pubtext
or in .tcshrc:
setenv SGML_CATALOG_FILES /etc/sgml/catalog
setenv LDP_HOME /usr/share/sgml/docbook/ldp
setenv JADE_PUB /usr/share/doc/openjade-1.3.1/pubtext
If you have root access and want to set this up for anyone on your box,
you can add those lines to /etc/profile for bash users and /etc/csh.login
for tcsh users.
Make sure you edit the paths in the above environment variables if those
folders are anywhere else on your system (for example, the openjade version
might change if you get a new version at some point).
I suggest xemacs for editing your SGML/XML Docbook documents. The darn
thing just works, and generally includes PSGML mode by default. Not to
mention you can validate the SGML from right within it without having to
remember the command-line syntax for nsgml (not that it's that hard
anyway). If not, you can download psgml at
http://www.sourceforge.net/projects/psgml.
==========
NOTES:
==========
Here are the commands I use to maintain this documentation.
You MUST have DocBook 4.1.2 set up correctly in order for this to work.
To create HTML documentation:
bash$ cd html
bash$ jade -t sgml -i html -d $LDP_HOME/ldp.dsl\#html \
$JADE_PUB/xml.dcl ../sgml/Bugzilla-Guide.sgml
To create HTML documentation as a single big HTML file:
bash$ cd html
bash$ jade -V nochunks -t sgml -i html -d $LDP_HOME/ldp.dsl\#html \
$JADE_PUB/xml.dcl ../sgml/Bugzilla-Guide.sgml >Bugzilla-Guide.html
To create TXT documentation as a single big TXT file:
bash$ cd txt
bash$ lynx -dump -nolist ../html/Bugzilla-Guide.html >Bugzilla-Guide.txt
Sincerely,
Matthew P. Barnson
The Bugzilla "Doc Knight"
mbarnson@sisna.com
with major edits by Dave Miller <justdave@syndicomm.com> based on
experience setting this up on the Landfill test server.

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>About This Guide</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Purpose and Scope of this Guide"
HREF="aboutthisguide.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="chapter"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="aboutthisguide.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="chapter"
><H1
><A
NAME="about">Chapter 1. About This Guide</H1
><DIV
CLASS="TOC"
><DL
><DT
><B
>Table of Contents</B
></DT
><DT
>1.1. <A
HREF="aboutthisguide.html"
>Purpose and Scope of this Guide</A
></DT
><DT
>1.2. <A
HREF="copyright.html"
>Copyright Information</A
></DT
><DT
>1.3. <A
HREF="disclaimer.html"
>Disclaimer</A
></DT
><DT
>1.4. <A
HREF="newversions.html"
>New Versions</A
></DT
><DT
>1.5. <A
HREF="credits.html"
>Credits</A
></DT
><DT
>1.6. <A
HREF="translations.html"
>Translations</A
></DT
><DT
>1.7. <A
HREF="conventions.html"
>Document Conventions</A
></DT
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="aboutthisguide.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
>&nbsp;</TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Purpose and Scope of this Guide</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Purpose and Scope of this Guide</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="About This Guide"
HREF="about.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="About This Guide"
HREF="about.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Copyright Information"
HREF="copyright.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="about.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="copyright.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="aboutthisguide">1.1. Purpose and Scope of this Guide</H1
><P
>&#13; Bugzilla is simply the best piece of bug-tracking software the
world has ever seen. This document is intended to be the
comprehensive guide to the installation, administration,
maintenance, and use of the Bugzilla bug-tracking system.
</P
><P
>&#13; This release of the Bugzilla Guide is the
<EM
>2.16</EM
> release. It is so named that it
may match the current version of Bugzilla. The numbering
tradition stems from that used for many free software projects,
in which <EM
>even-numbered</EM
> point releases (1.2,
1.14, etc.) are considered "stable releases", intended for
public consumption; on the other hand,
<EM
>odd-numbered</EM
> point releases (1.3, 2.09,
etc.) are considered unstable <EM
>development</EM
>
releases intended for advanced users, systems administrators,
developers, and those who enjoy a lot of pain.
</P
><P
>&#13; Newer revisions of the Bugzilla Guide follow the numbering
conventions of the main-tree Bugzilla releases, available at
<A
HREF="http://www.bugzilla.org/"
TARGET="_top"
>http://www.bugzilla.org/</A
>. Intermediate releases will have
a minor revision number following a period. The current version
of Bugzilla, as of this writing (April 2nd, 2002) is 2.16; if
something were seriously wrong with that edition of the Guide,
subsequent releases would receive an additional dotted-decimal
digit to indicate the update (2.16.1, 2.16.2, etc.).
Got it? Good.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="about.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="copyright.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>About This Guide</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="about.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Copyright Information</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Administering Bugzilla</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Win32 Installation Notes"
HREF="win32.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Post-Installation Checklist"
HREF="postinstall-check.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="chapter"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="win32.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="postinstall-check.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="chapter"
><H1
><A
NAME="administration">Chapter 4. Administering Bugzilla</H1
><DIV
CLASS="TOC"
><DL
><DT
><B
>Table of Contents</B
></DT
><DT
>4.1. <A
HREF="postinstall-check.html"
>Post-Installation Checklist</A
></DT
><DT
>4.2. <A
HREF="useradmin.html"
>User Administration</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>4.2.1. <A
HREF="useradmin.html#defaultuser"
>Creating the Default User</A
></DT
><DT
>4.2.2. <A
HREF="useradmin.html#manageusers"
>Managing Other Users</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>4.3. <A
HREF="programadmin.html"
>Product, Component, Milestone, and Version
Administration</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>4.3.1. <A
HREF="programadmin.html#products"
>Products</A
></DT
><DT
>4.3.2. <A
HREF="programadmin.html#components"
>Components</A
></DT
><DT
>4.3.3. <A
HREF="programadmin.html#versions"
>Versions</A
></DT
><DT
>4.3.4. <A
HREF="programadmin.html#milestones"
>Milestones</A
></DT
><DT
>4.3.5. <A
HREF="programadmin.html#voting"
>Voting</A
></DT
><DT
>4.3.6. <A
HREF="programadmin.html#groups"
>Groups and Group Security</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>4.4. <A
HREF="security.html"
>Bugzilla Security</A
></DT
></DL
></DIV
><FONT
COLOR="RED"
>&#13; Or, I just got this cool thing installed. Now what the heck do I
do with it?
</FONT
><P
>&#13; So you followed <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"<A
HREF="installation.html"
>Bugzilla Installation</A
>"</SPAN
> to the
letter, and logged into Bugzilla for the very first time with your
super-duper god account. You sit, contentedly staring at the
Bugzilla Query Screen, the worst of the whole mad business of
installing this terrific program behind you. It seems, though, you
have nothing yet to query! Your first act of business should be to
setup the operating parameters for Bugzilla so you can get busy
getting data into your bug tracker.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="win32.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="postinstall-check.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Win32 Installation Notes</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
>&nbsp;</TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Post-Installation Checklist</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Bonsai</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools"
HREF="integration.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools"
HREF="integration.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="CVS"
HREF="cvs.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="integration.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 5. Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="cvs.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="bonsai">5.1. Bonsai</H1
><P
>Bonsai is a web-based tool for managing <A
HREF="cvs.html"
>CVS, the Concurrent Versioning System</A
>
. Using Bonsai, administrators can control open/closed status
of trees, query a fast relational database back-end for change,
branch, and comment information, and view changes made since the
last time the tree was closed. These kinds of changes cause the
engineer responsible to be <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"on the hook"</SPAN
> (include
cool URL link here for Hook policies at mozilla.org). Bonsai
also includes gateways to <A
HREF="tinderbox.html"
>Tinderbox, the Mozilla automated build management system</A
> and Bugzilla </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="integration.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="cvs.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="integration.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>CVS</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>BSD Installation Notes</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="Installation"
HREF="installation.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Mac OS X Installation Notes"
HREF="osx.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Installation General Notes"
HREF="geninstall.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="osx.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 3. Installation</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="geninstall.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="bsdinstall">3.4. BSD Installation Notes</H1
><P
>&#13; For instructions on how to set up Bugzilla on FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, BSDi, etc. please
consult <A
HREF="osx.html"
>Section 3.3</A
>.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="osx.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="geninstall.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Mac OS X Installation Notes</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="installation.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Installation General Notes</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,492 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Hacking Bugzilla</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="Useful Patches and Utilities for Bugzilla"
HREF="patches.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="The Quicksearch Utility"
HREF="quicksearch.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="GNU Free Documentation License"
HREF="gfdl.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="quicksearch.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Appendix D. Useful Patches and Utilities for Bugzilla</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="gfdl.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="bzhacking">D.5. Hacking Bugzilla</H1
><P
>&#13; The following is a guide for reviewers when checking code into Bugzilla's
CVS repostory at mozilla.org. If you wish to submit patches to Bugzilla,
you should follow the rules and style conventions below. Any code that
does not adhere to these basic rules will not be added to Bugzilla's
codebase.
</P
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H2
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="AEN2436">D.5.1. Things that have caused problems and should be avoided</H2
><P
></P
><OL
TYPE="1"
><LI
><P
>&#13; Usage of variables in Regular Expressions
</P
><P
>&#13; It is very important that you don't use a variable in a regular
expression unless that variable is supposed to contain an expression.
This especially applies when using grep. You should use:
</P
><P
>&#13; <TABLE
BORDER="0"
BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
WIDTH="100%"
><TR
><TD
><FONT
COLOR="#000000"
><PRE
CLASS="programlisting"
>&#13;grep ($_ eq $value, @array);
</PRE
></FONT
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
>
</P
><P
>&#13; -- NOT THIS --
</P
><P
>&#13; <TABLE
BORDER="0"
BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
WIDTH="100%"
><TR
><TD
><FONT
COLOR="#000000"
><PRE
CLASS="programlisting"
>&#13;grep (/$value/, @array);
</PRE
></FONT
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
>
</P
><DIV
CLASS="note"
><P
></P
><TABLE
CLASS="note"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="25"
ALIGN="CENTER"
VALIGN="TOP"
><IMG
SRC="../images/note.gif"
HSPACE="5"
ALT="Note"></TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>&#13; If you need to use a non-expression variable inside of an expression, be
sure to quote it properly (using <TT
CLASS="function"
>\Q..\E</TT
>).
</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></LI
></OL
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H2
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="AEN2450">D.5.2. Coding Style for Bugzilla</H2
><P
>&#13; While it's true that not all of the code currently in Bugzilla adheres to
this (or any) styleguide, it is something that is being worked toward. Therefore,
we ask that all new code (submitted patches and new files) follow this guide
as closely as possible (if you're only changing 1 or 2 lines, you don't have
to reformat the entire file :).
</P
><P
>&#13; The Bugzilla development team has decided to adopt the perl style guide as
published by Larry Wall. This giude can be found in <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"Programming
Perl"</SPAN
> (the camel book) or by typing <B
CLASS="command"
>man perlstyle</B
> at
your favorite shell prompt.
</P
><P
>&#13; What appears below if a brief summary, please refer to the perl style
guide if you don't see your question covered here. It is much better to submit
a patch which fails these criteria than no patch at all, but please try to meet
these minimum standards when submitting code to Bugzilla.
</P
><P
></P
><UL
><LI
><P
>&#13; Whitespace
</P
><P
>&#13; Bugzilla's preferred indentation is 4 spaces (no tabs, please).
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Curly braces.
</P
><P
>&#13; The opening brace of a block should be on the same line as the statement
that is causing the block and the closing brace should be at the same
indentation level as that statement, for example:
</P
><P
>&#13; <TABLE
BORDER="0"
BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
WIDTH="100%"
><TR
><TD
><FONT
COLOR="#000000"
><PRE
CLASS="programlisting"
>&#13;if ($var) {
print "The variable is true";
}
else {
print "Try again";
}
</PRE
></FONT
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
>
</P
><P
>&#13; -- NOT THIS --
</P
><P
>&#13; <TABLE
BORDER="0"
BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
WIDTH="100%"
><TR
><TD
><FONT
COLOR="#000000"
><PRE
CLASS="programlisting"
>&#13;if ($var)
{
print "The variable is true";
}
else
{
print "Try again";
}
</PRE
></FONT
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
>
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Cookies
</P
><P
>&#13; Bugzilla uses cookies to ease the user experience, but no new patches
should <EM
>require</EM
> user-side cookies.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; File Names
</P
><P
>&#13; File names for bugzilla code and support documention should be legal across
multiple platforms. <TT
CLASS="computeroutput"
>\ / : * ? " &#60; &#62;</TT
>
and <TT
CLASS="computeroutput"
>|</TT
> are all illegal characters for filenames
on various platforms. Also, file names should not have spaces in them as they
can cause confusion in CVS and other mozilla.org utilities.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Javascript dependencies
</P
><P
>&#13; While Bugzilla uses Javascript to make the user experience easier, no patch
to Bugzilla should <EM
>require</EM
> Javascript.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Patch Format
</P
><P
>&#13; All patches submitted for inclusion into Bugzilla should be in the form of a
<SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"unified diff"</SPAN
>. This comes from using <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"diff -u"</SPAN
>
instead of simply <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"diff"</SPAN
> when creating your patch. This will
result in quicker acceptance of the patch.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Schema Changes
</P
><P
>&#13; If you make schema changes, you should modify <TT
CLASS="filename"
>sanitycheck.cgi</TT
>
to support the new schema. All referential columns should be checked.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Taint Mode
</P
><P
>&#13; All new cgis must run in Taint mode (Perl taint and DBI taint), and existing cgi's
which run in taint mode must not have taint mode turned off.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Templatization
</P
><P
>&#13; Patches to Bugzilla need to support templates so they do not force user interface choices
on Bugzilla administrators.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Variable Names
</P
><P
>&#13; If a variable is scoped globally (<TT
CLASS="computeroutput"
>$::variable</TT
>)
its name should be descriptive of what it contains. Local variables can be named
a bit looser, provided the context makes their content obvious. For example,
<TT
CLASS="computeroutput"
>$ret</TT
> could be used as a staging variable for a
routine's return value as the line <TT
CLASS="computeroutput"
>return $ret;</TT
>
will make it blatantly obvious what the variable holds and most likely be shown
on the same screen as <TT
CLASS="computeroutput"
>my $ret = "";</TT
>.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Cross Database Compatability
</P
><P
>&#13; Bugzilla was originally written to work with MySQL and therefore took advantage
of some of its features that aren't contained in other RDBMS software. These
should be avoided in all new code. Examples of these features are enums and
<TT
CLASS="function"
>encrypt()</TT
>.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Cross Platform Compatability
</P
><P
>&#13; While Bugzilla was written to be used on Unix based systems (and Unix/Linux is
still the only officially supported platform) there are many who desire/need to
run Bugzilla on Microsoft Windows boxes. Whenever possible, we should strive
not to make the lives of these people any more complicated and avoid doing things
that break Bugzilla's ability to run on multiple operating systems.
</P
></LI
></UL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="quicksearch.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="gfdl.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>The Quicksearch Utility</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="patches.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>GNU Free Documentation License</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Command-line Bugzilla Queries</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="Useful Patches and Utilities for Bugzilla"
HREF="patches.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="The setperl.csh Utility"
HREF="setperl.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="The Quicksearch Utility"
HREF="quicksearch.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="setperl.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Appendix D. Useful Patches and Utilities for Bugzilla</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="quicksearch.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="cmdline">D.3. Command-line Bugzilla Queries</H1
><P
>&#13; Users can query Bugzilla from the command line using this suite
of utilities.
</P
><P
>&#13; The query.conf file contains the mapping from options to field
names and comparison types. Quoted option names are "grepped"
for, so it should be easy to edit this file. Comments (#) have
no effect; you must make sure these lines do not contain any
quoted "option"
</P
><P
>&#13; buglist is a shell script which submits a Bugzilla query and
writes the resulting HTML page to stdout. It supports both
short options, (such as "-Afoo" or "-Rbar") and long options
(such as "--assignedto=foo" or "--reporter=bar"). If the first
character of an option is not "-", it is treated as if it were
prefixed with "--default=".
</P
><P
>&#13; The columlist is taken from the COLUMNLIST environment variable.
This is equivalent to the "Change Columns" option when you list
bugs in buglist.cgi. If you have already used Bugzilla, use
<B
CLASS="command"
>grep COLUMLIST ~/.netscape/cookies</B
> to see
your current COLUMNLIST setting.
</P
><P
>&#13; bugs is a simple shell script which calls buglist and extracts
the bug numbers from the output. Adding the prefix
"http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?bug_id=" turns the bug
list into a working link if any bugs are found. Counting bugs is
easy. Pipe the results through <B
CLASS="command"
>sed -e 's/,/ /g' | wc |
awk '{printf $2 "\n"}'</B
>
</P
><P
>&#13; Akkana says she has good results piping buglist output through
<B
CLASS="command"
>w3m -T text/html -dump</B
>
</P
><DIV
CLASS="procedure"
><OL
TYPE="1"
><LI
><P
>&#13; Download three files:
</P
><OL
CLASS="SUBSTEPS"
TYPE="a"
><LI
><P
>&#13; <TT
CLASS="computeroutput"
> <TT
CLASS="prompt"
>bash$</TT
> <B
CLASS="command"
>wget -O
query.conf
'http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/showattachment.cgi?attach_id=26157'</B
> </TT
>
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; <TT
CLASS="computeroutput"
> <TT
CLASS="prompt"
>bash$</TT
> <B
CLASS="command"
>wget -O
buglist
'http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/showattachment.cgi?attach_id=26944'</B
> </TT
>
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; <TT
CLASS="computeroutput"
> <TT
CLASS="prompt"
>bash#</TT
> <B
CLASS="command"
>wget -O
bugs
'http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/showattachment.cgi?attach_id=26215'</B
> </TT
>
</P
></LI
></OL
></LI
><LI
><P
>&#13; Make your utilities executable:
<TT
CLASS="computeroutput"
>&#13; <TT
CLASS="prompt"
>bash$</TT
>
<B
CLASS="command"
>chmod u+x buglist bugs</B
>
</TT
>
</P
></LI
></OL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="setperl.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="quicksearch.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>The setperl.csh Utility</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="patches.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>The Quicksearch Utility</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Contributors</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="About This Guide"
HREF="about.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Credits"
HREF="credits.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Feedback"
HREF="feedback.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="credits.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="feedback.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="contributors">1.6. Contributors</H1
><P
>&#13; Thanks go to these people for significant contributions to this
documentation (in no particular order):
</P
><P
>&#13; Andrew Pearson, Spencer Smith, Eric Hanson, Kevin Brannen, Ron
Teitelbaum, Jacob Steenhagen, Joe Robins
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="credits.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="feedback.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Credits</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="about.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Feedback</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,462 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Document Conventions</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="About This Guide"
HREF="about.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Translations"
HREF="translations.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Using Bugzilla"
HREF="using.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="translations.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="using.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="conventions">1.7. Document Conventions</H1
><P
>&#13; This document uses the following conventions
</P
><DIV
CLASS="informaltable"
><A
NAME="AEN91"><P
></P
><TABLE
BORDER="0"
CLASS="CALSTABLE"
><THEAD
><TR
><TH
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Descriptions</TH
><TH
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Appearance</TH
></TR
></THEAD
><TBODY
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Warnings</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><DIV
CLASS="caution"
><P
></P
><TABLE
CLASS="caution"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="25"
ALIGN="CENTER"
VALIGN="TOP"
><IMG
SRC="../images/caution.gif"
HSPACE="5"
ALT="Caution"></TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>Don't run with scissors!</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Hint</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><DIV
CLASS="tip"
><P
></P
><TABLE
CLASS="tip"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="25"
ALIGN="CENTER"
VALIGN="TOP"
><IMG
SRC="../images/tip.gif"
HSPACE="5"
ALT="Tip"></TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>Warm jar lids under the hot tap to loosen them.</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Notes</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><DIV
CLASS="note"
><P
></P
><TABLE
CLASS="note"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="25"
ALIGN="CENTER"
VALIGN="TOP"
><IMG
SRC="../images/note.gif"
HSPACE="5"
ALT="Note"></TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>Dear John...</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Information requiring special attention</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><DIV
CLASS="warning"
><P
></P
><TABLE
CLASS="warning"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="25"
ALIGN="CENTER"
VALIGN="TOP"
><IMG
SRC="../images/warning.gif"
HSPACE="5"
ALT="Warning"></TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>Read this or the cat gets it.</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>File Names</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><TT
CLASS="filename"
>file.extension</TT
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Directory Names</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><TT
CLASS="filename"
>directory</TT
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Commands to be typed</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><B
CLASS="command"
>command</B
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Applications Names</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><SPAN
CLASS="application"
>application</SPAN
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><I
CLASS="foreignphrase"
>Prompt</I
> of users command under bash shell</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>bash$</TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><I
CLASS="foreignphrase"
>Prompt</I
> of root users command under bash shell</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>bash#</TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><I
CLASS="foreignphrase"
>Prompt</I
> of user command under tcsh shell</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>tcsh$</TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Environment Variables</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><TT
CLASS="envar"
>VARIABLE</TT
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Emphasized word</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><EM
>word</EM
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
>Code Example</TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
><TABLE
BORDER="0"
BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
WIDTH="100%"
><TR
><TD
><FONT
COLOR="#000000"
><PRE
CLASS="programlisting"
><TT
CLASS="sgmltag"
>&#60;para&#62;</TT
>Beginning and end of paragraph<TT
CLASS="sgmltag"
>&#60;/para&#62;</TT
></PRE
></FONT
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></TD
></TR
></TBODY
></TABLE
><P
></P
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="translations.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="using.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Translations</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="about.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Using Bugzilla</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Copyright Information</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="About This Guide"
HREF="about.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Purpose and Scope of this Guide"
HREF="aboutthisguide.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Disclaimer"
HREF="disclaimer.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="aboutthisguide.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="disclaimer.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="copyright">1.2. Copyright Information</H1
><A
NAME="AEN39"><TABLE
BORDER="0"
WIDTH="100%"
CELLSPACING="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CLASS="BLOCKQUOTE"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
VALIGN="TOP"
>&nbsp;</TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>&#13; Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no
Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of
the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
Documentation License".
</P
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
VALIGN="TOP"
>&nbsp;</TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
COLSPAN="2"
ALIGN="RIGHT"
VALIGN="TOP"
>--<SPAN
CLASS="attribution"
>Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Matthew P. Barnson and The Bugzilla Team</SPAN
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
>&nbsp;</TD
></TR
></TABLE
><P
>&#13; If you have any questions regarding this document, its
copyright, or publishing this document in non-electronic form,
please contact The Bugzilla Team.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="aboutthisguide.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="disclaimer.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Purpose and Scope of this Guide</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="about.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Disclaimer</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Credits</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="About This Guide"
HREF="about.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="New Versions"
HREF="newversions.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Translations"
HREF="translations.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="newversions.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="translations.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="credits">1.5. Credits</H1
><P
>&#13; The people listed below have made enormous contributions to the
creation of this Guide, through their dedicated hacking efforts,
numerous e-mail and IRC support sessions, and overall excellent
contribution to the Bugzilla community:
</P
><P
>&#13; <A
HREF="mailto://mbarnson@sisna.com"
TARGET="_top"
>Matthew P. Barnson</A
>
for pulling together the Bugzilla Guide and shepherding it to 2.14.
</P
><P
>&#13; <A
HREF="mailto://terry@mozilla.org"
TARGET="_top"
>Terry Weissman</A
>
for initially writing Bugzilla and creating the
README upon which the UNIX installation documentation is largely based.
</P
><P
>&#13; <A
HREF="mailto://tara@tequilarista.org"
TARGET="_top"
>Tara
Hernandez</A
> for keeping Bugzilla development going
strong after Terry left Mozilla.org
</P
><P
>&#13; <A
HREF="mailto://dkl@redhat.com"
TARGET="_top"
>Dave Lawrence</A
> for
providing insight into the key differences between Red Hat's
customized Bugzilla, and being largely responsible for the "Red
Hat Bugzilla" appendix
</P
><P
>&#13; <A
HREF="mailto://endico@mozilla.org"
TARGET="_top"
>Dawn Endico</A
> for
being a hacker extraordinaire and putting up with my incessant
questions and arguments on irc.mozilla.org in #mozwebtools
</P
><P
>&#13; Last but not least, all the members of the <A
HREF="news://news.mozilla.org/netscape/public/mozilla/webtools"
TARGET="_top"
> netscape.public.mozilla.webtools</A
> newsgroup. Without your discussions, insight, suggestions, and patches, this could never have happened.
</P
><P
>&#13; Thanks also go to the following people for significant contributions
to this documentation (in no particular order):
</P
><P
>&#13; Zach Liption, Andrew Pearson, Spencer Smith, Eric Hanson, Kevin Brannen,
Ron Teitelbaum, Jacob Steenhagen, Joe Robins.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="newversions.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="translations.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>New Versions</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="about.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Translations</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>CVS</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools"
HREF="integration.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Bonsai"
HREF="bonsai.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Perforce SCM"
HREF="scm.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="bonsai.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 5. Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="scm.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="cvs">5.2. CVS</H1
><P
>CVS integration is best accomplished, at this point, using
the Bugzilla Email Gateway. There have been some files
submitted to allow greater CVS integration, but we need to make
certain that Bugzilla is not tied into one particular software
management package.</P
><P
>&#13; Follow the instructions in the FAQ for enabling Bugzilla e-mail
integration. Ensure that your check-in script sends an email to
your Bugzilla e-mail gateway with the subject of <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"[Bug
XXXX]"</SPAN
>, and you can have CVS check-in comments append
to your Bugzilla bug. If you have your check-in script include
an @resolution field, you can even change the Bugzilla bug
state.
</P
><P
>&#13; There is also a project, based upon somewhat dated Bugzilla
code, to integrate CVS and Bugzilla through CVS' ability to
email. Check it out at:
<A
HREF="http://homepages.kcbbs.gen.nz/~tonyg/"
TARGET="_top"
>&#13; http://homepages.kcbbs.gen.nz/~tonyg/</A
>, under the
<SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"cvszilla"</SPAN
> link.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="bonsai.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="scm.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Bonsai</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="integration.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Perforce SCM</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>The Bugzilla Database</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Software Download Links"
HREF="downloadlinks.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Database Schema Chart"
HREF="dbschema.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="appendix"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="downloadlinks.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="dbschema.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="appendix"
><H1
><A
NAME="database">Appendix C. The Bugzilla Database</H1
><DIV
CLASS="TOC"
><DL
><DT
><B
>Table of Contents</B
></DT
><DT
>C.1. <A
HREF="dbschema.html"
>Database Schema Chart</A
></DT
><DT
>C.2. <A
HREF="dbdoc.html"
>MySQL Bugzilla Database Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
>C.3. <A
HREF="granttables.html"
>MySQL Permissions &#38; Grant Tables</A
></DT
></DL
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="note"
><P
></P
><TABLE
CLASS="note"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="25"
ALIGN="CENTER"
VALIGN="TOP"
><IMG
SRC="../images/note.gif"
HSPACE="5"
ALT="Note"></TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>&#13; This document really needs to be updated with more fleshed out information about primary keys, interrelationships, and maybe some nifty tables to document dependencies. Any takers?
</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="downloadlinks.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="dbschema.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Software Download Links</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
>&nbsp;</TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Database Schema Chart</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,576 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>MySQL Bugzilla Database Introduction</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Database"
HREF="database.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Database Schema Chart"
HREF="dbschema.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="MySQL Permissions & Grant Tables"
HREF="granttables.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="dbschema.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Appendix C. The Bugzilla Database</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="granttables.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="dbdoc">C.2. MySQL Bugzilla Database Introduction</H1
><P
>&#13; This information comes straight from my life. I was forced to learn how
Bugzilla organizes database because of nitpicky requests from users for tiny
changes in wording, rather than having people re-educate themselves or
figure out how to work our procedures around the tool. It sucks, but it can
and will happen to you, so learn how the schema works and deal with it when it
comes.
</P
><P
>&#13; So, here you are with your brand-new installation of Bugzilla. You've got
MySQL set up, Apache working right, Perl DBI and DBD talking to the database
flawlessly. Maybe you've even entered a few test bugs to make sure email's
working; people seem to be notified of new bugs and changes, and you can
enter and edit bugs to your heart's content. Perhaps you've gone through the
trouble of setting up a gateway for people to submit bugs to your database via
email, have had a few people test it, and received rave reviews from your beta
testers.
</P
><P
>&#13; What's the next thing you do? Outline a training strategy for your
development team, of course, and bring them up to speed on the new tool you've
labored over for hours.
</P
><P
>&#13; Your first training session starts off very well! You have a captive
audience which seems enraptured by the efficiency embodied in this thing called
"Bugzilla". You are caught up describing the nifty features, how people can
save favorite queries in the database, set them up as headers and footers on
their pages, customize their layouts, generate reports, track status with
greater efficiency than ever before, leap tall buildings with a single bound
and rescue Jane from the clutches of Certain Death!
</P
><P
>&#13; But Certain Death speaks up -- a tiny voice, from the dark corners of the
conference room. "I have a concern," the voice hisses from the darkness,
"about the use of the word 'verified'.
</P
><P
>&#13; The room, previously filled with happy chatter, lapses into reverential
silence as Certain Death (better known as the Vice President of Software
Engineering) continues. "You see, for two years we've used the word 'verified'
to indicate that a developer or quality assurance engineer has confirmed that,
in fact, a bug is valid. I don't want to lose two years of training to a
new software product. You need to change the bug status of 'verified' to
'approved' as soon as possible. To avoid confusion, of course."
</P
><P
>&#13; Oh no! Terror strikes your heart, as you find yourself mumbling "yes, yes, I
don't think that would be a problem," You review the changes with Certain
Death, and continue to jabber on, "no, it's not too big a change. I mean, we
have the source code, right? You know, 'Use the Source, Luke' and all that...
no problem," All the while you quiver inside like a beached jellyfish bubbling,
burbling, and boiling on a hot Jamaican sand dune...
</P
><P
>&#13; Thus begins your adventure into the heart of Bugzilla. You've been forced
to learn about non-portable enum() fields, varchar columns, and tinyint
definitions. The Adventure Awaits You!
</P
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H2
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="AEN2272">C.2.1. Bugzilla Database Basics</H2
><P
>&#13; If you were like me, at this point you're totally clueless
about the internals of MySQL, and if it weren't for this
executive order from the Vice President you couldn't care less
about the difference between a <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"bigint"</SPAN
> and a
<SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"tinyint"</SPAN
> entry in MySQL. I recommend you refer
to the MySQL documentation, available at <A
HREF="http://www.mysql.com/doc.html"
TARGET="_top"
>MySQL.com</A
>. Below are the basics you need to know about the Bugzilla database. Check the chart above for more details.
</P
><P
><P
></P
><OL
TYPE="1"
><LI
><P
>&#13; To connect to your database:
</P
><P
>&#13; <TT
CLASS="prompt"
>bash#</TT
><B
CLASS="command"
>mysql</B
><TT
CLASS="parameter"
><I
>-u root</I
></TT
>
</P
><P
>&#13; If this works without asking you for a password,
<EM
>shame on you</EM
>! You should have
locked your security down like the installation
instructions told you to. You can find details on
locking down your database in the Bugzilla FAQ in this
directory (under "Security"), or more robust security
generalities in the MySQL searchable documentation at
http://www.mysql.com/php/manual.php3?section=Privilege_system .
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>You should now be at a prompt that looks like
this:</P
><P
><TT
CLASS="prompt"
>mysql&#62;</TT
></P
><P
>At the prompt, if <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"bugs"</SPAN
> is the name
you chose in the<TT
CLASS="filename"
>localconfig</TT
> file
for your Bugzilla database, type:</P
><P
><TT
CLASS="prompt"
>mysql</TT
><B
CLASS="command"
>use bugs;</B
></P
><DIV
CLASS="note"
><P
></P
><TABLE
CLASS="note"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="25"
ALIGN="CENTER"
VALIGN="TOP"
><IMG
SRC="../images/note.gif"
HSPACE="5"
ALT="Note"></TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>Don't forget the <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>";"</SPAN
> at the end of
each line, or you'll be kicking yourself later.</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></LI
></OL
>
</P
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H3
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="AEN2301">C.2.1.1. Bugzilla Database Tables</H3
><P
> Imagine your MySQL database as a series of
spreadsheets, and you won't be too far off. If you use this
command:</P
><P
><TT
CLASS="prompt"
>mysql&#62;</TT
><B
CLASS="command"
>show tables from bugs;</B
></P
><P
>you'll be able to see all the
<SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"spreadsheets"</SPAN
> (tables) in your database. It
is similar to a file system, only faster and more robust for
certain types of operations.</P
><P
>From the command issued above, ou should have some
output that looks like this:
<TABLE
BORDER="0"
BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
WIDTH="100%"
><TR
><TD
><FONT
COLOR="#000000"
><PRE
CLASS="programlisting"
>&#13;+-------------------+
| Tables in bugs |
+-------------------+
| attachments |
| bugs |
| bugs_activity |
| cc |
| components |
| dependencies |
| fielddefs |
| groups |
| keyworddefs |
| keywords |
| logincookies |
| longdescs |
| milestones |
| namedqueries |
| products |
| profiles |
| profiles_activity |
| shadowlog |
| tokens |
| versions |
| votes |
| watch |
+-------------------+
</PRE
></FONT
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></P
><P
CLASS="literallayout"
><br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;Here's&nbsp;an&nbsp;overview&nbsp;of&nbsp;what&nbsp;each&nbsp;table&nbsp;does.&nbsp;&nbsp;Most&nbsp;columns&nbsp;in&nbsp;each&nbsp;table&nbsp;have<br>
descriptive&nbsp;names&nbsp;that&nbsp;make&nbsp;it&nbsp;fairly&nbsp;trivial&nbsp;to&nbsp;figure&nbsp;out&nbsp;their&nbsp;jobs.<br>
<br>
attachments:&nbsp;This&nbsp;table&nbsp;stores&nbsp;all&nbsp;attachments&nbsp;to&nbsp;bugs.&nbsp;&nbsp;It&nbsp;tends&nbsp;to&nbsp;be&nbsp;your<br>
largest&nbsp;table,&nbsp;yet&nbsp;also&nbsp;generally&nbsp;has&nbsp;the&nbsp;fewest&nbsp;entries&nbsp;because&nbsp;file<br>
attachments&nbsp;are&nbsp;so&nbsp;(relatively)&nbsp;large.<br>
<br>
bugs:&nbsp;&nbsp;This&nbsp;is&nbsp;the&nbsp;core&nbsp;of&nbsp;your&nbsp;system.&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;bugs&nbsp;table&nbsp;stores&nbsp;most&nbsp;of&nbsp;the<br>
current&nbsp;information&nbsp;about&nbsp;a&nbsp;bug,&nbsp;with&nbsp;the&nbsp;exception&nbsp;of&nbsp;the&nbsp;info&nbsp;stored&nbsp;in&nbsp;the<br>
other&nbsp;tables.<br>
<br>
bugs_activity:&nbsp;&nbsp;This&nbsp;stores&nbsp;information&nbsp;regarding&nbsp;what&nbsp;changes&nbsp;are&nbsp;made&nbsp;to&nbsp;bugs<br>
when&nbsp;--&nbsp;a&nbsp;history&nbsp;file.<br>
<br>
cc:&nbsp;&nbsp;This&nbsp;tiny&nbsp;table&nbsp;simply&nbsp;stores&nbsp;all&nbsp;the&nbsp;CC&nbsp;information&nbsp;for&nbsp;any&nbsp;bug&nbsp;which&nbsp;has<br>
any&nbsp;entries&nbsp;in&nbsp;the&nbsp;CC&nbsp;field&nbsp;of&nbsp;the&nbsp;bug.&nbsp;&nbsp;Note&nbsp;that,&nbsp;like&nbsp;most&nbsp;other&nbsp;tables&nbsp;in<br>
Bugzilla,&nbsp;it&nbsp;does&nbsp;not&nbsp;refer&nbsp;to&nbsp;users&nbsp;by&nbsp;their&nbsp;user&nbsp;names,&nbsp;but&nbsp;by&nbsp;their&nbsp;unique<br>
userid,&nbsp;stored&nbsp;as&nbsp;a&nbsp;primary&nbsp;key&nbsp;in&nbsp;the&nbsp;profiles&nbsp;table.<br>
<br>
components:&nbsp;This&nbsp;stores&nbsp;the&nbsp;programs&nbsp;and&nbsp;components&nbsp;(or&nbsp;products&nbsp;and<br>
components,&nbsp;in&nbsp;newer&nbsp;Bugzilla&nbsp;parlance)&nbsp;for&nbsp;Bugzilla.&nbsp;&nbsp;Curiously,&nbsp;the&nbsp;"program"<br>
(product)&nbsp;field&nbsp;is&nbsp;the&nbsp;full&nbsp;name&nbsp;of&nbsp;the&nbsp;product,&nbsp;rather&nbsp;than&nbsp;some&nbsp;other&nbsp;unique<br>
identifier,&nbsp;like&nbsp;bug_id&nbsp;and&nbsp;user_id&nbsp;are&nbsp;elsewhere&nbsp;in&nbsp;the&nbsp;database.<br>
<br>
dependencies:&nbsp;Stores&nbsp;data&nbsp;about&nbsp;those&nbsp;cool&nbsp;dependency&nbsp;trees.<br>
<br>
fielddefs:&nbsp;&nbsp;A&nbsp;nifty&nbsp;table&nbsp;that&nbsp;defines&nbsp;other&nbsp;tables.&nbsp;&nbsp;For&nbsp;instance,&nbsp;when&nbsp;you<br>
submit&nbsp;a&nbsp;form&nbsp;that&nbsp;changes&nbsp;the&nbsp;value&nbsp;of&nbsp;"AssignedTo"&nbsp;this&nbsp;table&nbsp;allows<br>
translation&nbsp;to&nbsp;the&nbsp;actual&nbsp;field&nbsp;name&nbsp;"assigned_to"&nbsp;for&nbsp;entry&nbsp;into&nbsp;MySQL.<br>
<br>
groups:&nbsp;&nbsp;defines&nbsp;bitmasks&nbsp;for&nbsp;groups.&nbsp;&nbsp;A&nbsp;bitmask&nbsp;is&nbsp;a&nbsp;number&nbsp;that&nbsp;can&nbsp;uniquely<br>
identify&nbsp;group&nbsp;memberships.&nbsp;&nbsp;For&nbsp;instance,&nbsp;say&nbsp;the&nbsp;group&nbsp;that&nbsp;is&nbsp;allowed&nbsp;to<br>
tweak&nbsp;parameters&nbsp;is&nbsp;assigned&nbsp;a&nbsp;value&nbsp;of&nbsp;"1",&nbsp;the&nbsp;group&nbsp;that&nbsp;is&nbsp;allowed&nbsp;to&nbsp;edit<br>
users&nbsp;is&nbsp;assigned&nbsp;a&nbsp;"2",&nbsp;and&nbsp;the&nbsp;group&nbsp;that&nbsp;is&nbsp;allowed&nbsp;to&nbsp;create&nbsp;new&nbsp;groups&nbsp;is<br>
assigned&nbsp;the&nbsp;bitmask&nbsp;of&nbsp;"4".&nbsp;&nbsp;By&nbsp;uniquely&nbsp;combining&nbsp;the&nbsp;group&nbsp;bitmasks&nbsp;(much<br>
like&nbsp;the&nbsp;chmod&nbsp;command&nbsp;in&nbsp;UNIX,)&nbsp;you&nbsp;can&nbsp;identify&nbsp;a&nbsp;user&nbsp;is&nbsp;allowed&nbsp;to&nbsp;tweak<br>
parameters&nbsp;and&nbsp;create&nbsp;groups,&nbsp;but&nbsp;not&nbsp;edit&nbsp;users,&nbsp;by&nbsp;giving&nbsp;him&nbsp;a&nbsp;bitmask&nbsp;of<br>
"5",&nbsp;or&nbsp;a&nbsp;user&nbsp;allowed&nbsp;to&nbsp;edit&nbsp;users&nbsp;and&nbsp;create&nbsp;groups,&nbsp;but&nbsp;not&nbsp;tweak<br>
parameters,&nbsp;by&nbsp;giving&nbsp;him&nbsp;a&nbsp;bitmask&nbsp;of&nbsp;"6"&nbsp;Simple,&nbsp;huh?<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;If&nbsp;this&nbsp;makes&nbsp;no&nbsp;sense&nbsp;to&nbsp;you,&nbsp;try&nbsp;this&nbsp;at&nbsp;the&nbsp;mysql&nbsp;prompt:<br>
mysql&#62;&nbsp;select&nbsp;*&nbsp;from&nbsp;groups;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;You'll&nbsp;see&nbsp;the&nbsp;list,&nbsp;it&nbsp;makes&nbsp;much&nbsp;more&nbsp;sense&nbsp;that&nbsp;way.<br>
<br>
keyworddefs:&nbsp;&nbsp;Definitions&nbsp;of&nbsp;keywords&nbsp;to&nbsp;be&nbsp;used<br>
<br>
keywords:&nbsp;Unlike&nbsp;what&nbsp;you'd&nbsp;think,&nbsp;this&nbsp;table&nbsp;holds&nbsp;which&nbsp;keywords&nbsp;are<br>
associated&nbsp;with&nbsp;which&nbsp;bug&nbsp;id's.<br>
<br>
logincookies:&nbsp;This&nbsp;stores&nbsp;every&nbsp;login&nbsp;cookie&nbsp;ever&nbsp;assigned&nbsp;to&nbsp;you&nbsp;for&nbsp;every<br>
machine&nbsp;you've&nbsp;ever&nbsp;logged&nbsp;into&nbsp;Bugzilla&nbsp;from.&nbsp;&nbsp;Curiously,&nbsp;it&nbsp;never&nbsp;does&nbsp;any<br>
housecleaning&nbsp;--&nbsp;I&nbsp;see&nbsp;cookies&nbsp;in&nbsp;this&nbsp;file&nbsp;I've&nbsp;not&nbsp;used&nbsp;for&nbsp;months.&nbsp;&nbsp;However,<br>
since&nbsp;Bugzilla&nbsp;never&nbsp;expires&nbsp;your&nbsp;cookie&nbsp;(for&nbsp;convenience'&nbsp;sake),&nbsp;it&nbsp;makes<br>
sense.<br>
<br>
longdescs:&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;meat&nbsp;of&nbsp;bugzilla&nbsp;--&nbsp;here&nbsp;is&nbsp;where&nbsp;all&nbsp;user&nbsp;comments&nbsp;are&nbsp;stored!<br>
You've&nbsp;only&nbsp;got&nbsp;2^24&nbsp;bytes&nbsp;per&nbsp;comment&nbsp;(it's&nbsp;a&nbsp;mediumtext&nbsp;field),&nbsp;so&nbsp;speak<br>
sparingly&nbsp;--&nbsp;that's&nbsp;only&nbsp;the&nbsp;amount&nbsp;of&nbsp;space&nbsp;the&nbsp;Old&nbsp;Testament&nbsp;from&nbsp;the&nbsp;Bible<br>
would&nbsp;take&nbsp;(uncompressed,&nbsp;16&nbsp;megabytes).&nbsp;&nbsp;Each&nbsp;comment&nbsp;is&nbsp;keyed&nbsp;to&nbsp;the<br>
bug_id&nbsp;to&nbsp;which&nbsp;it's&nbsp;attached,&nbsp;so&nbsp;the&nbsp;order&nbsp;is&nbsp;necessarily&nbsp;chronological,&nbsp;for<br>
comments&nbsp;are&nbsp;played&nbsp;back&nbsp;in&nbsp;the&nbsp;order&nbsp;in&nbsp;which&nbsp;they&nbsp;are&nbsp;received.<br>
<br>
milestones:&nbsp;&nbsp;Interesting&nbsp;that&nbsp;milestones&nbsp;are&nbsp;associated&nbsp;with&nbsp;a&nbsp;specific&nbsp;product<br>
in&nbsp;this&nbsp;table,&nbsp;but&nbsp;Bugzilla&nbsp;does&nbsp;not&nbsp;yet&nbsp;support&nbsp;differing&nbsp;milestones&nbsp;by<br>
product&nbsp;through&nbsp;the&nbsp;standard&nbsp;configuration&nbsp;interfaces.<br>
<br>
namedqueries:&nbsp;&nbsp;This&nbsp;is&nbsp;where&nbsp;everybody&nbsp;stores&nbsp;their&nbsp;"custom&nbsp;queries".&nbsp;&nbsp;Very<br>
cool&nbsp;feature;&nbsp;it&nbsp;beats&nbsp;the&nbsp;tar&nbsp;out&nbsp;of&nbsp;having&nbsp;to&nbsp;bookmark&nbsp;each&nbsp;cool&nbsp;query&nbsp;you<br>
construct.<br>
<br>
products:&nbsp;&nbsp;What&nbsp;products&nbsp;you&nbsp;have,&nbsp;whether&nbsp;new&nbsp;bug&nbsp;entries&nbsp;are&nbsp;allowed&nbsp;for&nbsp;the<br>
product,&nbsp;what&nbsp;milestone&nbsp;you're&nbsp;working&nbsp;toward&nbsp;on&nbsp;that&nbsp;product,&nbsp;votes,&nbsp;etc.&nbsp;&nbsp;It<br>
will&nbsp;be&nbsp;nice&nbsp;when&nbsp;the&nbsp;components&nbsp;table&nbsp;supports&nbsp;these&nbsp;same&nbsp;features,&nbsp;so&nbsp;you<br>
could&nbsp;close&nbsp;a&nbsp;particular&nbsp;component&nbsp;for&nbsp;bug&nbsp;entry&nbsp;without&nbsp;having&nbsp;to&nbsp;close&nbsp;an<br>
entire&nbsp;product...<br>
<br>
profiles:&nbsp;&nbsp;Ahh,&nbsp;so&nbsp;you&nbsp;were&nbsp;wondering&nbsp;where&nbsp;your&nbsp;precious&nbsp;user&nbsp;information&nbsp;was<br>
stored?&nbsp;&nbsp;Here&nbsp;it&nbsp;is!&nbsp;&nbsp;With&nbsp;the&nbsp;passwords&nbsp;in&nbsp;plain&nbsp;text&nbsp;for&nbsp;all&nbsp;to&nbsp;see!&nbsp;(but<br>
sshh...&nbsp;don't&nbsp;tell&nbsp;your&nbsp;users!)<br>
<br>
profiles_activity:&nbsp;&nbsp;Need&nbsp;to&nbsp;know&nbsp;who&nbsp;did&nbsp;what&nbsp;when&nbsp;to&nbsp;who's&nbsp;profile?&nbsp;&nbsp;This'll<br>
tell&nbsp;you,&nbsp;it's&nbsp;a&nbsp;pretty&nbsp;complete&nbsp;history.<br>
<br>
shadowlog:&nbsp;&nbsp;I&nbsp;could&nbsp;be&nbsp;mistaken&nbsp;here,&nbsp;but&nbsp;I&nbsp;believe&nbsp;this&nbsp;table&nbsp;tells&nbsp;you&nbsp;when<br>
your&nbsp;shadow&nbsp;database&nbsp;is&nbsp;updated&nbsp;and&nbsp;what&nbsp;commands&nbsp;were&nbsp;used&nbsp;to&nbsp;update&nbsp;it.&nbsp;&nbsp;We<br>
don't&nbsp;use&nbsp;a&nbsp;shadow&nbsp;database&nbsp;at&nbsp;our&nbsp;site&nbsp;yet,&nbsp;so&nbsp;it's&nbsp;pretty&nbsp;empty&nbsp;for&nbsp;us.<br>
<br>
versions:&nbsp;&nbsp;Version&nbsp;information&nbsp;for&nbsp;every&nbsp;product<br>
<br>
votes:&nbsp;&nbsp;Who&nbsp;voted&nbsp;for&nbsp;what&nbsp;when<br>
<br>
watch:&nbsp;&nbsp;Who&nbsp;(according&nbsp;to&nbsp;userid)&nbsp;is&nbsp;watching&nbsp;who's&nbsp;bugs&nbsp;(according&nbsp;to&nbsp;their<br>
userid).<br>
<br>
<br>
===<br>
THE&nbsp;DETAILS<br>
===<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;Ahh,&nbsp;so&nbsp;you're&nbsp;wondering&nbsp;just&nbsp;what&nbsp;to&nbsp;do&nbsp;with&nbsp;the&nbsp;information&nbsp;above?&nbsp;&nbsp;At&nbsp;the<br>
mysql&nbsp;prompt,&nbsp;you&nbsp;can&nbsp;view&nbsp;any&nbsp;information&nbsp;about&nbsp;the&nbsp;columns&nbsp;in&nbsp;a&nbsp;table&nbsp;with<br>
this&nbsp;command&nbsp;(where&nbsp;"table"&nbsp;is&nbsp;the&nbsp;name&nbsp;of&nbsp;the&nbsp;table&nbsp;you&nbsp;wish&nbsp;to&nbsp;view):<br>
<br>
mysql&#62;&nbsp;show&nbsp;columns&nbsp;from&nbsp;table;<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;You&nbsp;can&nbsp;also&nbsp;view&nbsp;all&nbsp;the&nbsp;data&nbsp;in&nbsp;a&nbsp;table&nbsp;with&nbsp;this&nbsp;command:<br>
<br>
mysql&#62;&nbsp;select&nbsp;*&nbsp;from&nbsp;table;<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;--&nbsp;note:&nbsp;this&nbsp;is&nbsp;a&nbsp;very&nbsp;bad&nbsp;idea&nbsp;to&nbsp;do&nbsp;on,&nbsp;for&nbsp;instance,&nbsp;the&nbsp;"bugs"&nbsp;table&nbsp;if<br>
you&nbsp;have&nbsp;50,000&nbsp;bugs.&nbsp;&nbsp;You'll&nbsp;be&nbsp;sitting&nbsp;there&nbsp;a&nbsp;while&nbsp;until&nbsp;you&nbsp;ctrl-c&nbsp;or<br>
50,000&nbsp;bugs&nbsp;play&nbsp;across&nbsp;your&nbsp;screen.<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;You&nbsp;can&nbsp;limit&nbsp;the&nbsp;display&nbsp;from&nbsp;above&nbsp;a&nbsp;little&nbsp;with&nbsp;the&nbsp;command,&nbsp;where<br>
"column"&nbsp;is&nbsp;the&nbsp;name&nbsp;of&nbsp;the&nbsp;column&nbsp;for&nbsp;which&nbsp;you&nbsp;wish&nbsp;to&nbsp;restrict&nbsp;information:<br>
<br>
mysql&#62;&nbsp;select&nbsp;*&nbsp;from&nbsp;table&nbsp;where&nbsp;(column&nbsp;=&nbsp;"some&nbsp;info");<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;--&nbsp;or&nbsp;the&nbsp;reverse&nbsp;of&nbsp;this<br>
<br>
mysql&#62;&nbsp;select&nbsp;*&nbsp;from&nbsp;table&nbsp;where&nbsp;(column&nbsp;!=&nbsp;"some&nbsp;info");<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;Let's&nbsp;take&nbsp;our&nbsp;example&nbsp;from&nbsp;the&nbsp;introduction,&nbsp;and&nbsp;assume&nbsp;you&nbsp;need&nbsp;to&nbsp;change<br>
the&nbsp;word&nbsp;"verified"&nbsp;to&nbsp;"approved"&nbsp;in&nbsp;the&nbsp;resolution&nbsp;field.&nbsp;&nbsp;We&nbsp;know&nbsp;from&nbsp;the<br>
above&nbsp;information&nbsp;that&nbsp;the&nbsp;resolution&nbsp;is&nbsp;likely&nbsp;to&nbsp;be&nbsp;stored&nbsp;in&nbsp;the&nbsp;"bugs"<br>
table.&nbsp;Note&nbsp;we'll&nbsp;need&nbsp;to&nbsp;change&nbsp;a&nbsp;little&nbsp;perl&nbsp;code&nbsp;as&nbsp;well&nbsp;as&nbsp;this&nbsp;database<br>
change,&nbsp;but&nbsp;I&nbsp;won't&nbsp;plunge&nbsp;into&nbsp;that&nbsp;in&nbsp;this&nbsp;document.&nbsp;Let's&nbsp;verify&nbsp;the<br>
information&nbsp;is&nbsp;stored&nbsp;in&nbsp;the&nbsp;"bugs"&nbsp;table:<br>
<br>
mysql&#62;&nbsp;show&nbsp;columns&nbsp;from&nbsp;bugs<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;(exceedingly&nbsp;long&nbsp;output&nbsp;truncated&nbsp;here)<br>
|&nbsp;bug_status|&nbsp;enum('UNCONFIRMED','NEW','ASSIGNED','REOPENED','RESOLVED','VERIFIED','CLOSED')||MUL&nbsp;|&nbsp;UNCONFIRMED||<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;Sorry&nbsp;about&nbsp;that&nbsp;long&nbsp;line.&nbsp;&nbsp;We&nbsp;see&nbsp;from&nbsp;this&nbsp;that&nbsp;the&nbsp;"bug&nbsp;status"&nbsp;column&nbsp;is<br>
an&nbsp;"enum&nbsp;field",&nbsp;which&nbsp;is&nbsp;a&nbsp;MySQL&nbsp;peculiarity&nbsp;where&nbsp;a&nbsp;string&nbsp;type&nbsp;field&nbsp;can<br>
only&nbsp;have&nbsp;certain&nbsp;types&nbsp;of&nbsp;entries.&nbsp;&nbsp;While&nbsp;I&nbsp;think&nbsp;this&nbsp;is&nbsp;very&nbsp;cool,&nbsp;it's&nbsp;not<br>
standard&nbsp;SQL.&nbsp;&nbsp;Anyway,&nbsp;we&nbsp;need&nbsp;to&nbsp;add&nbsp;the&nbsp;possible&nbsp;enum&nbsp;field&nbsp;entry<br>
'APPROVED'&nbsp;by&nbsp;altering&nbsp;the&nbsp;"bugs"&nbsp;table.<br>
<br>
mysql&#62;&nbsp;ALTER&nbsp;table&nbsp;bugs&nbsp;CHANGE&nbsp;bug_status&nbsp;bug_status<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;-&#62;&nbsp;enum("UNCONFIRMED",&nbsp;"NEW",&nbsp;"ASSIGNED",&nbsp;"REOPENED",&nbsp;"RESOLVED",<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;-&#62;&nbsp;"VERIFIED",&nbsp;"APPROVED",&nbsp;"CLOSED")&nbsp;not&nbsp;null;<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(note&nbsp;we&nbsp;can&nbsp;take&nbsp;three&nbsp;lines&nbsp;or&nbsp;more&nbsp;--&nbsp;whatever&nbsp;you&nbsp;put&nbsp;in&nbsp;before&nbsp;the<br>
semicolon&nbsp;is&nbsp;evaluated&nbsp;as&nbsp;a&nbsp;single&nbsp;expression)<br>
<br>
Now&nbsp;if&nbsp;you&nbsp;do&nbsp;this:<br>
<br>
mysql&#62;&nbsp;show&nbsp;columns&nbsp;from&nbsp;bugs;<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;you'll&nbsp;see&nbsp;that&nbsp;the&nbsp;bug_status&nbsp;field&nbsp;has&nbsp;an&nbsp;extra&nbsp;"APPROVED"&nbsp;enum&nbsp;that's<br>
available!&nbsp;&nbsp;Cool&nbsp;thing,&nbsp;too,&nbsp;is&nbsp;that&nbsp;this&nbsp;is&nbsp;reflected&nbsp;on&nbsp;your&nbsp;query&nbsp;page&nbsp;as<br>
well&nbsp;--&nbsp;you&nbsp;can&nbsp;query&nbsp;by&nbsp;the&nbsp;new&nbsp;status.&nbsp;&nbsp;But&nbsp;how's&nbsp;it&nbsp;fit&nbsp;into&nbsp;the&nbsp;existing<br>
scheme&nbsp;of&nbsp;things?<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;Looks&nbsp;like&nbsp;you&nbsp;need&nbsp;to&nbsp;go&nbsp;back&nbsp;and&nbsp;look&nbsp;for&nbsp;instances&nbsp;of&nbsp;the&nbsp;word&nbsp;"verified"<br>
in&nbsp;the&nbsp;perl&nbsp;code&nbsp;for&nbsp;Bugzilla&nbsp;--&nbsp;wherever&nbsp;you&nbsp;find&nbsp;"verified",&nbsp;change&nbsp;it&nbsp;to<br>
"approved"&nbsp;and&nbsp;you're&nbsp;in&nbsp;business&nbsp;(make&nbsp;sure&nbsp;that's&nbsp;a&nbsp;case-insensitive&nbsp;search).<br>
Although&nbsp;you&nbsp;can&nbsp;query&nbsp;by&nbsp;the&nbsp;enum&nbsp;field,&nbsp;you&nbsp;can't&nbsp;give&nbsp;something&nbsp;a&nbsp;status<br>
of&nbsp;"APPROVED"&nbsp;until&nbsp;you&nbsp;make&nbsp;the&nbsp;perl&nbsp;changes.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Note&nbsp;that&nbsp;this&nbsp;change&nbsp;I<br>
mentioned&nbsp;can&nbsp;also&nbsp;be&nbsp;done&nbsp;by&nbsp;editing&nbsp;checksetup.pl,&nbsp;which&nbsp;automates&nbsp;a&nbsp;lot&nbsp;of<br>
this.&nbsp;&nbsp;But&nbsp;you&nbsp;need&nbsp;to&nbsp;know&nbsp;this&nbsp;stuff&nbsp;anyway,&nbsp;right?<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;I&nbsp;hope&nbsp;this&nbsp;database&nbsp;tutorial&nbsp;has&nbsp;been&nbsp;useful&nbsp;for&nbsp;you.&nbsp;&nbsp;If&nbsp;you&nbsp;have&nbsp;comments<br>
to&nbsp;add,&nbsp;questions,&nbsp;concerns,&nbsp;etc.&nbsp;please&nbsp;direct&nbsp;them&nbsp;to<br>
mbarnson@excitehome.net.&nbsp;&nbsp;Please&nbsp;direct&nbsp;flames&nbsp;to&nbsp;/dev/null&nbsp;:)&nbsp;&nbsp;Have&nbsp;a&nbsp;nice<br>
day!<br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
===<br>
LINKS<br>
===<br>
<br>
Great&nbsp;MySQL&nbsp;tutorial&nbsp;site:<br>
http://www.devshed.com/Server_Side/MySQL/<br>
<br>
</P
></DIV
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="dbschema.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="granttables.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Database Schema Chart</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="database.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>MySQL Permissions &#38; Grant Tables</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Database Schema Chart</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Database"
HREF="database.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Database"
HREF="database.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="MySQL Bugzilla Database Introduction"
HREF="dbdoc.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="database.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Appendix C. The Bugzilla Database</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="dbdoc.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="dbschema">C.1. Database Schema Chart</H1
><P
>&#13; <DIV
CLASS="mediaobject"
><P
><IMG
SRC="../images/dbschema.jpg"><DIV
CLASS="caption"
><P
>Bugzilla database relationships chart</P
></DIV
></P
></DIV
>
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="database.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="dbdoc.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>The Bugzilla Database</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="database.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>MySQL Bugzilla Database Introduction</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Disclaimer</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="About This Guide"
HREF="about.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Copyright Information"
HREF="copyright.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="New Versions"
HREF="newversions.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="copyright.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="newversions.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="disclaimer">1.3. Disclaimer</H1
><P
>&#13; No liability for the contents of this document can be accepted.
Use the concepts, examples, and other content at your own risk.
As this is a new edition of this document, there may be errors
and inaccuracies that may damage your system. Use of this
document may cause your girlfriend to leave you, your cats to
pee on your furniture and clothing, your computer to cease
functioning, your boss to fire you, and global thermonuclear
war. Proceed with caution.
</P
><P
>&#13; All copyrights are held by their respective owners, unless
specifically noted otherwise. Use of a term in this document
should not be regarded as affecting the validity of any
trademark or service mark.
</P
><P
>&#13; Naming of particular products or brands should not be seen as
endorsements, with the exception of the term "GNU/Linux". We
wholeheartedly endorse the use of GNU/Linux in every situation
where it is appropriate. It is an extremely versatile, stable,
and robust operating system that offers an ideal operating
environment for Bugzilla.
</P
><P
>&#13; You are strongly recommended to make a backup of your system
before installing Bugzilla and at regular intervals thereafter.
If you implement any suggestion in this Guide, implement this one!
</P
><P
>&#13; Although the Bugzilla development team has taken great care to
ensure that all easily-exploitable bugs or options are
documented or fixed in the code, security holes surely exist.
Great care should be taken both in the installation and usage of
this software. Carefully consider the implications of installing
other network services with Bugzilla. The Bugzilla development
team members, Netscape Communications, America Online Inc., and
any affiliated developers or sponsors assume no liability for
your use of this product. You have the source code to this
product, and are responsible for auditing it yourself to insure
your security needs are met.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="copyright.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="newversions.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Copyright Information</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="about.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>New Versions</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Software Download Links</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="The Bugzilla FAQ"
HREF="faq.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Database"
HREF="database.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="appendix"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="faq.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="database.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="appendix"
><H1
><A
NAME="downloadlinks">Appendix B. Software Download Links</H1
><P
>&#13; All of these sites are current as of April, 2001. Hopefully
they'll stay current for a while.
</P
><P
>&#13; Apache Web Server: <A
HREF="http://www.apache.org/"
TARGET="_top"
>http://www.apache.org</A
>
Optional web server for Bugzilla, but recommended because of broad user base and support.
</P
><P
>&#13; Bugzilla: <A
HREF="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/bugzilla/"
TARGET="_top"
>&#13; http://www.mozilla.org/projects/bugzilla/</A
>
</P
><P
>&#13; MySQL: <A
HREF="http://www.mysql.com/"
TARGET="_top"
>http://www.mysql.com/</A
>
</P
><P
>&#13; Perl: <A
HREF="http://www.perl.org"
TARGET="_top"
>http://www.perl.org/</A
>
</P
><P
>&#13; CPAN: <A
HREF="http://www.cpan.org/"
TARGET="_top"
>http://www.cpan.org/</A
>
</P
><P
>&#13; DBI Perl module:
<A
HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/DBI/"
TARGET="_top"
>&#13; http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/DBI/</A
>
</P
><P
>&#13; Data::Dumper module:
<A
HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Data/"
TARGET="_top"
>&#13; http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Data/</A
>
</P
><P
>&#13; MySQL related Perl modules:
<A
HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Mysql/"
TARGET="_top"
>&#13; http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Mysql/</A
>
</P
><P
>&#13; TimeDate Perl module collection:
<A
HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Date/"
TARGET="_top"
>&#13; http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Date/</A
>
</P
><P
>&#13; GD Perl module:
<A
HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/GD/"
TARGET="_top"
>&#13; http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/GD/</A
>
Alternately, you should be able to find the latest version of
GD at <A
HREF="http://www.boutell.com/gd/"
TARGET="_top"
>http://www.boutell.com/gd/</A
>
</P
><P
>&#13; Chart::Base module:
<A
HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Chart/"
TARGET="_top"
>&#13; http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Chart/</A
>
</P
><P
>&#13; LinuxDoc Software:
<A
HREF="http://www.linuxdoc.org/"
TARGET="_top"
>http://www.linuxdoc.org/</A
>
(for documentation maintenance)
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="faq.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="database.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>The Bugzilla FAQ</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
>&nbsp;</TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>The Bugzilla Database</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>ERRATA</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="Installation"
HREF="installation.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Installation"
HREF="installation.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Step-by-step Install"
HREF="stepbystep.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="installation.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 3. Installation</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="stepbystep.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="errata">3.1. ERRATA</H1
><P
>Here are some miscellaneous notes about possible issues you
main run into when you begin your Bugzilla installation.
Reference platforms for Bugzilla installation are Redhat Linux
7.2, Linux-Mandrake 8.0, and Solaris 8.</P
><P
></P
><TABLE
BORDER="0"
><TBODY
><TR
><TD
>&#13; If you are installing Bugzilla on S.u.S.e. Linux, or some
other distributions with <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"paranoid"</SPAN
> security
options, it is possible that the checksetup.pl script may fail
with the error: <SPAN
CLASS="errorname"
>cannot chdir(/var/spool/mqueue):
Permission denied</SPAN
> This is because your
<TT
CLASS="filename"
>/var/spool/mqueue</TT
> directory has a mode of
<SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"drwx------"</SPAN
>. Type <B
CLASS="command"
>chmod 755
<TT
CLASS="filename"
>/var/spool/mqueue</TT
></B
> as root to
fix this problem.
</TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
>&#13; Bugzilla may be installed on Macintosh OS X (10), which is a
unix-based (BSD) operating system. Everything required for
Bugzilla on OS X will install cleanly, but the optional GD
perl module which is used for bug charting requires some
additional setup for installation. Please see the Mac OS X
installation section below for details
</TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
>&#13; Release Notes for Bugzilla 2.16 are available at
<TT
CLASS="filename"
>docs/rel_notes.txt</TT
> in your Bugzilla
source distribution.
</TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
>&#13; The preferred documentation for Bugzilla is available in
docs/, with a variety of document types available. Please
refer to these documents when installing, configuring, and
maintaining your Bugzilla installation.
</TD
></TR
></TBODY
></TABLE
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="warning"
><P
></P
><TABLE
CLASS="warning"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="25"
ALIGN="CENTER"
VALIGN="TOP"
><IMG
SRC="../images/warning.gif"
HSPACE="5"
ALT="Warning"></TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>&#13; Bugzilla is not a package where you can just plop it in a directory,
twiddle a few things, and you're off. Installing Bugzilla assumes you
know your variant of UNIX or Microsoft Windows well, are familiar with the
command line, and are comfortable compiling and installing a plethora
of third-party utilities. To install Bugzilla on Win32 requires
fair Perl proficiency, and if you use a webserver other than Apache you
should be intimately familiar with the security mechanisms and CGI
environment thereof.
</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="warning"
><P
></P
><TABLE
CLASS="warning"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="25"
ALIGN="CENTER"
VALIGN="TOP"
><IMG
SRC="../images/warning.gif"
HSPACE="5"
ALT="Warning"></TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>&#13; Bugzilla has not undergone a complete security review. Security holes
may exist in the code. Great care should be taken both in the installation
and usage of this software. Carefully consider the implications of
installing other network services with Bugzilla.
</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="installation.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="stepbystep.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Installation</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="installation.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Step-by-step Install</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Feedback</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="About This Guide"
HREF="about.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Contributors"
HREF="contributors.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Translations"
HREF="translations.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="contributors.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="translations.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="feedback">1.7. Feedback</H1
><P
>&#13; I welcome feedback on this document. Without your submissions
and input, this Guide cannot continue to exist. Please mail
additions, comments, criticisms, etc. to
<TT
CLASS="email"
>&#60;<A
HREF="mailto:barnboy@trilobyte.net"
>barnboy@trilobyte.net</A
>&#62;</TT
>. Please send flames to
<TT
CLASS="email"
>&#60;<A
HREF="mailto:devnull@localhost"
>devnull@localhost</A
>&#62;</TT
>
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="contributors.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="translations.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>Contributors</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="about.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Translations</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,489 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Installation General Notes</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="Installation"
HREF="installation.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="BSD Installation Notes"
HREF="bsdinstall.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Win32 Installation Notes"
HREF="win32.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="section"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="bsdinstall.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Chapter 3. Installation</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="win32.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H1
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="geninstall">3.5. Installation General Notes</H1
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H2
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="AEN874">3.5.1. Modifying Your Running System</H2
><P
>&#13; Bugzilla optimizes database lookups by storing all relatively static
information in the versioncache file, located in the data/ subdirectory
under your installation directory.
</P
><P
>&#13; If you make a change to the structural data in your database
(the versions table for example), or to the
<SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"constants"</SPAN
> encoded in defparams.pl, you will
need to remove the cached content from the data directory
(by doing a <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"rm data/versioncache"</SPAN
>), or your
changes won't show up.
</P
><P
>&#13; That file gets automatically regenerated whenever it's more than an
hour old, so Bugzilla will eventually notice your changes by itself, but
generally you want it to notice right away, so that you can test things.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H2
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="AEN881">3.5.2. Upgrading From Previous Versions</H2
><P
>&#13; A plain Bugzilla is fairly easy to upgrade from one version to a newer one.
However, things get a bit more complicated if you've made changes to
Bugzilla's code. In this case, you may have to re-make or reapply those
changes.
It is recommended that you take a backup of your database and your entire
Bugzilla installation before attempting an upgrade. You can upgrade a 'clean'
installation by untarring a new tarball over the old installation. If you
are upgrading from 2.12 or later, you can type <TT
CLASS="filename"
>cvs -z3
update</TT
>, and resolve conflicts if there are any.
</P
><P
>&#13; Because the developers of Bugzilla are constantly adding new tables, columns
and fields, you'll probably get SQL errors if you just update the code and
attempt to use Bugzilla. Always run the checksetup.pl script whenever
you upgrade your installation.
</P
><P
>&#13; If you are running Bugzilla version 2.8 or lower, and wish to upgrade to
the latest version, please consult the file, "UPGRADING-pre-2.8" in the
Bugzilla root directory after untarring the archive.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H2
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="htaccess">3.5.3. <TT
CLASS="filename"
>.htaccess</TT
> files and security</H2
><P
>&#13; To enhance the security of your Bugzilla installation,
Bugzilla will generate
<I
CLASS="glossterm"
><TT
CLASS="filename"
>.htaccess</TT
></I
> files
which the Apache webserver can use to restrict access to
the bugzilla data files. The checksetup script will
generate the <TT
CLASS="filename"
>.htaccess</TT
> files. These .htaccess files
will not work with Apache 1.2.x - but this has security holes, so you
shouldn't be using it anyway.
<DIV
CLASS="note"
><P
></P
><TABLE
CLASS="note"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="25"
ALIGN="CENTER"
VALIGN="TOP"
><IMG
SRC="../images/note.gif"
HSPACE="5"
ALT="Note"></TD
><TD
ALIGN="LEFT"
VALIGN="TOP"
><P
>&#13; If you are using an alternate provider of
<SPAN
CLASS="productname"
>webdot</SPAN
> services for graphing
(as described when viewing
<TT
CLASS="filename"
>editparams.cgi</TT
> in your web
browser), you will need to change the ip address in
<TT
CLASS="filename"
>data/webdot/.htaccess</TT
> to the ip
address of the webdot server that you are using.
</P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
>
</P
><P
>&#13; The default .htaccess file may not provide adequate access
restrictions, depending on your web server configuration.
Be sure to check the &#60;Directory&#62; entries for your
Bugzilla directory so that the <TT
CLASS="filename"
>.htaccess</TT
>
file is allowed to override web server defaults. For instance,
let's assume your installation of Bugzilla is installed to
<TT
CLASS="filename"
>/usr/local/bugzilla</TT
>. You should have
this &#60;Directory&#62; entry in your <TT
CLASS="filename"
>httpd.conf</TT
>
file:
</P
><P
>&#13; <TABLE
BORDER="0"
BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
WIDTH="100%"
><TR
><TD
><FONT
COLOR="#000000"
><PRE
CLASS="programlisting"
>&#13;
&#60;Directory /usr/local/bugzilla/&#62;
Options +FollowSymLinks +Indexes +Includes +ExecCGI
AllowOverride All
&#60;/Directory&#62;
</PRE
></FONT
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
>
</P
><P
>&#13; The important part above is <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"AllowOverride All"</SPAN
>.
Without that, the <TT
CLASS="filename"
>.htaccess</TT
> file created by
<TT
CLASS="filename"
>checksetup.pl</TT
> will not have sufficient
permissions to protect your Bugzilla installation.
</P
><P
>&#13; If you are using Internet Information Server or other web
server which does not observe <TT
CLASS="filename"
>.htaccess</TT
>
conventions, you can disable their creation by editing
<TT
CLASS="filename"
>localconfig</TT
> and setting the
<TT
CLASS="varname"
>$create_htaccess</TT
> variable to
<TT
CLASS="parameter"
><I
>0</I
></TT
>.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H2
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="mod-throttle">3.5.4. <TT
CLASS="filename"
>mod_throttle</TT
> and Security</H2
><P
>&#13; It is possible for a user, by mistake or on purpose, to access
the database many times in a row which can result in very slow
access speeds for other users. If your Bugzilla installation
is experiencing this problem , you may install the Apache
module <TT
CLASS="filename"
>mod_throttle</TT
> which can limit
connections by ip-address. You may download this module at
<A
HREF="http://www.snert.com/Software/Throttle/"
TARGET="_top"
>http://www.snert.com/Software/Throttle/</A
>. Follow the instructions to install into your Apache install. <EM
>This module only functions with the Apache web server!</EM
>. You may use the <B
CLASS="command"
>ThrottleClientIP</B
> command provided by this module to accomplish this goal. See the <A
HREF="http://www.snert.com/Software/Throttle/"
TARGET="_top"
>Module Instructions</A
> for more information. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H2
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="content-type">3.5.5. Preventing untrusted Bugzilla content from executing malicious Javascript code</H2
><P
>It is possible for a Bugzilla to execute malicious
Javascript code. Due to internationalization concerns, we are
unable to incorporate the code changes necessary to fulfill
the CERT advisory requirements mentioned in <A
HREF="http://www.cet.org/tech_tips/malicious_code_mitigation.html/#3"
TARGET="_top"
>http://www.cet.org/tech_tips/malicious_code_mitigation.html/#3</A
>. Executing the following code snippet from a UNIX command shell will rectify the problem if your Bugzilla installation is intended for an English-speaking audience. As always, be sure your Bugzilla installation has a good backup before making changes, and I recommend you understand what the script is doing before executing it. </P
><P
><TABLE
BORDER="0"
BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
WIDTH="100%"
><TR
><TD
><FONT
COLOR="#000000"
><PRE
CLASS="programlisting"
>&#13;bash# cd $BUGZILLA_HOME; for i in `ls *.cgi`; \
do cat $i | sed 's/Content-type\: text\/html/Content-Type: text\/html\; charset=ISO-8859-1/' &#62;$i.tmp; \
mv $i.tmp $i; done
</PRE
></FONT
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
></P
><P
>&#13; All this one-liner command does is search for all instances of
<SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"Content-type: text/html"</SPAN
> and replaces it with
<SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"</SPAN
>.
This specification prevents possible Javascript attacks on the
browser, and is suggested for all English-speaking sites. For
non-english-speaking Bugzilla sites, I suggest changing
<SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"ISO-8859-1"</SPAN
>, above, to <SPAN
CLASS="QUOTE"
>"UTF-8"</SPAN
>.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="section"
><H2
CLASS="section"
><A
NAME="unixhistory">3.5.6. UNIX Installation Instructions History</H2
><P
>&#13; This document was originally adapted from the Bonsai
installation instructions by Terry Weissman
&#60;terry@mozilla.org&#62;.
</P
><P
>&#13; The February 25, 1999 re-write of this page was done by Ry4an
Brase &#60;ry4an@ry4an.org&#62;, with some edits by Terry
Weissman, Bryce Nesbitt, Martin Pool, &#38; Dan Mosedale (But
don't send bug reports to them; report them using bugzilla, at <A
HREF="http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla"
TARGET="_top"
>http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Bugzilla</A
> ).
</P
><P
>&#13; This document was heavily modified again Wednesday, March 07
2001 to reflect changes for Bugzilla 2.12 release by Matthew
P. Barnson. The securing MySQL section should be changed to
become standard procedure for Bugzilla installations.
</P
><P
>&#13; Finally, the README in its entirety was marked up in SGML and
included into the Guide on April 24, 2001 by Matt Barnson.
Since that time, it's undergone extensive modification as
Bugzilla grew.
</P
><P
>&#13; Comments from people using this Guide for the first time are
particularly welcome.
</P
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="bsdinstall.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="win32.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>BSD Installation Notes</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="installation.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>Win32 Installation Notes</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>PREAMBLE</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="GNU Free Documentation License"
HREF="gfdl.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="GNU Free Documentation License"
HREF="gfdl.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"
HREF="gfdl-1.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="sect1"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="gfdl.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Appendix E. GNU Free Documentation License</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="gfdl-1.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="sect1"
><H1
CLASS="sect1"
><A
NAME="gfdl-0">0. PREAMBLE</H1
><P
>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook,
or other written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
with or without modifying it, either commercially or
noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
being considered responsible for modifications made by
others.</P
><P
>This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that
derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the
same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which
is a copyleft license designed for free software.</P
><P
>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals
for free software, because free software needs free documentation:
a free program should come with manuals providing the same
freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
whose purpose is instruction or reference.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="gfdl.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="gfdl-1.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>GNU Free Documentation License</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="gfdl.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

View File

@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
"><LINK
REL="HOME"
TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
HREF="index.html"><LINK
REL="UP"
TITLE="GNU Free Documentation License"
HREF="gfdl.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="PREAMBLE"
HREF="gfdl-0.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="VERBATIM COPYING"
HREF="gfdl-2.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="sect1"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="NAVHEADER"
><TABLE
SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TH
COLSPAN="3"
ALIGN="center"
>The Bugzilla Guide</TH
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="gfdl-0.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="80%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="bottom"
>Appendix E. GNU Free Documentation License</TD
><TD
WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
HREF="gfdl-2.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="sect1"
><H1
CLASS="sect1"
><A
NAME="gfdl-1">1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</H1
><P
>This License applies to any manual or other work that
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
distributed under the terms of this License. The "Document",
below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the
public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you".</P
><P
>A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work
containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
language.</P
><P
>A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter
section of the Document that deals exclusively with the
relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the
Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains
nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject.
(For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of
mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.)
The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with
the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial,
philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.</P
><P
>The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections
whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections,
in the notice that says that the Document is released under this
License.</P
><P
>The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that
are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the
notice that says that the Document is released under this
License.</P
><P
>A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a
machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification
is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed
and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text
editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs
or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that
is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent
modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not
"Transparent" is called "Opaque".</P
><P
>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification.
Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that
can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML
or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally
available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word
processors for output purposes only.</P
><P
>The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page
itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly,
the material this License requires to appear in the title page.
For works in formats which do not have any title page as such,
"Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of
the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the
text.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
><HR
ALIGN="LEFT"
WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
WIDTH="100%"
BORDER="0"
CELLPADDING="0"
CELLSPACING="0"
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="gfdl-0.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="index.html"
ACCESSKEY="H"
>Home</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="gfdl-2.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
>PREAMBLE</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
VALIGN="top"
><A
HREF="gfdl.html"
ACCESSKEY="U"
>Up</A
></TD
><TD
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
>VERBATIM COPYING</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More